2022

Water Catalogue
Follow us on
social media!


Valves | Combi valves A
Butterfly valves | Non return valves B
Flange connections C
Pipe fittings D
System Synoflex E
System 2000 F
BAIO System G
Hydrants H
Saddles and pipe repair clamps I
Service valves J
Fittings K
ZAK System L
Accessories M
Air release valves N
Filter O
Spare parts P
Tools Q
Technical information R
1 E. Hawle Armaturenwerke GmbH technical
All illustrations, 4840 Vöcklabruck - mm)
data, dimensions (in Austria - Wagrainer
and weights Straße in13
(all weights specified kg) are non-binding.
Tel.: +43 (0) 7672 72576 0 Subject
- Fax:to +43 change.
(0) 7672 78464 - E-Mail: [email protected] - hawle.com
Notes

2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Welcome
... to the world of Hawle

A family company with a proud tradition and an eye on the future.

Hawle, a purely family-owned company founded in 1948 is the worldwide leader in the production
of an extensive product range of valves and connecting pieces. Hawle is an innovation leader in the development
of high-quality valve solutions. In compliance with European and additionally applicable standards, Hawle
produces high-performance and durable quality fittings for the construction and the use of water pipelines, as well as the
necessary accessories and the required equipment.
Our specialist area of water and wastewater systems also includes customised fittings for special applications and special
conditions.
An excellent understanding of the manufacturing process and the production requirements, extensive knowledge in water
supply, years of experience and a broad service program enables us to create the optimum product for pipeline connections
in all areas of international water supply.
The unique 10 year quality guarantee for Hawle products in the drinking water area confirms our leading position for
innovation and quality.
The employees of our company, which has its registered office in Vöcklabruck (Austria), bring all their service and subject
knowledge into the research, design, development as well as the production process.
HAWLE products are exclusively produced in Europe in the most up-to-date production facilities. More than 98% of the
raw materials used in the products come from Europe. HAWLE products are manufactured by well-trained specialists, thus
guaranteeing careful monitoring of the quality in each phase of the production process. The majority of the components are
also produced by HAWLE. So the functionality and the quality is assured and guaranteed in each production step.
Hawle stands for high quality, efficiency and durability. Therefore international customers trust in our products and
technologies - for generations.

For more details go to hawle.com

1
Hawle - the best solution
a reliable partner

100% Hawle, 100% proven quality

We are constantly striving for improvements together with our partner companies all over the world. In order to
achieve this we focus on the requirements of our customers, invest in the most up-to-date technology and offer pro-
fessional service and technical support.
HAWLE has an excellent network of partners, which ensures an efficient and competent distribution of all our prod-
ucts. Our central warehouse in Frankenmarkt, Austria, supplies this network with numerous finished products, which
are stored in over 10,000 pallet spaces.

The pipe connections which our technicians develop today will be used tomorrow for your secured water supply.

Hawle offers a competent, round-the-clock service. As soon as we receive your call we immediately put all our efforts
into finding a solution to your problem.

Vöcklabruck plant
Austria

Frankenmarkt plant
Austria

2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Hawle - Guarantee and
warranty
10-Years Quality Guarantee
(Water for Human Consumption and Natural Gas)
E. Hawle Armaturenwerke GmbH (hereinafter referred to as “HAWLE”) guarantees the functional
capability of all valves and fittings manufactured by HAWLE with the original “HAWLE” inscription,
which are used as intended for water for human consumption in accordance with Directive 98/83/
EC or for natural gas in accordance with ÖVGW (Austrian Association for the Gas and Water Industry)
G 31, for a period of 10 (ten) years from the date of delivery from our works. However, the maximum
guarantee period afforded by HAWLE is 11 (eleven) years from the date of manufacture of the product.
In the event of a guarantee claim, it is the responsibility of the customer to prove that the guarantee
has not expired, e.g. by presenting the invoice or the original product label.

Should a valve or fitting lose its functional capability during the guarantee period, HAWLE shall either
repair the product or deliver an equivalent replacement product to the place of performance agreed
with HAWLE, at its discretion. HAWLE will not assume any additional costs or damages incurred by
the customer or third parties within the scope of this guarantee, in particular no costs in connection
with disassembly and installation, location or reinstallation. Purely optical flaws that in no way impair
tightness, tensile safety or the operation of the valve or fitting do not constitute a guarantee claim.

The guarantee also excludes, but is not limited to, wear parts and damage caused by improper storage,
transport and assembly, non-compliance with instructions for use, failure to perform pressure tests,
utilisation outside the limits of standard applications and general operating parameters, inadequate
maintenance, subsequent manipulation or utilisation with unsuitable liquids or gases. The guarantee
does not extend to extraordinary environmental conditions, vibrations or residues from the medium or
similar external influences, nor to actions by third parties, accidents and other events over which HAWLE
has no control.

Please also note the exceptions and special regulations applicable to certain products in our catalogue
and on our homepage hawle.com.

This guarantee is subject exclusively to Austrian law to the exclusion of international conflict of law rules.
Any warranty claims arising from the purchase contract shall not be restricted by this guarantee.

This guarantee applies to all deliveries as of 01.01.2019 for valves and fittings manufactured by HAWLE
which are used for water intended for human consumption in accordance with Directive 98/83/EC or for
natural gas in accordance with ÖVGW (Austrian Association for the Gas and Water Industry) G 31. Any
guarantees or warranties issued by HAWLE prior to this effective date shall not be valid for any deliveries
made thereafter.

3
Hawle - Guarantee and warranty

5-Years Quality Guarantee

(Municipal Waste Water)

E. Hawle Armaturenwerke GmbH (hereinafter referred to as “HAWLE”) guarantees the function of all
valves and fittings manufactured by HAWLE with the original “HAWLE” inscription, which are used
for municipal wastewater as intended in accordance with EN 1085, for a period of 5 (five) years from
the date of delivery from our works. However, the maximum guarantee period afforded by HAWLE is
6 (six) years from the manufacturing date of the product. In the event of a guarantee claim, it is the
responsibility of the customer to prove that the guarantee has not expired, e.g. by presenting the
invoice or the original product label.

Should a valve or fitting cease to function during the guarantee period, HAWLE shall at its discretion,
either repair the product or deliver an equivalent replacement product to the place of performance agreed
with HAWLE. HAWLE will not assume any additional costs or damages incurred by the customer or third
parties within the scope of this guarantee. In particular any costs incurred by disassembly, installation,
localization or reinstallation shall not be covered by HAWLE. Purely optical flaws that in no way impair
tightness, tensile strength, nor the operation of the valve or fitting, do not constitute a guarantee claim.

The guarantee also excludes, but is not limited to, wear parts and damage caused by improper storage,
transport and assembly, non-compliance with instructions for use, failure to perform pressure tests,
utilisation outside the limits of standard applications and general operating parameters, inadequate
maintenance, subsequent manipulation or utilisation with unsuitable liquids or gases. The guarantee
does not extend to exceptional environmental conditions, vibrations or residues from the medium or
similar external influences, including third-party actions, accidents and other events over which HAWLE
has no influence.

Please also note the exceptions and special regulations applicable to certain products in our catalogue
and on our homepage hawle.com.

This guarantee is subject exclusively to Austrian law under the exclusion of international conflict of law
rules. Any warranty claims arising from the contract of sale shall not be limited by this guarantee.

This guarantee applies to all deliveries as of 01.01.2019 of valves and fittings manufactured by HAWLE,
which are used as intended for municipal wastewater according to EN1085. Any guarantees or warranties
issued by HAWLE prior to this effective date shall not be valid for any deliveries made thereafter.

2-year warranty

In addition to our quality guarantees, Hawle warrants in accordance with Austrian law that our products
correspond to the relevant contract at the time of delivery. In the event of incorrect storage, transport,
assembly, usage regulations not being observed, failure to pressure-test, insufficient maintenance,
2 YEARS subsequent manipulation or usage for non-suitable fluids or gases there is not entitlement to warranty
claims. The warranty period runs for a maximum of two years ex-works delivery. Please see the Hawle
delivery conditions for further details of the warranty.

4 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Hawle - Corrosion
protection
High quality corrosion protection using the GSK fluidised bed Epoxy coating system.
The environmental friendly solvent and pollution free powder coating technology!

RAL QUALITY MARK

GÜTEZEICHEN
HIGH QUALITY CORROSION PROTECTION
SCHWERER KORROSIONSSCHUTZ
VON ARMATUREN
FOR VALVESUND
ANDFORMSTÜCKEN
FITTINGS

Epoxy Powder-Coated coating according to GSK:

Fulfils the requirements according to EN 14901 High impact resistance
(pipes, fittings and accessories)
GÜTEZEICHEN GÜTEZEICHEN
SCHWERER KORROSIONSSCHUTZ
SCHWERER KORROSIONSSCHUTZ VON ARMATUREN UND FORMSTÜCKEN

Bacteriological approval to DVGW

VON ARMATUREN UND FORMSTÜCKEN

GÜTEZEICHEN
Minimum coated thickness 250 µm
GÜTEZEICHEN
SCHWERER KORROSIONSSCHUTZ

recommendation W270
VON ARMATUREN UND FORMSTÜCKEN

SCHWERER KORROSIONSSCHUTZ
VON ARMATUREN UND FORMSTÜCKEN

Zero porosity Regular quality tests according DIN 3476-1

and EN 14901 coating thickness, adhesion,
GÜTEZEICHEN GÜTEZEICHEN
SCHWERER KORROSIONSSCHUTZ
VON ARMATUREN UND FORMSTÜCKEN SCHWERER KORROSIONSSCHUTZ

High adhesion to metal (min. 16 N/mm ) 2

VON ARMATUREN UND FORMSTÜCKEN

GÜTEZEICHEN
SCHWERER KORROSIONSSCHUTZ
VON ARMATUREN UND FORMSTÜCKEN spark-testing, impact resistance
High resilience (no cracking)
GÜTEZEICHEN
SCHWERER KORROSIONSSCHUTZ
VON ARMATUREN UND FORMSTÜCKEN
Independant auditing of quality control
Smooth surface (makes incrustation more difficult) systems by e.g. MPA Hannover in accordance
GÜTEZEICHEN
SCHWERER KORROSIONSSCHUTZ
VON ARMATUREN UND FORMSTÜCKEN

GÜTEZEICHEN

with the test methods of GSK (Gütegemeinschaft

SCHWERER KORROSIONSSCHUTZ
VON ARMATUREN UND FORMSTÜCKEN

Suitable for food use according to the guidelines for

Schwerer Korrosionsschutz - the association for
GÜTEZEICHEN

hygienic evaluation of organic coating in contact

SCHWERER KORROSIONSSCHUTZ
VON ARMATUREN UND FORMSTÜCKEN

with drinking water (coating guideline) of the high quality corrosion protection)
German Federal Health Office Hawle standard colour RAL 5012
GÜTEZEICHEN
SCHWERER KORROSIONSSCHUTZ
VON ARMATUREN UND FORMSTÜCKEN

5
Hawle - Standard-
and special applications
Standard applications:
Our products are intended for localised installation in drinking water pipelines made from PE, PVC, cast iron, steel
or AC pipes.
Before installing stainless steel hydrants and air-release hydrants, we recommend applying additional corrosion
protection (corrosion protection tape on site or overpainting on request) to the stainless steel surfaces in contact
with the ground.

Standard medium:
Water for human consumption
•
according to EU Guideline 98/83/EC and its Appendix I, Parts A to C

General operating parameters:

Water for human consumption:
Medium temperature: 0 °C to max. 40 °C
max. 250 mg/l chloride, max. 0.3 mg/l free chlorine
min. 8.0° dH total hardness
pH value of min. 5 to max. 9.5

For the specific operating parameters of our products, please refer to the respective product pages of our cata-
logue and our homepage hawle.com.

Special applications:
In case of deviating conditions of use or ambient conditions, please inform us right on your first inquiry about the
specific operating conditions. If you have any questions regarding the suitability of products for certain operating
conditions, please contact our Application Engineering department (phone: +43 (0) 7672 72576-0).

If our valves and fittings are used for other than the standard applications and without the approval granted by our
Application Engineering department regarding the conditions of use, we cannot assume any liability.

Application instructions:
Valves and fittings should be stored in a cool, dry and low-dust environment protected from weather. Avoid expo-
sure to direct sunlight or UV light, unless the valves and fittings are designed for use above ground. For the correct
installation and maintenance of our valves and fittings, please observe our instructions as well as the pertinent
European standards (EN), as well as the directives of the ÖVGW (the Austrian Association for Gas and Water) and/
or comparable national technical standards.

6 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Hawle - Product range
(extract)

Order no. Order no.

1 E3 Valve, flanged ends 4000E3 29 Double flanged bend 90o 8530
2 E3 Reducing Valve 4150E3 30 All flanged tee 8510
3 E3 Valve “System 2000” 4040E3 31 Connector, restraint NL50
4 E3 Valve, Socket ends for cast iron 4500E3 32 Flange duck foot bend with PVC socket 90 5046 o

5 E3 Combi-T, single valve tee 4340E3 33 Flange duck foot bend 90o N-piece 5049
6 E3 Hawle-Combiflex 4420E3 34 Repair clamps, single lug 0750
7 E3 MMB-Valve (E3 Combi-T socket ends) NL10E3 35 Universal-pipe saddle 3500
8 Concentric taper NL40 36 Universal-shut-off saddle 3800
9 E3 HSM-Valve (spigot socket valve) NL00E3 37 Universal-pipe saddle, flanged outlet 3510
10 H4 Corrosion free hydrant - rigid type 5151H4 38 Pipe-Lock-Ring for restraint clamp 1200
11 H4 Above ground hydrant - break away 5096H4 39 Restraint flange adaptor for cast iron 7602
12 Freeflow below ground hydrant 5060 40 Double chamber flange adaptor for cast iron 7102
13 Combined air release valve 9822 41 restraint flange adaptor for PE/PVC, 0400
14 Automatic air valve 9876 42 ISO pipe-flange adaptor for PE 5500
15 Service valve 2500 43 Double chamber flange adaptor for PVC 5600
16 Service valve 2800 44 Double chamber flange adaptor for PVC, reducing 5630
17 Service valve, POM 2630 45 Extension spindle, for service valves 9101
18 Service valve 3130 46 Telescopic extension spindle, for E3 valves 9500E2/E3
19 Water meter console 2963 47 Surface box adjustable 2050
20 Restraint clamp, for PVC 1254 48 Bend 90° “System 2000” 8535
21 Endcap “Synoflex” 7980 49 Hawle-FIT fitting, T-piece with threaded outlet, POM 6520HF
22 Connector “Synoflex” 7974 50 Hawle-FIT fitting, external thread, POM 6120HF
23 HAKU-saddle for plastic pipes 5250 51 Hawle-VARIO 8010S
24 HAKU-saddle for plastic pipes 5310 52 Pressure reducing valve 9700
25 Split collar (Pipe-Pipe) 9240 53 Strainer 9911
26 ISO-fitting, external thread, POM 6120 54 Hawle-butterfly valve 9881K
27 ISO-fitting, elbow, POM 6420 55 Flange “Synoflex” 7994
28 Wall inlet fitting 6990 56 Handwheel 7800

7
Pressure test
“buried valves”

Pressure testing of buried Hawle valves for water supply

Hawle valves are produced to the highest precision and accuracy and are subjected to routine quality control. Therefore, we
can offer top-quality products and grant Hawle´s 10 years quality guarantee unequalled in the market.
To ensure this quality for our customers it is necessary that installation be done professionally. Therefore, the Hawle valves
as well as their connections to the pipeline system must be subjected to pressure testing after installation. In this test the
tightness of pipes, pipe connections as well as components of the pipeline shall be demonstrated.

Application note:

The pressure test must be carried out according to EN 805. Prior to the pressure test, fill the trench covering
only the pipes in order to prevent any expansion damage to the pipeline, but make sure to leave enough space
completely open for inspection of each pipe connections site. Pipelines without restraint connections must be suf-
ficiently secured by propping up and/or anchoring at each end, bend and branch.
We strongly recommend performing the pressure test prior to filling the space around the pipeline connections.
The Hawle warranty does not cover incurred excavation and filling or any other associated costs
if the pressure test is done only after filling the entire trench. With regard to pressure
testing, the Hawle warranty only encompasses replacement of defective products.
The products listed in our catalogue are intended for potable, water in connection with PE, PVC, ductile iron, steel
or asbestos pipe type installations in the ground.
Valve maintenance should be carried out every five years according to national standards (e.g.: ÖNORM B2539). Hawle re-
commends an annual actuation of the valve.

8 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Conditions of Sale
Last updated January 2019 | valid as of 01.01.2019

1 General 3.3 Any changes in wage costs due to collective or statutory re-
gulations or internal agreements as well as changes in other costs
1.1 All offers, sales transactions, deliveries and other services
relevant to the calculation of costs necessary for the provision
provided by E. Hawle Armaturenwerke GmbH (henceforth referred
of the service, such as the costs incurred for materials, energy,
to as „Hawle“) to our customers as of 01.01.2019 are subject
transport, third-party work, financing, etc., shall entitle Hawle to
exclusively to the following Conditions of Sale.
increase the prices accordingly. For this reason, the customer
1.2 Hawle shall not recognise any conflicting or deviating terms shall have neither the right to withdraw from the contract nor
and conditions of the customer unless Hawle has expressly the right to assert that the basis of the transaction has ceased
agreed to their validity in writing. to exist. Orders confirmed by Hawle are exempt from potential
price changes.
1.3 Supplements and amendments to these Conditions of Sale
as well as ancillary agreements must be made in writing in order 3.4 Unless otherwise agreed, net payment must be made by the
to be effective. This also applies to the waiver of the written form customer within 30 days from the date of invoice. Payments will
requirement. be offset against the oldest claim due in each respective case.
1.4 In the event that individual provisions of these Conditions of 3.5 The possibility of offsetting payments against claims made
Sale are or become invalid, the remaining provisions shall remain by Hawle is excluded.
effective. Ineffective provisions shall automatically be replaced
3.6 In the event that the customer defaults on payment, Hawle
by legally effective provisions which come as close as possible
shall be released from all further service and delivery obligations
to the economic intent of the contracting parties.
and be entitled to withhold any outstanding deliveries or services
1.5 It is the responsibility of the customer to assess the technical or to demand advance payments or guarantees.
and legal suitability of the goods offered by Hawle for the use
3.7 In the event that, upon conclusion of the contract, a significant
intended by the customer or his buyers. The customer is also
deterioration in the financial circumstances of the customer occurs,
required to observe export and import restrictions.
or if circumstances become known which from Hawle‘s point of
1.6 Any administrative authorisations required for the import of view are likely to reduce the creditworthiness of the customer,
goods into their country of destination or for the use intended Hawle shall have the right to change due dates for outstanding
by the customer or his buyers must be obtained by the cus- claims, withhold deliveries to the customer and adjust conditions
tomer in good time. In the event that such authorisations are for future legal transactions with immediate effect.
not obtained in good time, delivery dates and periods shall be
4 Delivery
extended accordingly.
4.1 Orders confirmed by Hawle shall be fulfilled by Hawle as
1.7 Hawle reserves the property rights and copyrights to the
swiftly and diligently as possible. The delivery dates and periods
product catalogue sheets, drawings, product photos, cost
announced by Hawle are merely intended to serve as a guideline
estimates and other documents prepared by Hawle. These
and are always non-binding unless the stated delivery dates and
documents may not be disclosed to third parties without the
periods have been expressly designated as binding by Hawle.
prior permission of Hawle.
4.2 In the event of force majeure or any unforeseeable obstacle
2 Conclusion of contract
for which Hawle is not responsible, delivery dates and deadlines
2.1 All offers and price lists issued by Hawle are subject to change shall be reasonably extended by the duration of the impediment.
and non-binding, unless expressly agreed otherwise, and only This shall also apply if Hawle‘s sub-suppliers encounter such im-
become binding once Hawle has confirmed the order in writing pediments. These include, in particular, official measures, strikes
or performed an action set by Hawle in fulfilment of the contract and lock-outs, natural disasters, market-related problems with
(e.g. delivery/shipment of the goods). material procurement as well as import and export restrictions.
2.2 Following the confirmation of the order or the performance 4.3 Hawle deliveries may always be divided into sub-deliveries.
of an action in fulfilment of the contract by Hawle, the customer Hawle is at liberty to make partial deliveries or provide partial
may withdraw from the contract only with the prior written consent services and to issue partial invoices to the customer.
of Hawle. Unilateral withdrawal from the contract on the part of
4.4 National and international goods traffic is subject to the terms
the customer is not permitted.
of delivery FCA, 4890 Frankenmarkt, Hawle dispatch warehouse
3 Prices and terms of payment (Incoterms 2010), unless another delivery clause has been ex-
plicitly agreed.
3.1 All documents pertaining to an offer such as drawings,
illustrations and weight specifications shall only be regarded 4.5 In the case of a sales shipment, the transfer of risk takes
as approximate unless they are expressly designated as being place once the purchased item has been handed over to the
binding. This reservation applies in particular to obvious errors, first carrier. Where acceptance of a service is required, Hawle‘s
typographical errors, printing errors and miscalculations. notification of readiness for acceptance shall be decisive for the
transfer of risk.
3.2 Unless otherwise agreed, the prices quoted by Hawle are in
EURO Ex Works Frankenmarkt (EXW, Incoterms 2010), excluding 4.6 The customer is obliged to accept the deliveries and services
in particular packaging, transport costs, transport insurance, sales provided by Hawle as per contract. In the event of default of
tax and export and import duties. Packaging, loading, transport acceptance or a culpable breach of other obligations to coope-
costs and transport insurance as well as potential taxes and rate on the part of the customer, Hawle is entitled to demand
duties shall be invoiced separately by Hawle. compensation from the customer for any damage incurred as a
result, including any additional expenses.

9
Conditions of Sale
Last updated January 2019 | valid as of 01.01.2019

4.7 Hawle is entitled to make changes to the technical design of 6.5 The customer always bears the burden of proving that the
the goods ordered, provided that these do not result in significant delivered goods were defective at the time of delivery.
functional changes and the customer does not demonstrate the 6.6 The place of performance for warranty obligations is always
unreasonable nature of such changes. Unreasonableness is to the place of delivery agreed for the original delivery.
be ruled out if the change constitutes a technical improvement
or is caused by the further development of the state of the art or 6.7 Hawle shall be free to decide whether to fulfil possible war-
by legal or official measures. ranty claims by means of replacements, improvement measures,
price reductions or conversions.
4.8 In principle, the customer is not entitled to refunds or re-
placements. Refunds and replacements are only possible in 7 Damages and liability
exceptional cases and require the prior written consent of Hawle. 7.1 Any consulting provided by Hawle, whether verbal or in
4.9 The goods delivered by Hawle to the customer are intended writing, is non-binding and does not release the customer from
for use or resale in the customer‘s country of residence or in the his obligation to examine the goods with respect to their suita-
country of the place of delivery. bility and the intended purpose. This applies above all, but not
exclusively, to the suitability of the goods for the use intended
5 Reservation of title by the customer or his customers, in particular to their suitability
5.1 All goods delivered by Hawle remain the property of Hawle for the substances (gases and/or liquids) to be conveyed.
until payment has been made in full. 7.2 Hawle shall be liable for damages caused to the customer in
5.2 The customer is authorised to resell the goods in the regular the course of processing the business transaction in an amount
course of business, even during the period in which the goods not exceeding the value of the order placed with Hawle, and only
are subject to reservation of title. If, however, the customer is in in the event of gross negligence on the part of Hawle or gross
default of payment to Hawle, Hawle may prohibit the resale of negligence on the part of the executors working for Hawle, with
the goods subject to reservation of title. the exception of personal injuries in which case Hawle shall be
5.3 The customer herewith cedes to Hawle all purchase price liable even in the event of minor negligence. The burden of proving
claims, including all ancillary rights, arising from a resale of the gross negligence always lies with the injured party.
goods to his customers. Hawle accepts this assignment. These 7.3 IN NO EVENT SHALL HAWLE BE HELD LIABLE, WHE-
purchase price claims serve as security for the goods subject to THER IN TORT OR CONTRACT, FOR INDIRECT DAMAGES,
retention of title. CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, PURELY PECUNIARY LOSSES,
6 Warranty FOREGONE PROFITS OR DAMAGES ARISING FROM DELAYS
OR OUT OF THIRD PARTY CLAIMS.
6.1 The customer must inspect the received goods with respect
to quantity and quality immediately upon receipt. Written notices 7.4 The time limit for asserting claims for damages is one year
of defects must be submitted by the customer immediately after from the date on which the customer gains knowledge of, or is
receipt of the delivery, but at the latest within 10 days from the subject to, negligent ignorance of the damage and the injuring
date of delivery and prior to any handling or processing, otherwise party.
excluding any warranty claims and/or claims for damages and/or 7.5 In the event that the customer himself is held liable under
avoidance on account of mistake, but do not entitle the customer product liability law, he undertakes to immediately notify Hawle
to retain the invoiced amounts or portions thereof. thereof by telephone or in writing and to immediately inform Hawle
6.2 The warranty period for defects which were not detected of the address of the claimant, failing which the customer‘s right
during the inspection of the shipment is six months from the date of recourse against Hawle arising from product liability will cease
of delivery and is neither extended nor interrupted by attempts to apply. Negotiations of claims arising from product liability
at improvement; it also applies to partial deliveries. Notification with respect to Hawle products shall be conducted exclusively
of any such defects must be given in writing within 10 days from by Hawle.
the date the defect was discovered, otherwise excluding warranty 8 Place of performance, court of jurisdiction, applicable law
claims and/or claims for damages and/or avoidance on account 8.1 The place of performance for both delivery and payment
of mistake, but do not entitle the customer to retain the invoiced is always 4840 Vöcklabruck/Austria, even if a different place of
amounts or portions thereof. delivery has been agreed individually.
6.3 It has been agreed between Hawle and the customer that 8.2 The exclusive court of jurisdiction for all disputes arising
a hydrostatic pressure test in accordance with EN 805 is to be from legal transactions between the customer and Hawle is the
performed after laying a pipeline but prior to the main backfilling competent court in 4840 Vöcklabruck/Austria. Moreover, Hawle
of the pipe trench or further constructional measures in shafts, is also entitled to sue at the customer‘s registered office.
plants or buildings which restrict accessibility to the valves and
pipe fittings. If such a test is not performed, the customer or his 8.3 All legal transactions between the customer and Hawle are
customers shall be charged with contributory negligence of at least subject exclusively to Austrian substantive law, excluding interna-
50% in the event of damage. The customer agrees to inform his tional conflict of law rules. The application of the UN Convention
customers accordingly and to pass on this obligation to perform on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods (CISG) is explicitly
the described hydrostatic pressure test to his customers. excluded.
6.4 Possible warranty obligations generally cover the defective
goods, but not the expenses otherwise associated with correcting
the defect such as excavation costs, working hours and travel
expenses.

10 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Valves | Combi valves

Page E3 Flange gate valve

Standard DN 50 — 600 Page A 2/3
A2 Reductions Page A 2/7
E-valve DN 20 — 40 Page J 3/1

E3 Valve spigot ends Page A 3/1

Page
E3 Valve spigot ends
A3 With flange Page A 3/3

E3 Valve for PE and PVC pipes

Page Valve system 2000 socket-socket
Valve system 2000 socket-flange
Page F 2/3
Page F 2/5
A4 Valve system BAIO socket-socket
Valve for PE fusion PE-PE
Page G 3/1
Page A 4/1
Valve for PE fusion PE-flange Page A 4/3

Page E3 Valve for ductile iron pipes

Valve system BAIO socket-socket Page G 3/1
A5 Valve system BAIO socket-spigot
Valve system VRS socket-spigot
Page G 4/1
Page A 5/1

Page E3 Combi-T
Combi-T with flange Page A 6/1
A6 Combi-T System 2000 socket
Combi-T System BAIO socket
Page F 3/1
Page G 5/1

Page E3 Combi-III
Combi-III with flange Page A 7/1
A7 Combi-III system BAIO Page G 5/2

Page E3 Combi-IV
A8 Combi-IV with flange Page A 8/1

Page E3 Hawle-Combiflex
A9 With flange DN 150
With flange DN 250, DN 300
Page A 9/1
Page A 9/5

Page
Hawle-E1+ valve Page A 10/1
A 10

Page
Hawle-E2 valve
A 11 With flange DN 450 — 600 Page A 11/1

A 1/1
E3 Gate valve
Overview
• Medium: Water, seawater, gas*
• In accordance to EN 1074-1 and -2

Advantages Hawle-E3 Gate valve

• O-ring carrier with double bayonet (up to DN 200) or heavy-duty O-ring carrier with
centering flange (> DN 200) in inside and outside fully coated bonnet
• POM sliding disks (up to DN 200) and an additional axial ball bearing (> DN 200)
ensure low torque actuation
• Duplex stainless steel spindle
• Extended edge protection
• Wedge and wedge nut fully coated with vulcanized elastomer
• The wedge is connected to the wedge nut with a flexible link and embedded in
elastomer. This snug fit dampens vibration during opening and closing of the wedge
• Stainless steel allen screws in bonnet
• 100% corrosion protection
• E3 bonnets are entirely compatible with all E2 bodies and accessories
• Full straight bore – suitable for pigging the pipeline
• Spindle O-rings replaceable under operating pressure up to DN 400
• All components made in the EU, including ductile iron parts

Hawle-quality Guarantee

A 1/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
E3 Gate valve | Combi valves
Overview
Design features DN 50 — 200
• Resilient seated gate valve according to EN 1171, EN 1074-1 and Spindle bearing with sliding disks
EN 1074-2 with smooth, straight-through bore
• Double bayonet O-ring carrier is connecting the spindle to
the bonnet, allowing a fully encased, uniform epoxy powder 6
coated bonnet for further improved corrosion protection
• Wedge guide made of wear resistant POM material in load 9
optimized design minimizes attrition and ensures lowest torque 15
actuation 7
• Wedge is flexible and fully linked in vulcanized elastomer to the
8
wedge nut. This snug fit dampens vibration during opening and
closing of the wedge
14
• Wedge nut has a long thread length allowing significantly higher
torques than the standard before breaking 8
13
• O-rings, lip-seals mounted in the bonnet are replaceable under
2
operating pressure
• Extended edge protection to avoid damages during transport,
storage and assembly DN 250 — 400 Spindle bearing with ball bea-
ring and additional sliding disks
• Sliding disks and ball bearing assure low friction performance of
the spindle
• 100% suitable for buried installations
21
7
20 8
11
16 18
Material | Technical features 19 14
17
1,2 Body (1), bonnet (2), centering flange (16) made of ductile iron, 8
13
16 epoxy powder coated inside and out
2
3 Wedge made of ductile iron (DN 50 made of dezincification-
resistant brass) with vulcanized elastomer all-over
4 Wedge guide made of wear-resistant plastic
5 Wedge nut made of dezincification-resistant brass
6 Duplex stainless steel spindle with rolled thread and flat-rolled
anti-friction surface
7 O-ring carrier made of brass, DN 50 — 200 with double bayonet 12
8 O-rings made of elastomer
9 Wiper ring made of PE 10
10 Bonnet gasket made of elastomer 11
11 Allen screws made of stainless steel, encased into the body with
interlacing gasket and sealing compounds, ensuring full
5
corrosion protection
12 Extended edge protection made of PE
13 Spindle bearing made of dezincification resistant brass
14 Sliding disks made of POM
15 Safety screw made of stainless steel 1
17 Centering flange gasket made of elastomer
18 Axial ball bearing permanently lubricated 3
19 Centering ring made of POM
20 Lip seals made of elastomer
21 Wiper ring made of elastomer 4

DN 500 — 600 in preparation -

currently available - see page A 11/3

A 2/1
 Valves | Combi valves
Accessories
Tools
Handwheels Page M 4/1 Operating key Page Q 4/2
Extension spindles Page M 2/1
Surface boxes Page M 3/1
Base plate Page M 3/7 Technical information
Adapter and coupling socket Page M 4/3
Tightening torques for flange assembly Page R 3/1
Operating cap Page M 4/1 Pressure loss diagram Page R 4/1
Spindle extension Page M 4/1 Spindle rotations per stroke Page R 1/2
Actuator Page M 4/3
Position indicator Page M 4/2
Bolts Page M 4/4
HAWAK-pillar Page M 5/1
Flat gaskets Page M 7/1
Blanking cap Page M 4/1
Flanges Page C 4/1
Dismantling pieces Page D 6/1

Application examples

A 2/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
E3 Gate valve
With flange DN 50 — 200, PN 10 | PN 16 | PN 25
Design features
No. 4000E3
• Resilient seated gate valve with smooth straight-through bore
• Flanges sized in accordance with EN 1092-2, drilled
No. 4700E3
according to No. 4010E3
EN 1092-2 | PN 10 standard (4000E3, 4700E3);
EN 1092-2 | PN 16 from DN 200 (4000E3, 4700E3) No. 4710E3*


EN 1092-2 | PN 25 (4010E3, 4710E3)
Please specify on order - other standards on request
No. 4060E3*
• Suitable for cleaning with a cleaning pig
• One extension spindle for several dimensions
• Suitable for operation by automatic actuators
• Easy retrofitting of position indicator and automatic
actuators on the standard bonnet
• Duplex stainless steel spindle

Standard version: without handwheel and extension spindle

Design versions: for actuator: No. 4000ELE3
with actuator: No. 4000EME3
with position indicator: No. 4000STE3
for seawater: No. 4002E3,
No. 4702E3
Special versions: on request

Suitable accessories

Suitable accessories: see page A 2/2

Handwheel: No. 7800
Extension spindles: rigid No. 9000E2/E3
telescopic No. 9500E2/E3
Surface boxes: rigid No. 1750 Dimensions/DN
telescopic No. 2050 Order MOP
Version
no. (PN)
100

125

150

200
50

65

80

No. 2051K
Valve actuator: No. 9920 short
Adapter for actuator (E2/E3 adapter): No. 8630E2/E3 4000E3 16
EN 558 GR 14
Base plate: No. 3481, No. 3482 long
4700E3 16
Operating cap: No. 2156, No. 2157, No. 2158 EN 558 GR 15
Extension spindle: No. 7820, No. 7825 short
4010E3 25
Position indicator: No. 2170E2/E3 EN 558 GR 14
Bolts: No. 8810, No. 8830, No. 8840 long
4710E3* 25
HAWAK-pillar: No. 9894, No. 9895 EN 558 GR 15
Flat gasket: No. 3390, No. 3470 to BS 5163
4060E3* 16 * * * *
to AS 2638
*in preparation

Application examples

A 2/3
E3 Gate valve
With flange DN 50 — 200, PN 10 | PN 16 | PN 25
No. 4000E3
No. 4700E3 Ø d1 a
No. 4010E3
w°
No. 4710E3*

c
No. 4060E3*

H1
DN
ØK
ØD

Ø d2

C B

Flange Bolts Spindle Valve Weight

MOP
DN
(PN) L L L LBS 5163
short long BS
ØD C Ø K Qty. Thread Ø d2
Ø d2 a ac w°
c w°
Ø d1
Ø d1H H H1 H1 B B 5163
short long AS 2638 AS 2638
10
250250 10,5
10,0 11,5 10,5
50 16 165 19 125 4 4 M 16
M 1619 1914,814,8
33 30 20,520,5
234234 316,5150150
316,5 143143
25 10,5
10,0
10
44 270270 15,0
15,5 18,0
17,5
65 16 185 19 145 M 1619 1917,317,3
M 16 35 35 24 24305305 397,5170170
397,5 180180
25
25* 88 15,0
16,0
10
280280 16,5
16,5 21,0
20,0
80 16 200 19 160 8 8 M 16
M 1619 1917,317,3
38 35 24 24 312,5
312,5 412,5180180
412,5 203 180180 18,0
25
25* 16,5
18,0
10
220 180 M 1619 19
M 16 3° 3°24 24343343453453 190190 300300229 212 21,5
20,5 26,0
25,5
100 16 19 88 19,319,3
39 38 212 23,5
25
25* 235 190 M 2023 23
M 20 460460 25,0
24,5
10
250 210 M 1619 19
M 16 546546 325325 33,0
33,0 37,0
37,5
125 16 19 88 19,319,3
39 38 26 26421421 200200 289
289
25
25* 270 220 M 2428 28
M 24 556556 35,0
34,0
10
285 240 M 2023 23
M 20 576576 350350 37,5
37,0 43,5
150 16 19 88 19,319,3
39 38 26 26433433 210210 267 289
289 41,0
25
25* 300 250 M 2428 28
M 24 583583 41,0
47,0 48,0
49,0
10 88
340 295 M 2023 23
M 20 711711 400400 62,0
60,5 73,5
71,5
200 16 20 1212 24,324,3
49 48 30 30541541 230230 292 356
356 65,0
25*
25 360 310 1212 M 24
M 2428 28 721721 67,5 79,0
82,0
*in preparation

A 2/4 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
E3 Gate valve
With flange DN 250 — 400, PN 10 | PN 16 | PN 25
Design features
No. 4000E3
• Resilient seated gate valve with smooth straight-through bore No. 4700E3
• Flanges sized in accordance with EN 1092-2, drilled
according to
No. 4710E3
EN 1092-2 | PN 10 standard (4000E3, 4700E3); No. 4060E3*
EN 1092-2 | PN 16 from DN 200 (4000E3, 4700E3);
EN 1092-2 | PN 25 (4710E3)
Please specify on order - other standards on request
• Suitable for cleaning with a cleaning pig
• Suitable for operation by automatic actuators
• O-rings lip-seals replaceable under operating pressure up
to DN 400
• Ball bearings in the spindle seating minimizes closing forces
• Easy to actuate without bypass and without power boost -
even for 16 bar differential pressure
• For mounting a position indicator it is necessary to
remove the centering flange and attach the adapter for
position indicator

Standard version: without handwheel and extension spindle

Design versions: for actuator: No. 4000ELE3
with actuator: No. 4000EME3
with position indicator: No. 4000STE3
for seawater: No. 4002E3,
No. 4702E3
Special versions: on request
- Bevel gearing

Suitable accessories

Suitable accessories: see page A 2/2

Handwheel: No. 7800 Dimensions/DN
MOP
Extension spindles: rigid No. 9000E2/E3 Order no. Version
500*

600*

(PN)
250

300

350

400
250

300

350

400

telescopic No. 9500E2/E3

Surface boxes: rigid No. 1750 short
4000E3
4000E3 16 16 •* *•
telescopic No. 2050 EN 558 GR GR
EN 558 14 14
No. 2051K long
4700E3
4700E3 16 16 * *•
Valve actuator: No. 9920 EN 558 GR GR
EN 558 15 15
Adapter for actuator (E3 adapter): No. 8630E3 long
4710E3
4710E3 25 25
Base plate: No. 3481, No. 3482 EN 558 GR GR
EN 558 15 15
Operating cap: No. 2156, No. 2157, No. 2158 to BS 5163
4060E3 16
Extension spindle: No. 7820, No. 7825 to AS 2638
*in preparation - currently available in E2 version, see page A 11/3
Bolts: No. 8810, No. 8830, No. 8840
HAWAK-pillar: No. 9894, No. 9895
Flat gasket: No. 3390, No. 3470

A 2/5
E3 Gate valve
With flange DN 250 — 400, PN 10 | PN 16 | PN 25
No. 4000E3
No. 4700E3
No. 4710E3
No. 4060E3* Ø d1 a

3°

c
H

H1
Ø d4
ØK
ØD

DN

Ø d2

f C
L B

Flange Bolts Spindle Valve Weight

DN MOP
DN
(PN)
long BS 5163 BS 5163
Ø D Ø DC CØK ØØK d4 Øf d4Qty. f Thread Ø d2 a Øc d2Ø d1 a H c H1 Ø d1L short
H LH1 B
AS 2638 B short long
AS 2638
10 350 M 20 23
10 400 350
22 319 M 20 23 849 250 98,5 114,5
99,0 120,0
250 16400 22 319
355 3 12 M 24 28 27,3 48 84934 250 649 330 450 432 109,0
250 16 355 3 12 M 24 28 27,3 48 34 649 450 436 102,0 110,0
25 25425 425
24,5 24,5
370 370
330 330 M 27 31 M 27 31 862 862 136,0 135,0
10 10 455 400 400 367
24,5 M 2012 23 M 20 23 151,0 169,5
151,0 168,0
300 16 16455 24,5 367 4 12 4 958 270 959 270
356 518 169,0 167,0
300 410 410 M 24 28 M27,3
24 4828 3427,373148 34 731 500 500
520 150,0
25 25485 485
27,5 27,5
430 430
389 389
5 16 5 M 2716 31 M 27 28 973 974 196,0 194,0
10 10 460 460 M 20 23 M 20 23
350*
350 520 520
26,5 26,5 427 427 4 16 4 16 27,3 48 3427,381648 1076
34 290816 1076 290 604 604
205,5 206,5
16 16 470 470 M 24 28 M 24 28
10 10 515 515 M 24 28 M 24 28
400
400* 580 58028 28 477 4774 16 4 16 32,3 55 4432,392555 1215
44 310925 600 310
1215 687
600 266,0
687 310,0
266,0 310
16 16 525 525 M 27 31 M27 31
10*
500*
16*
10*
600*
16*
*in preparation - currently available in E2 version, see page A 11/3

A 2/6 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
E3 Reducing valve
With flange DN 65 — 300, PN 10 | PN 16
Design features No. 4150E3
• Resilient seated gate valve with unequal flange sizes
• Flanges sized in accordance with EN 1092-2, drilled
according to EN 1092-2 | PN 10 standard;
EN 1092-2 | PN 16 DN 200 please specify on order
- other standards on request
• This E3 reduction valve is a gate valve and a reducing
connector in one piece; this feature provides for a multitude
of application possibiltites for the most efficient material and
space requirements
• One extension spindle for several dimensions
• Suitable for operation by automatic actuators
• Easy retrofitting of position indicator and automatic
actuators on the standard bonnet
• Duplex stainless steel spindle

Standard version: without handwheel and extension spindle

Design versions: for actuator: No. 4150ELE3
with position indicator: No. 4150STE3
Special versions: on request

Suitable accessories
Suitable accessories: see page A 2/2
Handwheel: No. 7800
Extension spindles: rigid No. 9000E2/E3 Dimensions/DN*
Order MOP
telescopic No. 9500E2/E3 no. (PN) 100 100 125 125 150 150 150 200 200 250 250 300 300 300
Surface boxes: rigid No. 1750 65 80 80 100 80 100 125 100 150 150 200 150 200 250
telescopic No. 2050 4150E3 16
No. 2051K
* The valve is sized in accordance with the smaller flange
Valve actuator: No. 9920
Adapter for actuator (E2/E3 adapter): No. 8630E2/E3
Base plate: No. 3481, No. 3482
Operating cap: No. 2156, No. 2157, No. 2158
Extension spindle: No. 7820, No. 7825
Position indicator: No. 2170E2/E3
Bolts: No. 8810, No. 8830, No. 8840
HAWAK-pillar: No. 9894, No. 9895
Flat gasket: No. 3390, No. 3470

A 2/7
E3 Reducing valve
With flange DN 65 — 300, PN 10 | PN 16
No. 4150E3

Ø d1 a

3°

c
H
B
A
H1

Ø KB
Ø DB

Ø KA

Ø DA
DNA
DNB

Ø d2A
Ø d2B

B
CB CA

MOP Flange A Flange B Spindle Valve

DN Weight
(PN) Ø D CA Ø KA Ø d2A nA* Ø DB CB Ø KB Ø d2B nB* a c Ø d1 H H1 L B
A

10
100 — 65 185 19 145 19 4 220 19,0 180 19 8 17,3 35 25 305 415 180 180 18,0
16
10
100 — 80 200 19 160 19 8 220 19,0 180 19 8 17,3 35 25 313 423 190 180 19,5
16
10
125 — 80 200 19 160 19 8 250 19,0 210 19 8 17,3 35 25 313 438 200 180 21,5
16
10
125 — 100 220 19 180 19 8 250 19,0 210 19 8 19,3 38 25 343 468 200 213 24,0
16
10
150 — 80 200 19 160 19 8 285 19,0 240 23 8 17,3 35 25 313 456 200 180 24,0
16
10
150 — 100 220 19 180 19 8 285 19,0 240 23 8 19,3 38 25 343 486 210 213 26,5
16
10
150 — 125 250 19 210 19 8 285 19,0 240 23 8 19,3 38 28 421 564 210 285 36,0
16
10 8
200 — 100 220 19 180 19 8 340 20,0 295 23 19,3 38 25 343 513 210 213 29,0
16 12
10 8
200 — 150 285 19 240 23 8 340 20,0 295 23 19,3 38 28 433 603 220 285 42,5
16 12
10 350 23
250 — 150 285 19 240 23 8 400 22,0 12 19,3 38 28 433 633 230 285 49,0
16 355 28
10 400 23
300 — 150 285 19 240 23 8 455 24,5 12 19,3 38 28 433 661 240 285 68,0
16 410 28
10 8 350 23
250 — 200 340 20 295 23 400 22,0 12 24,3 48 32 541 741 240 357 69,0
16 12 355 28
10 8 400 23
300 — 200 340 20 295 23 455 24,5 12 24,3 48 32 541 769 250 357 74,0
16 12 410 28
10 350 23 400 23
300 — 250 400 22 12 455 24,5 12 27,3 48 34 649 877 260 432 105,0
16 355 28 410 28
The valve is sized in accordance with the smaller flange nA*, nB* = bolts per flange

A 2/8 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
E3 Valve spigot ends
PN 16
Design features
No. 4100E3
• Resilient seated gate valve with smooth straight-through bore
• The Hawle E3 spigot valve with smooth spigot ends is a
universal type, suitable for both flange as well as for socket
connections
• Easy replacement of old flange valve to insertion of HAWLE-
flange, as insertion of flat gaskets is not required; special
lengths can even be produced through shortening of the
spigot ends
• The outside diameters of the spigot ends correspond to that of
the cast iron pipes (other size on request)
• Suitable for cleaning with a cleaning pig
• One extension spindle for several dimensions
• Suitable for operation by automatic actuators
• Easy retrofitting of position indicator and automatic
actuators on the standard bonnet

Standard version: without flanges, handwheel and extension

spindle
No. 4140E3

Suitable accessories

Suitable accessories: see page A 2/2

Flange: No. 7102
No. 0102
Handwheel: No. 7800
Extension spindles: rigid No. 9000E2/E3
telescopic No. 9500E2/E3
Surface boxes: rigid No. 1750
telescopic No. 2050
No. 2051K
Valve actuator: No. 9920
Adapter for actuator (E2/E3 adapter): No. 8630E2/E3 Version Dimensions/DN
Order MOP
Base plate: No. 3481, No. 3482 Face-to-face
no. (PN)
100
125
150
200
250
300
400
50
65
80

Operating cap: No. 2156, No. 2157, No. 2158 length

Extension spindle: No. 7820, No. 7825
4100E3 Standard *
Position indicator: No. 2170E2/E3
Bolts: No. 8810, No. 8830, No. 8840 600 mm
HAWAK-pillar: No. 9894, No. 9895 16
4140E3 810 mm

860 mm

*in preparation

A 3/1
E3 Valve spigot ends
PN 16
No. 4100E3
No. 4140E3

Ø d1 a
w°

c
H

H1
Ød
DN

E B
L

L1

For a shorter face-to-face dimension, shorten the spigot ends1) and assemble with Hawle flanges No. 7102 / No. 0102
(see water catalogue chapter „Flange connections”)
Caution: Compare flange length „L 1” with spigot length „E”
1)
Protect cutting surfaces against corrosion with Hawle repair material No. 3442 (see water catalogue page P 5/2)

MOP Valve Spindle

DN Weight
(PN)
Ø d+ L E H H1 B a c w° Ø d1
50 66 250 80 234 270 143 14,8 30 20,5 8,0
65 82 270 85 305 350 180 17,3 35 24 12,0
280 85 13,5
80 98 313 366,5 180 17,3 35 24
600 245 19,5
300 90 18,0
100 118 343 408 213 19,3 38 24
600 240 24,0
125 144 325 95 421 285 19,3 38 26 28,5
498
350 95 33,0
150 16 170 433 285 19,3 38 3° 26
600 220 523 40,0
400 115 55,0
200 222 541 657 357 24,3 48 30
600 215 64,0
450 120 91,0
250 274 649 792 432 27,3 48 34
810 300 112,5
500 120 139,0
300 326 731 897 518 27,3 48 34
860 300 177,0
400* 429 600 133 925 1149 687 32,3 55 44 267,0
+
*in preparation Other outside diameters on request

A 3/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
E3 Valve spigot ends
With flange, PN 10 | PN 16
Design features
No. 4120E3
• Resilient seated gate valve with smooth straight-through bore
• Flanges sized in accordance with EN 1092-2, drilled
according to EN 1092-2 | PN 10 standard; EN 1092-2 | PN 16
DN 200 please specify on order - other standards on request
• The Hawle E3 spigot ends valve with the high-tensile loose
flange system is especially suitable for use with new builds in
addition to being a replacement for existing valves
• The flat gaskets are already contained in the conical seals
• Suitable for cleaning with a cleaning pig
• One extension spindle for several dimensions
• Suitable for operation by automatic actuators
• Easy retrofitting of position indicator and automatic
actuators on the standard bonnet

Standard version: without handwheel and extension spindle

Suitable accessories

Suitable accessories: see page A 2/2

Handwheel: No. 7800
Extension spindles: rigid No. 9000E2/E3
telescopic No. 9500E2/E3
Surface boxes: rigid No. 1750
telescopic No. 2050
No. 2051K Dimensions/DN
Valve actuator: No. 9920 MOP
Order no. Version
(PN) 100 150 200
Adapter for actuator (E2/E3 adapter): No. 8630E2/E3
Base plate: No. 3481, No. 3482 short
4120E3 16
Operating cap: No. 2156, No. 2157, No. 2158 EN 558 GR 14
Extension spindle: No. 7820, No. 7825 Face-to-face length EN 558 GR 15 on request
Position indicator: No. 2170E2/E3
Bolts: No. 8810, No. 8830, No. 8840
HAWAK-pillar: No. 9894, No. 9895

A 3/3
E3 Valve spigot ends
With flange, PN 10 | PN 16
No. 4120E3

Ø d1

w°

H1
H
Ø d4
ØD

ØK

DN

Ø d2

C
L

Flange Bolts Spindle Valve

MOP
DN B Weight
(PN)
ØD C ØK Ø d4 Qty. Thread Ø d2 a c w° Ø d1 H H1 L max.
width
10
100 220 19 180 153 8 M 16 19 19,3 38 24 343 453 190 213 23,5
16
10
150 285 19 240 209 8 M 20 23 19,3 38 3° 26 433 576 210 285 40,0
16
10 8 61,0
200 340 20 295 264 M 20 23 24,3 48 30 541 711 230 357
16 12 64,0

A 3/4 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
E3 Valve for PE fusion
DN 50 — 200, PN 10 | PN 16
Design features
No. 4050E3
• Resilient seated gate valve with PE fusion tails in No. 4051E3
combination with PE pipes according to EN 12201,
DIN 8074
• This resilient seated valve has PE tails screwed and sealed
into the sockets
• High performance sealing of the PE tails within the sockets
is assured by two separate seals and a support liner
• The valve can be connected to the PE pipeline by either butt
fusion or electrofusion
• One extension spindle for several dimensions
• Suitable for operation by automatic actuators
• Easy retrofitting of position indicator and automatic
actuators on the standard bonnet
• Duplex stainless steel spindle

Standard version: without handwheel and extension

1
spindle
Special versions: on request

Material | technical features

1 PE-fusion tail
Standard version PE 100-RC injection moulded
Support liner DN 50 made of POM,
from DN 65 — DN 200 made of stainless
steel for PE-fusion tail(see drawing)
2 Socket sealing made of elastomer
3 O-Ring made of elastomer
Dimensions/DN Pipe Ø
Order MOP 50 65 80 100 100 125 150 150 200 200
no. (PN)
63 75 90 110 125 140 160 180 200 225
Suitable accessories 4050E3 16
4051E3 10
Suitable accessories: see page A 2/2
PE-fusion tail: No. 4050E3 PN 16 / SDR 11
Handwheel: No. 7800
No. 4051E3 PN 10 / SDR 17
Extension spindles: rigid No. 9000E2/E3 (No. 4051E3 PN 10 / SDR 17.6 on request)
telescopic No. 9500E2/E3
Surface boxes: rigid No. 1750
telescopic No. 2050, No. 2051K
Valve actuator: No. 9920
Adapter for actuator (E2/E3 adapter): No. 8630E2/E3
Base plate: No. 3481, No. 3482
Operating cap: No. 2156, No. 2157, No. 2158
Extension spindle: No. 7820, No. 7825
Position indicator: No. 2170E2/E3
HAWAK-pillar: No. 9894, No. 9895

A 4/1
E3 Valve for PE fusion
DN 50 — 200, PN 10 | PN 16
No. 4050E3
No. 4051E3

Ø d1 a

w°

c
H

H1
2 3
s
ØA

L1 B

L2

PE-fusion tail: No. 4050E3 PN 16 / SDR 11

No. 4051E3 PN 10 / SDR 17
(No. 4051E3 PN 10 / SDR 17.6 on request)
Valve with PE tails Spindle
DN ØA Weight
s (SDR 17) s (SDR 11) H H1 L1 L2 B a c w° Ø d1
50 63 3,8 5,8 234 283 280 648 143 14,8 30 20,5 11,0
65 75 4,5 6,8 305 361 295 657 180 17,3 35 24 17,0
80 90 5,4 8,2 313 377 310 668 180 17,3 35 24 19,0
100 110 6,6 10,0 343 419 340 710 213 19,3 38 24 26,0
100 125 7,4 11,4 343 428 395 761 213 19,3 38 24 30,5
3°
125 140 8,3 12,7 421 513 390 756 285 19,3 38 26 31,5
150 160 9,5 14,6 433 536 430 796 285 19,3 38 26 50,0
150 180 10,7 16,4 433 548 458 814 285 19,3 38 26 57,5
200 200 11,9 18,2 541 679 514 900 357 24,3 48 30 88,0
200 225 13,4 20,5 541 679 514 900 357 24,3 48 30 90,0

A 4/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
E3 Valve flange | PE tail
DN 50 — 200, PN 10 | PN 16
Design features
No. 4090E3
• Resilient seated gate valve with flange and PE fusion tail in No. 4091E3
combination with PE pipes according to EN 12201, DIN 8074
• This resilient seated valve has one flange and one PE tail
screwed and sealed into the sockets
• High performance sealing of the PE tails within the sockets is
assured by two separate seals and a support liner
• The valve can be connected to the PE pipeline by either butt
fusion or electrofusion
• Flanges sized in accordance with EN 1092-2, drilled
according to EN 1092-2 | PN 10 standard; EN 1092-2 | PN 16
DN 200 please specify on order - other standards on request
• One extension spindle for several dimensions
• Suitable for operation by automatic actuators
• Easy retrofitting of position indicator and automatic
actuators on the standard bonnet
• Duplex stainless steel spindle

Standard version: without handwheel and extension spindle 1

Special versions: on request

Material | technical features

1 PE-fusion tail
Standard version PE 100-RC injection moulded
Support liner DN 50 made of POM,
from DN 65 — DN 200 made of
stainless steel for PE-fusion tail
(see drawing)
2 Socket sealing made of elastomer
3 O-Ring made of elastomer

Dimensions/DN Pipe Ø
Order MOP 50 65 80 100 100 125 150 150 200
Suitable accessories no. (PN)
63 75 90 110 125 140 160 180 225
Suitable accessories: see page A 2/2 4090E3 16
Handwheel: No. 7800 4091E3 10
Extension spindles: rigid No. 9000E2/E3
telescopic No. 9500E2/E3 PE-fusion tail: No. 4090E3 PN 16 / SDR 11
No. 4091E3 PN 10 / SDR 17
Surface boxes: rigid No. 1750 (No. 4091E3 PN 10 / SDR 17.6 on request)
telescopic No. 2050, No. 2051K
Valve actuator: No. 9920
Adapter for actuator (E2/E3 adapter): No. 8630E2/E3
Base plate: No. 3481, No. 3482
Operating cap: No. 2156, No. 2157, No. 2158
Extension spindle: No. 7820, No. 7825
Position indicator: No. 2170E2/E3
Bolts: No. 8810, No. 8830, No. 8840
HAWAK-pillar: No. 9894, No. 9895
Flat gasket: No. 3390, No. 3470

A 4/3
E3 Valve flange | PE tail
DN 50 — 200, PN 10 | PN 16
No. 4090E3
No. 4091E3

Ø d1 a

w°

c
H
3 2
H1

s
Ø d4
ØD

ØK

ØA
DN

Ø d2

C B

L2

PE-fusion tail: No. 4090E3 PN 16 / SDR 11

No. 4091E3 PN 10 / SDR 17
(No. 4091E3 PN 10 / SDR 17.6 on request)

Flange Bolts Valve with PE tails Spindle

Ø
DN s s Weight
Pipe Ø D C Ø K Ø d4 Qty. Thread Ø d2 H H1 L L2 B a c w° Ø d1
(SDR 17) (SDR 11)
50 63 165 125 98 4 M 16 19 3,8 5,8 234 316 399 215 143 14,8 30 20,5 11,5
65 75 185 145 118 4 M 16 19 6,8 305 397 416 235 180 17,3 35 24 17,0
80 90 200 160 133 8 M 16 19 5,4 8,2 313 413 425 245 180 17,3 35 24 18,0
100 110 220 180 153 8 M 16 19 6,6 10,0 343 453 450 265 213 19,3 38 24 25,0
19
100 125 220 180 153 8 M 16 19 11,4 343 453 476 293 213 19,3 38 3° 24 26,5
125 140 250 210 183 8 M 16 19 12,7 421 546 485 310 285 19,3 38 26 38,0
150 160 285 240 209 8 M 20 23 14,6 433 576 503 320 285 19,3 38 26 44,5
150 180 285 240 209 8 M 20 23 16,4 433 576 512 334 285 19,3 38 26 49,5
8
200 225 340 20 295 264 12 M 20 23 13,4 20,5 541 711 565 372 357 24,3 48 30 78,0

A 4/4 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
E3 VRS-socket valve
For cast iron pipes and pipes with VRS-socket,
DN 80 — 300, PN 16
Design features No. 4027E3
• Resilient seated gate valve with one-sided VRS-socket
and one-sided VRS-spigot
• With VRS grip ring and VRS pipe restraint clamp
(not included), a pipe connection can be made restraint
• Suitable for cleaning with a cleaning pig
• One extension spindle for several dimensions
• Suitable for operation by automatic actuators
• Easy retrofitting of position indicator and automatic
actuators on the standard bonnet
• Duplex stainless steel spindle

Standard version: without handwheel and extension spindle

Material | technical features

1 Socket sealing made of elastomer
2 Pipe restraint clamp (not included)

Suitable accessories

Suitable accessories: see page A 2/2

Order MOP Dimensions/DN
Handwheel: No. 7800 Version (PN) 80 100 125 150 200 250 300
no.
Extension spindles: rigid No. 9000E2/E3
telescopic No. 9500E2/E3 4027E3 Socket-Spigot 16
Surface boxes: rigid No. 1750
telescopic No. 2050, No. 2051K
Valve actuator: No. 9920
Adapter for actuator (E2/E3 adapter): No. 8630E2/E3
Base plate: No. 3481, No. 3482
Operating cap: No. 2156, No. 2157, No. 2158
Extension spindle: No. 7820, No. 7825
Position indicator: No. 2170E2/E3
HAWAK-pillar: No. 9894, No. 9895

A 5/1
E3 VRS-socket valve
For cast iron pipes and pipes with VRS-socket,
DN 80 — 300, PN 16
No. 4027E3

Ø d1 a

w°

c
H
2 1

H1
Ø D2

Ø D1
DN

E
B
L

Valve Spindle
DN Ø Pipe MOP Weight
(PN)
Ø D1 Ø D2 E H H1 L B a c w° Ø d1

80 98 98 156 127 313 391 422 180 17,3 35 24 20,5

100 118 118 178 135 343 432 440 213 19,3 38 24 24,5

125 144 144 208 143 421 525 494 285 19,3 38 24 37,5

150 170 16 170 235 150 433 551 513 285 19,3 38 3° 26 44,5

200 222 222 295 160 541 689 535 357 24,3 48 30 72,0

250 274 274 356 165 649 827 577 432 27,3 48 36 114,0

300 326 326 414 170 731 938 638 518 27,3 48 36 168,5

A 5/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
E3 Combi-T
Flange T-piece with integrated E3-valve, PN 10 | PN 16
Design features
No. 4340E3
• Resilient seated gate valve combined with flange T-piece
• Short style, equal and reduced
• Space saving installation through short design as well as
savings in material, work, transport and storage costs
• The compact design enables the valve chamber to be made
from sectional concrete giving typical savings of 25 % in
chamber construction costs
• A combination of E3 Combi-T with E3 reducing valve creates
a multitude of application possibilities
• Flanges sized in accordance with EN 1092-2, drilled
according to EN 1092-2 | PN 10 standard; EN 1092-2 | PN 16
DN 200 please specify on order - other standards on request
• Suitable for cleaning with a cleaning pig
• One extension spindle for several dimensions
• Suitable for operation by automatic actuators
• Easy retrofitting of position indicator and automatic
actuators on the standard bonnet
• Duplex stainless steel spindle

Standard version: without handwheel and extension spindle

Special versions: on request

Suitable accessories

Suitable accessories: see page A 2/2

Dimensions Valve | DN1
Handwheel: No. 7800 Order no. MOP
(PN) DN 65 80 100 150 200
Extension spindles: rigid No. 9000E2/E3
telescopic No. 9500E2/E3 80
Surface boxes: rigid No. 1750 100
telescopic No. 2050, No. 2051K
Valve actuator: No. 9920 4340E3 16 125
Adapter for actuator (E2/E3 adapter): No. 8630E2/E3 150
Base plate: No. 3481, No. 3482
200
Operating cap: No. 2156, No. 2157, No. 2158
Extension spindle: No. 7820, No. 7825
Position indicator: No. 2170E2/E3
Bolts: No. 8810, No. 8830, No. 8840
Flat gasket: No. 3390, No. 3470
HAWAK-pillar: No. 9894, No. 9895

A 6/1
E3 Combi-T
Flange T-piece with integrated E3-valve, PN 10 | PN 16
No. 4340E3

Ø d1

w°

C1
H2

H1
H

h
Ø K1
DN 1
ØK

DN

C
L

DN 1 E3 Combi-T Flange Spindle

DN Weight
Valve L H H1 H2 h ØK C Ø K1 C1 a c w° Ø d1
80 80 280 313 413 413 170 160 19 160 19 17,3 35 24 24,0
100 65 260 305 397 408 180 145 19 180 19 17,3 35 24 29,5
100 80 280 313 413 416 200 160 19 180 19 17,3 35 24 30,0
100 100 310 343 453 453 200 180 19 180 19 19,3 38 24 34,0
125 80 280 313 413 432 200 160 19 210 19 17,3 35 24 30,5
125 100 310 343 453 469 215 180 19 210 19 19,3 38 24 36,5
150 65 260 305 397 441 210 145 19 240 19 17,3 35 24 33,0
3°
150 80 280 313 413 444 220 160 19 240 19 17,3 35 24 36,0
150 100 310 343 453 487 220 180 19 240 19 19,3 38 24 40,5
150 150 400 433 576 576 250 240 19 240 19 19,3 38 26 55,5
200 80 280 313 413 484 250 160 19 295 20 17,3 35 24 43,0
200 100 310 343 453 521 250 180 19 295 20 19,3 38 24 49,5
200 150 400 433 576 610 275 240 19 295 20 19,3 38 26 68,5
200 200 460 541 711 711 295 295 20 295 20 24,3 48 30 90,0

A 6/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
E3 Combi-III
Flanged T-piece with 3 flanged outlets and 2 or 3 integral
E3 valves, PN 10 | PN 16
Design features No. 4450E3
• Resilient seated gate valve combined with flange-T-piece No. 4460E3
• Space saving installation through short design as well as
savings in material, work, transport and storage costs
• The compact design enables the valve chamber to be made
from sectional concrete giving typical savings of 25 % in
chamber construction costs
• Vertical connection DN 100 optional
• Internal thread connection ¾" - optional for manometer,
ball valve outlet etc.
• Flanges sized in accordance with EN 1092-2, drilled
according EN 1092-2 | PN 10 standard; EN 1092-2 | PN 16
DN 200 please specify on order - other standards on request
• Suitable for cleaning with a cleaning pig
• Duplex stainless steel spindle

Suitable accessories
Suitable accessories: see page A 2/2
Instead of a bonnet, a cap
Handwheel: No. 7800 No. 8570E2/E3 can be fitted
Extension spindles: rigid No. 9000E2/E3 onto the body of any outlet not
telescopic No. 9500E2/E3 requiring a valve
Surface box: No. 4550
Operating cap: No. 2156, No. 2157, No. 2158
Extension spindle: No. 7820, No. 7825
Please specify the arrangement
Position indicator: No. 2170E2/E3
of the valves
Bolts: No. 8810, No. 8830, No. 8840 in a clockwise direction!
Flat gasket: No. 3390, No. 3470
Blanking cap: No. 8570E2/E3

Order MOP No. of Dimensions/DN

Version (PN) valves
no. 80 100 125 150 200
Without 2
4450E3 vertical centre
outlet 3
16
With vertical 2
4460E3
outlet 3

A 7/1
E3 Combi-III
Flanged T-piece with 3 flanged outlets and 2 or 3 integral
E3 valves, PN 10 | PN 16
No. 4450E3
M1

Ø d1 a

w°

2
M
H
H1

L/2
h
ØK

DN
DN

L1
C G 3/4
L N L1

Weight
E3 Combi III without vertical centre outlet Spindle
DN (no. of valves)
L H H1 ØK C M1 M2 L1 h N a c w° Ø d1 2 3
80 435 313 413 160 19 255 180 - 318 - 17,3 35 24 45,0 47,0
100 555 343 453 180 19 365 258 212 411 27 19,3 38 24 68,0 67,0
125 615 421 571 210 19 415 294 360 515 27 19,3 38 3° 26 101,0 153,0
150 625 433 576 240 19 415 294 360 520 27 19,3 38 26 105,0 114,5
200 695 541 711 295 20 465 329 445 602 32 24,3 48 30 167,0 183,0

M1
No. 4460E3 Ø K1
DN1

Ø d1 a

w°
c
C1

2
M
H3
H

ØA
/2
H1

L
H2

h
DN
ØK

DN

L1

C G¾
N

L (on request)
L1

E3 Combi III with

E3 Combi III with vertical centre outlet Spindle vertical centre
DN outlet
Ø A DN 1 L L1 H H1 H2 H3 C C1 Ø K Ø K1 M1 M2 h N a c w° Ø d1 2 3
100 100 100 555 212 343 453 90 + 19 + 180 + 365 258 411 27 19,3 38 24 71,0 76,0
150 150 100 625 360 433 576 140 192 19 19 240 180 415 293,5 520 27 19,3 38 3° 26 120,0 130,0
200 200 100 695 445 541 711 180 192 20 19 295 180 465 329 602 32 24,3 48 30 198,0 205,0
+ flange connection directly on the body - stud

A 7/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
E3 Combi-IV
Flanged T-piece with 4 flanged outlets and 2, 3 or 4
integral E3 valves, PN 10 | PN 16
Design features No. 4400E3
• Resilient seated gate valve combined with flange cross piece No. 4410E3
• Space saving installation through short design as well as
savings in material, work, transport and storage costs
• The compact design enables the valve chamber to be made
from sectional concrete giving typical savings of 25 % in
chamber construction costs
• Vertical connection DN 100 optional
• Internal thread connection ¾" - optional for manometer,
ball valve outlet etc.
• Flanges sized in accordance with EN 1092-2, drilled
according EN 1092-2 | PN 10 standard; EN 1092-2 | PN 16
DN 200 please specify on order - other standards on request
• Suitable for cleaning with a cleaning pig
• Duplex stainless steel spindle Instead of a bonnet, a cap No. 8570E2/E3 can be fitted
onto the body of any outlet not requiring a valve

Suitable accessories
Suitable accessories: see page A 2/2
Handwheel: No. 7800
Extension spindles: rigid No. 9000E2/E3
telescopic No. 9500E2/E3
Surface box: No. 4550
Operating cap: No. 2156, No. 2157, No. 2158
Extension spindle: No. 7820, No. 7825
Position indicator: No. 2170E2/E3 No. 4410E3 cross connection with With 3 valves and no
Bolts: No. 8810, No. 8830, No. 8840 3 valves and vertical centre outlet vertical outlet
Flat gasket: No. 3390, No. 3470
Blanking cap: No. 8570E2/E3 Please specify the arrangement
of the valves
in a clockwise direction!

Order MOP No. of Dimensions/DN

Version valves
no. (PN) 80 100 125 150 200
2
Without
4400E3 vertical cen- 3
tre outlet
16 4

With vertical 3
4410E3
outlet 4

A 8/1
E3 Combi-IV
Flanged T-piece with 4 flanged outlets and 2, 3 or 4
integral E3 valves, PN 10 | PN 16
No. 4400E3
M1

Ø d1 a

2
w°

M
c

L1
L
H1
H
DN
DN
ØK

N
C G¾ L1
L (on request)

E3 Combi IV without vertical centre outlet Spindle Weight (no. of valves)

DN
L H H1 ØK C M1 M2 L1 N a c w° Ø d1 2 3 4
80 435 313 413 160 19 255 180 17,3 35 24 55,0 60,0 65,0
100 555 343 453 180 19 365 258 212 27 19,3 38 24 76,0 84,0 90,0
125 615 421 571 210 19 415 293,5 360 27 19,3 38 3° 26 125,0 135,0 139,0
150 625 433 576 240 19 415 293,5 360 27 19,3 38 26 135,0 143,0 151,0
200 695 541 711 295 20 465 329 445 32 24,3 48 30 207,0 223,0 238,0

M1
No. 4410E3 Ø K1
DN1

Ø d1 a
2
M

w°
c
C1

H3

H1
H

ØA
L1
L
H2
ØK

DN
DN

C G¾ L1
L (on request)

Weight
E3 Combi IV with vertical centre outlet Spindle
DN (no. of valves)
Ø A DN1 L L1 H H1 H2 H3 C C1 Ø K Ø K1 M1 M2 N a c w° Ø d1 3 4
100 100 100 555 212 343 453 90 + 19 + 180 + 365 258 27 19,3 38 24 90,0 96,0
150 150 100 625 360 433 576 140 192 19 19 240 180 415 293,5 27 19,3 38 3° 26 154,0 164,0
200 200 100 695 445 541 711 180 192 20 19 295 180 465 329 32 24,3 48 30 265,0
+ flange connection directly on the body - stud

A 8/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
E3 Hawle-Combiflex
DN 150, PN 10 | PN 16
Design features
• Modular Combi-valve system enables flexible assembly No. 4420E3
arrangements
• Standardized compact construction regardless of valve
configuration
• Suitable for cleaning with a cleaning pig
• Comprehensive range of interchangeable ZAK connections
possible in every module
• Unique design facilitates easy, rapid exchange of any module 12
• Duplex stainless steel spindle
13
14

Material | technical features 2

1 Resilient seated E3 valve according to EN 1074-1
and 1074-2 1
11
3 Molybdenum coated, A4 type clamping ring bolts
4/11 ZAK-46 (4) or ZAK-34 (11) socket for corrosion-free
3
connection of sensors or ZAK Service valve 9
2/5/7/ Hawle Combiflex vertical outlet (2) optionally 5
10
9/10 DN 80 or DN 100 end cap (5), clamping ring (7),
middle section DN 150 (9), E3 body (10) reduced in 8 4
DN 80, DN 100, DN 125; DN 150; or expanded to
DN 200: ductile iron, epoxy powder coated
6 HAWLE-COMBIFLEX mounting frame: ductile iron, 7
epoxy powder coated, with ring bolts forfastening 6
hoists and integrated rings for floor connections
8 Quality inspection seal
12 Operating cap made of aluminum, including covering Sample photo
cap with direction indicator
13 Vertical outlet with affixed flat elastomer gasket
15
14 Outlet ET 1", optional (not installed)
15 Anchoring system, optional

Suitable accessories
Individual combination options see page A 9/3
Suitable accessories: see page A 2/2
Handwheel: No. 7800
Extension spindles: rigid No. 9000E2/E3
telescopic No. 9500E2/E3
Surface boxes: rigid No. 1750
telescopic No. 2050, No. 2051K
Operating cap: No. 2156, No. 2157, No. 2158
Extension spindle: No. 7820, No. 7825
Bolts: No. 8810, No. 8830, No. 8840
Ground-distance sets: No. 8644
Flat gasket: No. 3390, No. 3470
Operating cap: No. 2157, No. 2158 Please specify the arrangement of
ET 1" outlet: No. 6979 the valves in a clockwise direction!
ZAK 34 outlet: No. 6979
ZAK 34 plug: No. 6980
Blanking cap: No. 8570E2/E3

MOP Dimensions Possible vertical outlet Weight

Order no. Version Possible reduction / DN
(PN) / DN / DN min. — max.
80
100
Individually
4420E3 10/16 150 125 80/100 57 — 212
configurable
150
200
Flange sized and drilled in accordance with EN 1092-2 standard PN 10. Please specify PN 16 when ordering. Standard version inclusive operating caps (remove in case of actuation by extension
spindle or handwheel!) Please use the HAWLE-COMBIFLEX order form. It can be found on our homepage.

A 9/1
E3 Hawle-Combiflex
DN 150, PN 10 | PN 16

No. 4420E3

M1

16°
H3

H
H4
H1

DN
H2

L3
N

L2
L1

E3 Hawle-Combiflex
DN
MOP (PN) DN L* L1 L2 L3 H H1 H2 H3 H4 M1* ØN
80 37 262
100 625 40 271
150 10/16 125 360 440 38 609 518 155 328 284 405 27,4
150 660 (1xDN 200) 40 298
200+ 695 (2xDN 200) 24 335
*The external dimensions (L, M1) remain the same with reducing valves!
+
height compensation due to flange necessary
#Transport dimensions = L

A 9/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
E3 Hawle-Combiflex
Individual parts DN 150

No. 8642 No. 4190E3

DN 80

DN 100

DN 150

ZAK 46

DN 150

No. 8640

150/200 150/150 150/125 150/100 150/80 End cap

No. 8644

Ø d1
No. 4190E3 a
Optional
c

Operating cap
Order-No. 2156 ZAK 34 /
ET 1"
Order-No. 2157
Order-No. 2158
H1
H

Optional
H

Outlet ET 1"
Order-No. 6979
H1

Optional
ZAK 34 outlet
Order-No. 6979 Ød
ZAK-plug DN 2
ØD
DN

ØK

Order-No. 6980 Reducing gate valve

• Incl. bolt fastener for

the middle section f
• Fits through manhole Ø d4
C
openings ØK
L B

Hawle-Combiflex E3 gate valve

DN Flange Bolts Spindle Valve

MOP Service
DN Ø D* C ØK Ø d4 f Qty. Thread Ø d2 a c Ø d1 Wedge H H1* L* B* ~ Max.
(PN) DN outlet weight
10
80 200 19 160 133 8 M16 19 25 100 343 453 258 213 21,8
16
10
100 220 19 180 153 8 M16 19 25 100 343 453 261 213 22,5
16
10 ZAK 34
150 125 250 19 210 183 3 8 M16 19 19,3 38 25 100 343 468 259 213 23,7
16 ET 1"
10
150 285 19 240 209 8 M20 23 28 150 433 576 262 283 34,7
16
10 8
200 340 20 295 264 M20 23 28 150 433 603 281 283 40,0
16 12
* Transport dimensions

A 9/3
E3 Hawle-Combiflex
Individual parts DN 150
Hawle-Combiflex end cap
No. 8640

ZAK
B L
• ZAK 69 socket

Hawle-Combiflex end cap

DN
B ZAK-socket L Weight
150 177 ZAK 46 47 2,5

Hawle-Combiflex vertical outlet C

f
No. 8642
d2
Ø

DN

Ø d4
ØK
• Incl. affixed elastomer flange gasket ØD H

Hawle-Combiflex vertical outlet

DN Flange Bolts Vertical outlet
DN MOP (PN) ØD C ØK Ø d4 f Qty. Thread Ø d2 H Weight
80 10/16 200 19 160 133 3 8 M16 19 155 7,0
150
100 10/16 220 19 180 153 3 8 M16 19 155 8,0

Blanking cap • For combi valves in place

Order No. DN Weight
of valve bonnet
No. 8570E2/E3 • Made of ductile iron, epoxy 80 1,6
powder coated without
100 1,9
screws and hood seal 8570E2/E3
125 — 150 3,2
200 5,0

Hawle-Combiflex ground-distance set

No. 8644 (order separately)

Stainless
steel
7

A 9/4 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
E3 Hawle-Combiflex
DN 250 / DN 300, PN 10 | PN 16
Design features No. 4420E3
• Modular Combi-valve system enables flexible assembly
arrangements
• Standardized compact construction regardless of valve
configuration
• Suitable for cleaning with a cleaning pig
• Comprehensive range of interchangeable ZAK connections
12
possible in every module
• Unique design facilitates easy, rapid exchange of any module 13
• Duplex stainless steel spindle

Material | technical features 1

2
1 Resilient seated E3 valve in DN 150 to DN 400
3
according to EN 1074-1 and 2 9
3 Molybdenum coated, A4 type clamping ring bolts 11
4/11 ZAK-69 (4) or ZAK-46 (11) socket for corrosion-free
connection of sensors or ZAK Service valve 10 7
2/5/7/ Hawle-Combiflex vertical outlet (2) optionally 8 4
9/10 DN 100 or DN 150 end cap (5), clamping ring (7),
2 types of middle section DN 250 or DN 300 (9),
E3 body (10) reduced in DN 150 and DN 200 or 15
expanded to DN 400: ductile iron, epoxy powder coated
6 Hawle-Combiflex mounting frame: ductile iron,
epoxy powder coated, with ring bolts forfastening
6
hoists and integrated rings for floor connections
8 Quality inspection seal 5
12 Operating cap made of aluminum, including covering 14
cap with direction indicator
Sample photo
13 Vertical outlet with affixed flat elastomer gasket
14 Assembly fittings kit (4 items each: plastic
support liner; hot-dip galvanized spacer disk;
hot-dip galvanized washer) Individual combination options see page A 9/7
15 Anchoring system, optional

Suitable accessories
Suitable accessories: see page A 2/2
Handwheel: No. 7800
Extension spindles: rigid No. 9000E2/E3
telescopic No. 9500E2/E3
Surface boxes: rigid No. 1750
telescopic No. 2050, No. 2051K
Operating cap: No. 2156, No. 2157, No. 2158
Extension spindle: No. 7820, No. 7825
Bolts: No. 8810, No. 8830, No. 8840
Assembly fittings kit: No. 8647
Flat gasket: No. 3390, No. 3470
Blanking cap: No. 8570E2/E3

MOP Dimensions Possible vertical outlet Weight

Order no. Version Possible reduction / DN
(PN) / DN / DN min. - max.
10 150 100
250 200 265 — 465
16 250 150
Individually 150
4420E3
configurable 10 200 100
300 250 330 — 706
16 300 150
400
Flange sized and drilled in accordance with EN 1092-2 standard PN 10. Please specify PN 16 when ordering. Standard version including operating cap (to be removed during operation using
extension spindle or hand wheel!) Please use the HAWLE-COMBIFLEX order form. It can be found on our homepage.

A 9/5
E3 Hawle-Combiflex
DN 250 / DN 300, PN 10 | PN 16

No. 4420E3

M1

10°

H
H3
H1

DN
H2

N
L1

Hawle-Combiflex
DN
MOP (PN) L* L1 H H1 H2 H3 DN M1* ØN
10 150
250 960 617 911 755 210 359 200 590 34
16 250
150
10 200
300 1050 617 1021 809 235 399 250 646 34
16 300
400
*The external dimensions (L, M1) remain the same with reducing valves!

A 9/6 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
E3 Hawle-Combiflex
Individual parts DN 250 / DN 300

No. 8642 No. 4190E3

DN 100
ZAK 46

DN 150
ZAK 69
DN 300
DN 250

DN 300
DN 250

No. 8640

300/400 300/300 300/250 300/200 300/150 End cap

250/250 250/200 250/150

No. 8647

Hawle-Combiflex E3 gate valve Ø d1

No. 4190E3 a
c

Optional
Operating Cap
Order-No. 2157 ZAK 46
Order-No. 2158
H

H
H1

f
H1

ZAK 46

• ZAK 46 socket
• Incl. ZAK 46 plug
ØD
ØK

Ød
DN

DN 2
• Incl. bolt fastener for
the middle section Reduced gate valve
• Fits through manhole
openings
C Ø d4
L
ØK
B

Hawle-Combiflex E3 gate valve

DN Flange Bolts Spindle Valve

DN MOP ØD C ØK Ø d2 a c Ø d1 Wedge Service H H1* L* B*

Qty. Thread Weight
(PN) DN outlet
10
150 285 19 240 8 M20 23 24,3 48 32 200 541 707 337 356 61,0
16
10 8
250 200 340 20 295 M20 23 24,3 48 32 200 541 710 337 356 62,0
16 12
10 350 M20 23
250 400 22 12 27,3 48 34 250 649 850 337 438 89,0
16 355 M24 28
10
150 285 19 240 8 M20 23 24,3 48 32 200 541 734 361 356 65,0
16
ZAK 46
10 8
200 340 20 295 M20 23 24,3 48 32 200 541 734 361 356 66,0
16 12
300 10 350 M20 23
250 400 22 12 27,3 48 34 250 649 850 361 438 93,0
16 355 M24 28
10 400 M20 23
300 455 24,5 12 27,3 48 34 300 731 960 361 523 132,0
16 410 M24 28
10 515 M24 28
400+ 580 28 16 27,3 48 34 300 731 1030 361 523 146,0
16 525 M27 31
* Transport dimensions height adjustment necessary due to flange sheet
+

A 9/7
Notes

A 9/8 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
E3 Hawle-Combiflex
Individual parts DN 250 / DN 300
Hawle-Combiflex end cap
No. 8640

ZAK
B L
• ZAK 69 socket

Hawle-Combiflex end cap

DN
B ZAK-socket L Weight
250 284 ZAK 69 67 6,0
300 335 ZAK 69 77 7,5

Hawle-Combiflex vertical outlet C

No. 8642 f

d2
Ø

DN

Ø d4
• Incl. affixed elastomer flange gasket ØK
ØD H

Hawle-Combiflex vertical outlet

DN Flange Bolts Vertical outlet
DN MOP (PN) ØD C ØK Ø d4 f Qty. Thread Ø d2 H Weight
100 10/16 220 19 180 153 3 8 M16 19 146 12,0
250
150 10/16 285 19 240 209 3 8 M20 23 146 11,0
100 10/16 220 19 180 153 3 8 M16 19 160 13,0
300
150 10/16 285 19 240 209 3 8 M20 23 160 13,0

Blanking cap Order No. DN Weight

No. 8570E2/E3
150 3,2
8570E2/E3 200 5,0
250 — 300 5,0

• For combi valves in place of valve bonnet

• Made of ductile iron, epoxy powder coated without screws
DN 150 — 200 DN 250 — 300 and hood seal

A 9/9
Notes

A 9/10 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Hawle-E1+ gate valve
Overview
Design features
• Resilient seated gate valve according to EN 1074-1 and
EN 1074-2 with smooth, straight bore
• Flanged valve, short face-to-face dimension 6
• Wedge guide with high glide characteristics;
load-optimised design guarantees very low wear
11
and closing torques
7
• Wedge nut resists high torque load due to its larger 8
size with more than the required thread length 12
• Spindle bearing attached in bonnet by bayonet 13
connection 2
• O-rings on all sides mounted in corrosion-proof material 10
• Friction washers guarantee smooth spindle guiding 5
9
• Suitable for underground installation
• Duplex stainless steel spindle

4 1

Material | Technical features 3

1,2 Body (1), bonnet (2) made of ductile iron, epoxy powder
coated inside and out (see page 4)
3 Wedge made of ductile iron, fully rubberized with vulcanized
elastomer inside and out
4 Wedge guide made of wear-resistant POM
5 Wedge nut made of brass
6 Duplex stainless steel spindle with rolled thread and
polished O-ring slide faces, bearing made of POM
7 O-ring bush made of brass, attached in bonnet by
bayonet connection, anti-rotation, multiple O-ring sealing
8 O-rings made of elastomer
9 Bonnet gasket made of elastomer
10 Allen screws corrosion protected by being encased into the
body with an enclosing gasket and wax
11 Covering cap as dirt protection of the spindle bearing
made of PE
12 Friction washer made of POM
13 Spindle bearing made of POM

A 10/1
Notes

A 10/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Hawle-E1+ gate valve
With flange DN 50 — 300, PN 10 | PN 16
Design features No. 4000E1+
• Resilient seated gate valve with smooth, straight bore No. 4700E1+
• Flanges sized in accordance with EN 1092-2, drilled
according to EN 1092-2 | PN 10 standard;
EN 1092-2 | PN 16 for DN 200 Please specify on
order - other standards on request
• Suitable for cleaning with a cleaning pig
• Short face-to-face length (EN 558 GR 14)
• Long face-to-face length (EN 558 GR 15)

Standard version: without handwheel and extension spindle

(only suitable for manual actuation)

Special versions: on request

Suitable accessories
Suitable accessories: see page A 2/2
Handwheel: No. 7800
Extension spindles: rigid No. 9000
from DN 65 No. 9000A
telescopic No. 9500 Application example
from DN 65 No. 9500A
No. 9500
Surface boxes: rigid No. 1750
telescopic No. 2050
No. 2051K
Base plate: No. 3480, No. 3481
Operating cap: No. 2156, No. 2157, No. 2158
Spindle extension: No. 7820, No. 7825
Bolts: No. 8810, No. 8830, No. 8840
HAWAK-pillar: No. 9894
Flat gasket: No. 3390, No. 3470

Dimensions/DN
Order MOP
Version
no. (PN)
100

125

150

200

250

300
50

65

80

short 10
4000E1+
EN 558-1 GR 14 16

long 10
4700E1+
EN 558-1 GR 15 16

A 10/3
 Hawle-E1+ gate valve
With flange DN 50 — 300, PN 10 | PN 16
No. 4000E1+
No. 4700E1+
Ø d1

c
H1
H
Ø d4
ØK
ØD

DN

Ø d2

f C
L B

Flange Bolts Spindle Valve Weight

MOP
DN
(PN) L
ØD C ØK Ø d4 f Qty Thread Ø d2 a c Ø d1 H H1 B short long
short long
10
50 165 18 125 98 5 4 M 16 19 14,8 30 18 230 313 150 250 135 8,8 10,7
16
10
65 185 18 145 118 5 4 M 16 19 17,3 30 20 298 390 170 270 172 13,5 16,9
16
10
80 200 18 160 133 5 8 M 16 19 17,3 30 20 305 405 180 280 172 14,5 19,0
16
10
100 220 18 180 153 5 8 M 16 19 19,3 30 20 339 449 190 300 203 18,5 25,2
16
10
125 250 17 210 183 4 8 M 16 19 19,3 30 20 420 545 200 325 275 30,5 36,7
16
10
150 285 17 240 209 4 8 M 20 23 19,3 30 20 432 575 210 350 275 34,0 42,9
16
10 8 54,6
200 340 19,5 295 264 4,5 M 20 23 24,3 38 25 534 704 230 400 345 68,0
16 12 53,0
10 M 20 23 80,5
250 400 21,5 350 318 4,5 12 27,3 38 32 626 826 250 450 422
16 M 24 28 82,0
10 M 20 23 125,0
300 455 24 400 371 5,5 12 27,3 38 32 709 937 270 500 506
16 M 24 28 142,4

A 10/4 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
E2 Gate Valve
Overview
Design features DN 450 —
­ 600 Spindle bearing on ball bearing
• Resilient seated gate valve according to EN 1171,
EN 1074-1 and EN 1074-2 with smooth straight-
throught bore
• Flange valve 6
• Wedge guide with high glide characteristics;
load-optimised design guarantees lowest wear and
minimum closing torques 10
• Wedge nut allows high torque load through large 8
dimensioning of the required thread length 14
• O-rings, lip seals mounted in rust-proof material on 16
15
all sides, can be replaced in depressurised state
• Edge protection protects during transport and storage 14
• Roller bearings guarantee low friction mounting of 8
7
the spindle 9 17
• 100% suitable for underground installation
2

12

Material | Technical features

, 2, Body (1), bonnet (2), centering flange (16)
1 13
16 made of ductile iron, epoxy powder coated inside 11
and out (see page 5)
3 Wedge made of ductile iron, inside and out with
vulcanized elastomer 5
4 Wedge guide made of wear-resistant plastic
5 Wedge nut made of dezincification-resistant brass
6 Duplex stainless steel spindle with rolled thread and 1
flat-rolled sealed sliding surface
7 O-ring bush made of brass
8 O-rings, lip seals made of elastomer 3
9 Back seal made of elastomer
10 Wiper ring made of elastomer
4
11 Bonnet gasket made of elastomer
12 Allen screws encased into the body with an enclosing
gasket and wax, ensuring full corrosion protection
13 Edge protection made of PE
14 Ball bearing permanently lubricated
15 Centering ring made of POM
17 Centering flange gasket made of elastomer

A 11/1
 E2 Gate valve
With flange DN 450 ­— 600, PN 10 | PN 16
Accessories
Spare parts
Handwheels Page M 4/1 Valve bonnet Page P 2/1
Extension spindles Page M 2/1 Valve wedge Page P 2/1
Surface boxes Page M 3/1 Valve bonnet flat gasket Page P 2/2
Base plate Page M 3/7
Adapter and coupling socket Page M 4/3
Operating cap Page M 4/1
Spindle extension Page M 4/1
Actuator Page M 4/3

Tools
Position indicator Page M 4/2
Bolts Page M 4/4 Operating key Page Q 4/2
HAWAK-pillar Page M 5/1
Flat gaskets Page M 7/1
Blanking cap Page M 4/1 Technical information
Flanges Page C 4/1 Tightening torques for flange assembly Page R 3/1
Dismantling pieces Page D 6/1 Pressure loss diagram Page R 4/1
Spindle rotations per stroke Page R 1/2

Application examples

A 11/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
E2 Gate valve
With flange DN 450 ­— 600, PN 10 | PN 16
Design features No. 4000E2
• Resilient seated gate valve with smooth straight-through
bore
No. 4700E2
• Flanges sized in accordance with EN 1092-2, drilled
according to
EN 1092-2 | PN 10 standard 4000E2, 4700E2;
EN 1092-2 | PN 16 4000E2, 4700E2

Please specify on order - other standards on request
• Suitable for cleaning with a cleaning pig
• Suitable for operation by automatic actuators
• O-rings replaceable without pressure
• Ball bearings in the spindle seating minimizes closing
forces
• Easy to actuate without bypass and without power boost -
even for 16 bar differential pressure
• For the assembling of a position indicator it is necessary
to remove the centering flange and mount the adapter
for position indicator

Standard version: without handwheel and extension spindle

Design versions: for actuator: No. 4000ELE2
with position indicator: No. 4000STE2
for seawater: No. 4002E2,
No. 4702E2
Special versions: on request
- Bevel gearing
- for DN 500/DN 600 - version with bypass (DN 50) available Dimensions/DN
MOP
- Ventilation and exhausting; Order no. Version
(PN)
450*

500*

500

600
small amounts of air in the bonnet
short
4000E2 16
EN 558 GR 14
long
4700E2 16
EN 558 GR 15
* Body: DN 400 - flange connection: DN 450 or 500
4710E2 25
EN 558 GR 15
Suitable accessories: see page A 11/2
4060E2 16
Handwheel: No. 7800
Extension spindles: rigid No. 9000E2
telescopic No. 9500E2
Surface boxes: rigid No. 1750
telescopic No. 2050
No. 2051K
Valve actuator: No. 9920
Adapter for actuator (E2 adapter): No. 8630E2
Base plate: No. 3481, No. 3482
Operating cap: No. 2156, No. 2157, No. 2158
Extension spindle: No. 7820, No. 7825
Bolts: No. 8810, No. 8830, No. 8840
HAWAK-pillar: No. 9894, No. 9895
Flat gasket: No. 3390, No. 3470

A 11/3
 E2 Gate valve
With flange DN 450 ­— 600, PN 10 | PN 16
No. 4000E2
No. 4700E2

Ø d1

c
H1
H
Ø d4
ØD
ØK

DN

Ø d2

f B
C
L

MOP Flange Bolts Spindle Valve Weight

DNDN
(PN)
D
ØD C C Ø KØ K
Ø d4Ø d4
f f Qty. Thread Ø d2 Ø ad2 ac Øc d1 Ø d1
H HH1 H1
L short L long B Bshort long
10
10 565350 M 24 M28
20 23
450* 400 3022
640 530 3194 20 32,3 55 44 974 1310 870 250
650 687 100,0
332,0121,0
250 16
16 585355 3 12M 27 M31
24 28 27,3 48 34 670 450 432
25
10 425 24,5 620370 330 M 24 M28
27 31 883 136,0
500* 715 31,5 582 4 20 32,3 55 44 974 1345 700 687 371,0
16
10 650400 M 30 M34
20 23
455 24,5 367 4 12 981 270 147,0 170,0
300 16
10 620410 M 24 M28
24 28 27,3 48 34 753 500 518
500 715 31,5 582 4 20 36,3 66 50 1220 1578 350 700 800 488,0 542,0
25
16 485 27,5 650430 389 5 16M 30 M34
27 31 996 196,0
10
10 725460 M 27 M31
20 23
350600 520 36
840 26,5 720 4275 4 20 16 36,3 27,3
66 48
50 34
1377 838
1797 1098
390 290
800 944 604
720,0205,0
789,0
16
16 770470 M 33 M37
24 28
10
* Body: DN 400
515 M 24 28
400 580- flange
28 connection: 477
DN 4504or 50016 32,3 55 44 974 1264 310 600 687 261,0 300,0
16 525 M 27 31
10 565 M 24 28
450* 640 30 530 4 20 32,3 55 44 974 1310 650 687 332,0
16 585 M 27 31
10 620 M 24 28
500* 715 31,5 582 4 20 32,3 55 44 974 1345 700 687 371,0
16 650 M 30 34
10 620 M 24 28
500 715 31,5 582 4 20 36,3 66 50 1220 1578 350 700 800 488,0 542,0
16 650 M 30 34
10 725 M 27 31
600 840 36 720 5 20 36,3 66 50 1377 1797 390 800 944 720,0 789,0
16 770 M 33 37

A 11/4 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Butterfly valves

Page Double eccentric butterfly valve

B2 Hawle butterfly valve Page B 2/3

Page Non return valves

B3 Without lever and counterweight Page B 3/1

B 1/1
Butterfly valves
Accessories Technical information
Actuator Page M 4/3 Tightening torques for flange assembly Page R 3/1
Bolts Page M 4/4
Flat gaskets Page M 7/1
Dismantling Joints Page D 6/1

Adapter extension spindle E2 No. 9211 Page B 2/3

Adapter square cap No. 2161 Page B 2/3

Application example

B 1/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Butterfly valves
Double eccentric DN 150 — 1400
Design features

1 Butterfly valve and gearbox

Standard butterfly valve is suitable for either buried installations or
chamber installations
2 Body
Streamlined design and smooth finish of the body provides
minimum resistance to flow
3 Travelling nut
Bottom end of the worm shaft is threaded and a travelling nut
moves up and down on this threaded spindle. When operating
the gear (valve) in "open" or "close" direction, the travelling nut
also moves towards the corresponding end stop and safe
guards the correct travel of the valve disc to fully closed position
4 Disc lenght
Streamlined and low profiled disc including closed hubs ensures
higher Kv values. Double offset disc design reduces seal wear
and torque
5 Sealing system
Sealing on seat face is ensured by an endless T-profile resilient
sealing ring which is held on the periphery of the disc by a
retaining ring. In closed position the sealing ring is pressed
against the conically shaped seat face of the body and
provides safe sealing in either direction of flow. In opened
position the sealing ring is completely unstressed due to the
double eccentric disc design
6  Body seat
Stainless steel weld filled and finished integral body seat enables
a corrosion and erosion resistant seat face. With this special type
of seating it is possible to manufacture the valve drop tight
7 Retaining ring
The one piece retaining ring prevents sealing ring from rolling out.
Sealing ring can be replaced easily at site without dismantling the
valve disc and without requirement of any special tool
8 Shaft connection
Positive disc to shaft connection by use of key
9 Connection flange for actuator
All butterfly valves are provided with standard flanges according
4 DISC
to EN ISO 5210 for installation of actuators
10 Lifting holes and feet
Integral lifting holes provide easy installation and the feet provides BOLT
strong ground support
7 RETAINING
11 Worm gear operators RING
The drive is designed so that the disk can be actuated by just one SEALING
6
operator with little force SEAT
12 Shafts 2 BODY
Split shaft guarantees maximum restriction to flow
13 Unique tracking number 5 SEALING
RING
Every valve is equipped with a cast tracking number
for easy traceability and identification
14  Handwheel
Every valve is equipped with a handwheel (standard version)
15 Shaft sealing
Multiple O-ring shaft sealing system guarantees maintenance free
sealing
16 Bearing system
Self lubricating plain bearings reduce shaft friction and operating
torque. These bearings keep the shaft centralised and prevent
axial movement

B 2/1
Notes

B 2/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Hawle butterfly valve
Double eccentric, DN 150 — 1400, PN 10 | PN 16
Design features No. 9881K
• Standard version including actuation device:
Wormgearbox and handwheel
• Protection class IP 68
• Applicable for below ground installation, simple
assembly of the extension spindle
• Applicable for actuator 3
• Face-to-face dimension according EN 558 – 1 SERIES 14 4
• Flange connection dimensions according to EN 1092-2
• Pressure rating PN 10 | PN 16
2
1
Material | Technical features 2

1 Sealing seat made of stainless steel welded and

microfinished
2 Body and disk made of ductile iron, epoxy powder
coated inside and out
3 Sealing rings made of elastomer
4 Retaining ring made of stainless steel
Dimension/DN
• Shafts made of stainless steel Order MOP

1000
1100
1200
1400
• All connections made of stainless steel No. (PN)
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
700
800
900
• Bearings made of bronze
10 *
• Handwheel made of cast iron, epoxy powder coated 9881K
16 *
* Without ÖVGW (Austrian Association for Gas and Water) certificate.
Suitable accessories
Suitable accessories: Application example
Adapter extension spindle E2/E3, DN 200: No. 9211
Adapter square cap: No. 2161
Actuator: No. 9920
Flat gasket: No. 3390
Dismantling piece: No. 9810

Adapter for extension spindle E2/E3 Square cap Actuator

(underground installation), DN 200

No. 9211 No. 2161 No. 9920

B 2/3
Hawle butterfly valve
Double eccentric, DN 150 — 1400, PN 10 | PN 16
e5 C
Ød

H3

H1
H2

ØD
ØK

H1
Ø d2

L e6 L1

e2 e1
No. 9881K
Pressure rating PN 10

MOP Bolts Turns to

DN (PN)
L Serie 14 L1 e1 e2 e5 e6 Ød ØD ØK C H1 H2 H3 Weight
Qty. Ø d2 open/close
150 210 190 378 151 134 0 245 285 240 19,0 8 23 143 145 212 11,25 45
200 230 180 405 177 134 0 245 340 295 20,0 8 23 180 145 212 11,25 60
250 250 220 481 214 158 5 245 405 350 22,0 12 23 213 165 239 10 95
300 270 280 503 237 158 11 245 460 400 24,5 12 23 242 165 239 10 115
350 290 320 595 283 175 28 370 505 460 24,5 16 23 264 186 271 12,5 155
400 310 335 626 297 175 43 370 565 515 24,5 16 28 293 186 271 12,5 165
450 330 380 670 333 198 57 370 615 565 25,5 20 28 320 287 372 36,25 220
500 350 400 701 344 244 67 370 670 620 26,5 20 28 345 336 420 43,5 285
10
600 390 440 749 414 244 98 370 780 725 30,0 20 31 400 336 420 43,5 350
700 430 540 838 511 313 126 370 895 840 32,5 24 31 460 399 484 104 575
800 470 610 855 530 313 153 370 1015 950 35,0 24 34 520 399 484 104 680
900 510 670 965 618 365 181 370 1115 1050 37,5 28 34 568 435 519 192,5 980
1000 550 740 1039 650 365 206 370 1230 1160 40,0 28 37 625 435 519 192,5 1155
1100 590 750 1022 720 365 237 370 1355 1270 53,5 32 37 695 435 519 192,5 1558
1200 630 900 1251 782 515 264 485 1455 1380 45,0 32 41 738 576 625 362,5 1965
1400 710 1160 1349 917 515 323 485 1675 1500 46,0 36 44 848 538 625 362,5 2690

No. 9881K
Pressure rating PN 16

MOP Bolts Turns to

DN (PN)
L Serie 14 L1 e1 e2 e5 e6 Ød ØD ØK C H1 H2 H3 Weight
Qty. Ø d2 open/close
150 210 190 378 151 134 0 245 285 240 19,0 8 23 143 145 212 11,25 45
200 230 180 405 177 134 0 245 340 295 20,0 12 23 180 145 212 11,25 60
250 250 220 481 214 158 6 245 405 355 22,0 12 28 213 165 239 10 95
300 270 280 503 237 158 11 245 460 410 24,5 12 28 242 165 239 10 115
350 290 320 595 283 175 28 370 520 470 26,5 16 28 272 186 271 12,5 162
400 310 335 626 297 198 43 370 580 525 28,0 16 31 300 287 372 36,25 204
450 330 380 670 333 198 57 370 640 585 30,0 20 31 330 287 372 36,25 240
500 350 400 721 344 244 67 370 715 650 31,5 20 34 370 336 420 43,5 325
16
600 390 500 779 414 244 98 370 840 770 36,0 20 37 432 336 420 43,5 435
700 430 540 838 511 313 126 370 910 840 39,5 24 37 467 399 484 104 610
800 470 615 928 530 313 153 370 1025 950 43,0 24 41 525 399 484 104 780
900 510 675 1007 618 365 181 370 1125 1050 46,5 28 41 573 435 519 192,5 1065
1000 550 740 1039 650 365 206 370 1255 1170 50,0 28 44 638 435 519 192,5 1320
1100 590 750 1091 720 365 237 370 1355 1270 53,5 32 44 696 435 519 192,5 1558
1200 630 900 1251 782 515 264 485 1485 1390 57,0 32 50 753 576 625 362,5 2375
1400 710 1160 1349 917 515 323 485 1685 1590 60,0 36 50 848 538 625 362,5 2870

B 2/4 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Check valves
Without/with lever and counterweight, PN 10 | PN 16
Design features
Check valves
• Reliable prevention of medium back flow by automatic Without lever and counterweight
mechanical closing of the non-return valve.
• The disc opens automatically, if the medium flows in No. 9831
the direction indicated by the arrow on the valve body.
• Face-to-face dimensions according to EN 558-1 GR 48
• Flanges sized in accordance with EN 1092-2, drilled
according to EN 1092-2 | PN 10 standard; EN 1092-2 |
PN 16 from DN 200 Please specify on order; other
standards on request
• No. 9831:
• Reduced weight, simple cleaning, fully corrosion
free, optimised velocity, simple maintenance
• Min. opening pressure 0,03 bar
• Min. closing pressure 0,5 bar (tight)
• No. 9830:
No. 9830
• Min. opening pressure 0,03 bar
• Min. closing pressure 0,1 bar (tight)
• No. 9820:
• With lever and counterweight
• Min. opening pressure 0,03 bar
• Min. closing pressure 0,1 bar (tight)

Material | Technical features

• Body
No. 9831: ductile iron, epoxy powder coated
No. 9830/9820: grey iron, epoxy powder coated
• Disc/disc lever No. 9820
No. 9831: elastomer/polyamide With lever and counterweight (without illustration)
No. 9830/9820: grey iron, epoxy powder coated
• Bolts/nuts
No. 9831: stainless steel Dimension/DN
Order MOP
No. 9830/9820: stainless steel Version
No. (PN)
100

125

150

200

250

300
40

50

65

80

• Disc gasket
No. 9831: elastomer 9831 Without lever
No. 9830/9820: Klingerit and counter-
• Shaft 9830 weight 16
No. 9831: polyamide
With lever and
No. 9830/9820: stainless steel 9820
counterweight
• Bolts
No. 9830/9820: stainless steel
• Gasket
No. 9830/9820: elastomer
• Lever and counterweight
9820: grey iron, epoxy powder coated

Installation advice
• In general non-return valves are designed to be installed in
horizontal pipe lines. An installation in sloping and vertical
pipe lines is possible if the flow of the medium is upwards.
• Direction of flow has to be according to the arrow indicated
on the body. Axle of the disc shaft has to be fully horizontal.

B 3/1
Check Valves
Without/with lever and counterweight, PN 10 | PN 16
No. 9831 C
f

H
10°
Ø d1
ØD

DN
Ø
K

Ø
d

C
No. 9830 f

H
Ø d1
ØD

DN

Ø
K

Ø
d

No. 9820 with lever and counterweight (without illustration)

MOP Bolts Kv Weight
DN L H ØD Ø d1 ØK Ød f C
(PN) Qty. Ø d2 m³/h 9831/9830
40 180 119 150 88 110 19 3 18 4 16 60 9,0
50 200 77 165 102 125 19 3 19 4 16 126 9,5
65 240 141 185 122 145 19 3 20 4 16 163 15,0
80 16 260 95 200 138 160 19 3 19 8 16 271 14,5
100 300 113 220 158 180 19 3 19 8 16 517 22,0
125 350 199 250 188 210 19 3 26 8 16 588 46,0
150 400 155 285 212 240 23 3 19 8 20 1028 45,0
10 8 20
200 500 187 340 268 295 23 3 20 1103 82,0
16 12 20
10 350 23 12 20
250 600 337 405 320 3 32 180,0
16 355 27 12 24
10 400 23 12 20
300 700 374 460 378 4 32 270,0
16 410 27 12 24

B 3/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Flange connections

Page Flange connections

For PE pipes, restraint Page C 2/1
C2 Synoflex flange
System 2000 flange
Page E 4/1
Page F 4/1

Flange connections
Page For PVC pipes Page C 3/1
For AC pipes Page C 3/2
C3 Synoflex flange Page E 4/1
System 2000 flange Page F 4/1

Page Flange connections

For ductile iron pipes, standard, restraint Page C 4/1
C4 Synoflex flange Page E 4/1

Page Flange connections

For steel pipes, standard, restraint Page C 5/1
C5 Transition flange
Synoflex flange
Page C 5/2
Page E 4/1

Page Threaded, blank flange Page C 6/1

Flange with ZAK-Socket Page L 5/1
C6 XR reducing flange Page C 6/2

Restraint systems
Page For PVC pipes Page C 7/1

C7 Split collar
For PE and PVC pipes Page C 7/2

C 1/1
Flange connections
Accessories Spare parts
Bolts Page M 4/4 Gasket Page P 3/2
Washers Page M 4/4 Page P 4/1
Screw insulation Page M 4/4 Grp ring Page P 4/1
Flat gasket Page M 7/1 O-ring Page P 4/2

Technical information
Tightening torques for flange assembly Page R 3/1

C 1/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Flange connections
For PE pipes, restraint, PN 10 | PN 16
Design features
• For PE pipes according to EN 12201, DIN 8074
Flange adapter with PE fusion tail
• Flange sized in accordance with EN 1092-2, drilled in
No. 0310
PE 100-RC / SDR 11 - PN 16
accordance with EN 1092-2 | PN 10 standard;
PN 16 for DN 200 please specify on order - other No. 0311
standards on request PE 100-RC / SDR 17 - PN 10
(PE 100-RC / SDR 17,6 - PN 10
No. 0310 / 0311: on request)
• Flange adapter with PE fusion tail
• In a flange with a combined push-screw socket, a PE
fusion socket is inserted from factory
• High performance sealing of the PE tail is assured by
two separate seals and a stainless steel support liner
within the tail
• The fusion of the valve in the PE line can take place
through butt fusion or electrofusion socket; twisting
is not permissible after fusion of the valve

No. 5500 / 5530:

• Flange with ISO pipe socket
ISO pipe flange adapter
• The sealing and hold function acts exclusively on the
No. 5500
equal
external diameter of the pipe
• Corresponding to the line pressure and/or mechanical
No. 5530
reducing
tensile forces, the seal and grip ring are pressed into
the conical chamber, which increases its effectiveness
• Assembly instructions see Page K 3/2

Material | Technical features

• Flange made of ductile iron, epoxy powder coated
• Fusion tail made of PE 100-RC
• Support liners made of stainless steel (No. 0310, No. 0311)
• Seals made of elastomer
• Grip ring made of POM

Flange DN / Ø pipe
Order MOP
Version 40 40 40 50 50 60 60 65 65 80 80 100 100 100 150 150 200 200
No. (PN)
32 40 50 50 63 63 75 63 75 75 90 90 110 125 160 180 200 225
0310 16
Flange with PE fusion tail
0311 10
5500 ISO pipe flange, equal
16
5530 ISO pipe flange, reducing

C 2/1
Flange connections
For PE pipes, restraint, PN 10 | PN 16

No. 0310 / 0311

s Bolts
Flange Ø
ØD ØK C L L1 Weight

s
DN Pipe SDR SDR
Quantity Thread
17 11
50 63 165 125 19 106 291 5,8 4 M 16 4,0
ØD
ØK

80 90 200 160 20 125 305 5,1 8,2 8 M 16 6,7

100 110 220 180 21 142 327 6,3 10,0 8 M 16 9,3

100 125 220 180 19 190 373 11,4 8 M 16 12,4

C 150 160 285 240 23 175 358 9,1 14,6 8 M 20 16,0

L
150 180 285 240 20 260 437 10,2 16,4 8 M 20 23,0
L1
200 200 340 295 20 210 403 18,3 8 M 20 28,0

200 225 340 295 20 210 403 12,8 20,5 8 M 20 28,0

(PE 100-RC / SDR 17,6 - PN 10 on request)

No. 5500
E
Flange Ø Bolts
ØD ØK C L E Weight
DN Pipe Quantity Thread
40 50 150 112 23 97 93 4 M 16 2,5

50 63 165 125 23 94 80 4 M 16 3,2

60 75 175 138 24 105 100 4 M 16 3,9

ØD
ØK

65 75 185 145 24 105 99 4 M 16 4,0

80 90 200 160 24 101 96 8 M 16 4,2

100 110 220 180 25 124 119 8 M 16 6,7

No. 5530
Flange Ø Bolts
ØD ØK C L E Weight
DN Pipe Quantity Thread
40 32 150 110 19 66 62 4 M 16 1,7

40 40 150 110 21 85 80 4 M 16 2,4

50 50 165 125 23 97 93 4 M 16 3,0

60 63 175 135 24 94 90 4 M 16 3,6

65 63 185 145 24 94 90 4 M 16 4,2

80 75 200 160 24 105 100 8 M 16 5,0

100 90 220 180 25 101 96 8 M 16 5,9

C 2/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Flange connections
For PVC pipes, PN 16
Design features
• For PVC pipes according to EN ISO 1452-2
Double chamber flange adapter
• Flange sized according to EN 1092-2 and drilled in
No. 5600
accordance with EN 1092-2 PN 10 standard;
PN 16 for DN 200 to DN 400
please specify on order - other standards on request
• The resilience of the connection prevents tension in the
pipe and minimises the danger of breakage

Assembly instructions
• Cut the pipe end straight, do not chamfer or moisten - push
the flange onto the pipe and then push the gasket on

Material | Technical features

• Flange made of ductile iron, epoxy powder coated
• Sleeve gasket made of elastomer
Flange DN / Ø Pipe
Order MOP
50 60 65 80 100 125 125 150 200 300
No. (PN)
63 63 75 90 110 125 140 160 225 315
5600 16 *1 *
Explanation:
* also available in PN 16
1
Flange with an extended hole circle are not suitable for use with
fixed studs!
ØD

ØK

Flange Ø Bolts
ØD ØK C L Weight
DN Pipe Qty. Thread
50 63 165 125 24 54 4 M 16 2,0
60 63 175 135 24 54 4 M 16 2,6
65 75 185 145 24 54 4 M 16 2,7
80 90 200 160 25 60 8 M 16 3,2
100 110 220 180 26 62 8 M 16 4,1
125 125 250 210 28 66 8 M 16 5,8
125 140 250 210 28 66 8 M 16 5,0
150 160 285 240 29 66 8 M 20 5,6
200 225 345 300 29 93 8 M20 7,9
300 315 445 400 33 117 12 M 20 15,8

C 3/1
Flange connections
For AC pipes, PN 16
Design features
Double chamber flange adapter
• For asbestos cement pipes
No. 7103
• Flange sized and drilled according to EN 1092-2 | PN16
• The long draw of the fitting and the double chambered
gasket result in the pressure being spred well back from
the pipe end
• The resilience of the connection prevents tension in
the pipe and minimises the danger of breakage

Assembly instructions
• Cut the pipe end straight, do not chamfer or moisten - push
the flange onto the pipe and then push the gasket on

Material | Technical features

• Flange made of ductile iron, epoxy powder coated
• Sleeve gasket made of elastomer Flange DN / Ø Pipe
Order MOP
No. (PN) 80 100 150 150
98 120 174 178
7103 16 x + +

Explanation: + also available DIN 1882, X see page C 4/1

ØD

ØK

Flange Ø Bolts
ØD ØK C L Weight
DN Pipe Quantity Thread
100 120 220 180 23 62 8 M 16 2,8
150 174 285 240 46 66 8 M 20 5,8
150 178 290 244 48 66 8 M 20 5,8

C 3/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Flange connections
For ductile iron pipes, PN 10 | PN 16
Design features No. 7102
Double chamber flange adapter
• For ductile iron pipes according to EN 545
No. 7102 1
• Flange sized and drilled in accordance with EN 1092-2, Standard
PN 10 standard; EN 1092-2, PN 16 for DN 200 to
3
DN 400 please specify on order - other standards on
request
• The long draw of the fitting and the double chambered
gasket result in the pressure being spread well back
from the pipe end
• The resilience of the connection prevents tension in the
pipe and minimises the danger of breakage

Assembly instructions
• Cut the pipe end straight, do not chamfer or moisten -
push the flange onto the pipe and then push the
gasket on

Design features No. 7602

• For ductile iron pipes according to EN 545
Flange adapter
• Flanges sized and drilled in accordance with
No. 7602
Restraint 1
EN 1092-2, PN 10 tandard; EN 1092-2, PN 16 for 2
DN 200 to DN 300 please specify on order - 3
other standards on request 4
5
• Simultaneous pipe restraint and sealing
• This avoids the need for pipe support and additional
bolts to counter the effect of axial load and pressure.
This connection can be easily dismantled at any time

Assembly instructions
• Assemble the flange with the sleeve gasket and
pressure ring, and push onto the piece. Offer up the
complete flange to the opposing flange, ensuring that
the pressure ring projects approx. 10 mm over the end
of the pipe. Cross tighten the nuts and bolts to make
the connection. This fitting has the advantage that it
can cope with a gap or an uneven cut that extends up
to 15 mm from the opposing flange
Tip: When shortening ductile iron pipes, observe the Ø ;
Heed pipe manufcaturer's advice
Material | Technical features
1 Flange made of ductile iron, epoxy powder coated
2 Grip ring hardened steel
3 Sleeve gasket made of elastomer
4 Pressure ring made of ductile iron, epoxy powder coated
5 Seal made of elastomer

Flange DN / Ø Pipe
Order MOP
Version 40 50 60 60 65 80 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 400
No. (PN)
56 66 77 82 82 98 101 118 144 170 222 274 326 429
7102 Double chamber flange adapter, standard * * * *
7602 Flange adapter, restraint 16 1
*1 *1 *1
0102 Flange adapter, standard
Explanation: * also available in PN 16, 1 Flange with larger an extended hole circle are not suitable for use with fixed studs!

C 4/1
Flange connections
For ductile iron pipes, PN 10 | PN 16

No. 7102 / 0102

No. 7102 No. 0102
Flange Ø ØD C L Bolts Weight
ØK
DN Pipe 7102 0102 7102 7102 0102 Quantity Thread 7102 0102
50 66 165 125 22 56 4 M 16 1,8

60 82 175 135 35 4 M 16 2,4

65 82 185 145 29 58 4 M 16 3,4

ØD

ØK

80 98 200 160 22 64 38 8 M 16 2,6

80 101 200 160 22 64 8 M 16 2,4

100 118 220 220 180 23 62 38 8 M 16 2,8 3,8

125 144 250 250 210 24 66 42 8 M 16 4,2 5,3

150 170 285 285 240 25 66 45 8 M 20 4,7 7,0

C L 200 222 340 340 295 30 71 45 8 M 20 7,6 10,5
L
250 274 400 350 32 78 12 M 20 10,9

300 326 455 400 33 82 12 M 20 13,8

400 429 570 515 37 103 16 M 24 22,0

No. 7602
Flange Ø Bolts
ØD ØK C L Weight
DN Pipe Quantity Thread
40* 56 150 110 26 58 4 M 16 1,6

50 66 165 125 60 71 4 M 16 2,9

60 77 175 135 60 73 4 M 16 3,2

ØD
ØK

65 82 185 145 63 79 4 M 16 3,7

80 98 200 160 59 76 8 M 16 3,9

80 101 200 160 59 76 8 M 16 3,5

100 118 220 180 60 78 8 M 16 4,6

125 144 250 210 62 85 8 M 16 6,0

C
150 170 285 240 87 98 8 M 20 9,3
L
200 222 340 295 90 105 8 M 20 14,0

250 274 400 355 90 105 12 M 20 17,5

300 326 455 405 90 105 12 M 20 21,7

* DC flange with thread pin

C 4/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Flange connections
For steel pipes, PN 16
Design features No. 7101
Double chamber flange adapter
• For steel pipes according to EN 10220
No. 7101
• Flanges sized and drilled in accordance with EN 1092-2, Standard 1
PN 10 standard; EN 1092-2, PN 16 for DN 200 to
DN 300 please specify on order - other standards
3
on request
• The long draw of the fitting and the double chambered
gasket result in the pressure being spread well back
from the pipe end
• The resilience of the connection prevents tension in the
pipe and minimises the danger of breakage

Assembly instructions
• Cut the pipe end straight, do not chamfer or moisten - push
the flange onto the pipe and then push the gasket on

Design features No. 7601

Flange adapter
• For steel pipes according to EN 10220
No. 7601
Flange sized and drilled in accordance with Restraint 1
EN 1092-2, PN 10 standard; EN 1092-2, PN 16 2
for DN 200 to DN 250 please specify on order - 3
other standards on request 4
5
• Simultaneous pipe restraint and sealing
• This avoids the need for pipe support and additional
bolts to counter the effect of axial load and pressure.
This connection can be easily dismantled at any time

Assembly instructions
• Assemble the flange with the sleeve gasket and
pressure ring, and push onto the piece. Offer up
the complete flange to the opposing flange, ensuring
that the pressure ring projects approx. 10 mm over
the end of the pipe. Cross tighten the nuts and bolts
to make the connection. This fitting has the advantage
that it can cope with a gap or an uneven cut that
extends up to 15 mm from the opposing flange

Material | Technical features

1 Flange made of ductile iron, epoxy powder coated
2 Grip ring hardened steel
3 Sleeve gasket made of elastomer
4 Pressure ring made of ductile iron, epoxy powder
coated
5 Seal made of elastomer

Flange DN / Ø Pipe
Order MOP
Version
No. (PN) 40 50 50 60 65 80 80 100 100 100 125 150 150 200 250 250 500
48 56-57 59-61 67 76 84 89 104-106 108 114 133 159 168 219 267 273 508
7101 Double chamber flange adapter, standard * *x
7601 Flange adapter, restrained 16 1 1
*x
0101 Spar flange, standard
Explanation: * also available in PN 16, X see page C 4/1
1
Flange with larger an extended hole circle are not suitable for use with fixed studs!

C 5/1
Flange connections
For steel pipes, PN 16

No. 7101 / 0101

No. 7101 No. 0101
Flange ØD C L Bolts Weight
Ø Pipe ØK
DN 7101 0101 7101 7101 0101 Quantity Thread 7101 0101
40 48 150 110 30 4 M 16 0,9
50 56-57 165 125 26 54 4 M 16 2,6
50 59-61 165 125 26 54 4 M 16 2,6
60 67 175 135 37 4 M 16 2,5
ØK
ØD

65 76 185 145 28 56 8 M 16 3,5

80 84 200 160 37 8 M 16 3,5
100 104-106 220 180 38 8 M 16 4,4
100 108 220 220 180 25 63 38 8 M 16 3,6 4,4
100 114 220 180 23 63 8 M 16 4,4
125 133 250 210 33 64 8 M 16 6,8
150 159 285 240 45 8 M 20 7,5
C L
200 219 340 295 30 71 8 M 20 8,6
L 250 267 400 350 48 12 M 20 14,5
500 508 690 620 76 20 M 24 50,9

No. 7601
Flange Bolts
Pipe Ø Ø D Ø K C L Weight
DN Quantity Thread
50 60 165 125 39 61 4 M 16 2,7
65 76 185 145 38 61 4 M 16 3,5
ØD
ØK

80 89 200 160 39 67 8 M 16 3,9

100 108 220 180 39 69 8 M 16 4,7
100 114 220 180 44 69 8 M 16 4,4
125 133 250 210 39 69 8 M 16 5,7
150 159 285 240 49 73 8 M 20 7,8
C 150 168 285 240 49 73 8 M 20 7,5
L 200 219 340 295 52 81 8 M 20 10,5

Design features
Transition flange
• From 4 hole to 8 hole
No. 0800
• Made of ductile iron, epoxy powder coated DN 80
• PN 16

DN MOP (PN) Length Weight

80 16 42 5,0

C 5/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Threaded, blank flange
Design features
Threaded flange
• Made of ductile iron, epoxy powder coated
• Flange sized according to EN 1092-2 and drilled in
No. 8100
accordance with EN 1092-2 | PN 10 standard; PN 16 No. 8100L
for DN 200 to DN 300 please specify on order - other with internal thread ISO 228
standards on request
Thread No. 8100 Thread No. 8100L
DN MOP
(PN) 1" 1¼" 1½" 2" 2½" 3" 4" 1" 1¼" 1½" 2" 2½" 3" 4"
40
50
60
65
80
100 10
125
150
200
250
300
C

MOP Weight No. 8100 MOP Weight No. 8100L

DN (PN) C DN C
1" 1¼" 1½" 2" 2½" 3" 4" (PN) 1" 1¼" 1½" 2" 2½" 3" 4"
40 1,80 1,70 50 2,70 2,60 2,60 2,50
50 2,30 2,20 2,20 2,10
60 3,40 3,20 3,00 2,80 2,60
60 3,00
65 3,20 3,10 3,00 3,00 2,70 65 3,40 3,20 3,00 2,80 2,60
80 19 3,60 3,50 3,40 3,40 3,40 2,90 80 4,00 3,90 3,90 3,90 3,80 3,40
10 32
100 10 4,30 4,20 4,20 4,20 3,90 3,70 3,30 100 5,90 5,70 5,70 5,50 5,20 4,80 4,50
125 5,40 5,50 5,50 5,30 5,20 5,10 4,70 125 8,20 8,10 8,10 7,90 7,50 7,00 6,60
150 7,00 6,90 6,90 6,80 6,70 6,60 6,20
150 9,50 9,30 9,20 9,10 8,70 8,50 8,10
200 20 11,50 11,30 11,30 11,00 10,60 10,30
250 22 16,20 16,00 15,00 200 15,50 15,40 15,30 15,10 14,80 14,50 14,20
300 25 23,10

Design features
Blank flange
• Made of ductile iron, epoxy powder coated
Flange sized according to EN 1092-2, and drilled in accor-
No. 8000
dance with EN 1092-2, | PN 10 standard; PN 16 for DN 200 to
DN 400 please specify on order - other standards on request
• Other nominal diameters on request

DN MOP C Weight
(PN)
40 2,00
50 2,90
60 2,80
65 3,80
19
80 4,00
100 4,60
10
125 5,70
150 7,60
200 20 11,40
250 22 17,20
300 25,50 C
25
400 38,00

C 6/1
XR reducing flange
Design features
XR reducing flange “Type A”
• Made of ductile iron, epoxy powder coated
No. 0801
• Flange sized and drilled according to EN 1092-2
• Threaded bolts made of stainless steel
• The low profile enables transitions to be made between
dimensions in the shortest possible space

Standard version:
MOP Bolts DN 1 Bolts DN 2
DN C Weight
(PN) Qty. Thread Qty. Thread
65-50 4 M 16 x 50 4 M 16 x 50 47 5,6
80-40 8 M 16 x 50 4 M 16 x 50 30 5,1
80-50 8 M 16 x 50 4 M 16 x 50 29 5,6
80-65 8 M 16 x 50 4 M 16 x 50 25 5,4
100-50 8 M 16 x 50 4 M 16 x 50 27 5,5 C
100-65 8 M 16 x 50 4 M 16 x 50 30 6,5
16
100-80 8 M 16 x 50 8 M 16 x 50 47 8,4
125-65 8 M 16 x 50 4 M 16 x 50 30 8,2
125-80 8 M 16 x 50 8 M 16 x 50 30 8,0
125-100 8 M 16 x 50 8 M 16 x 50 30 7,6
150-100 8 M 20 x 60 8 M 16 x 50 30 12,0
150-125 8 M 20 x 60 8 M 16 x 50 30 11,2
200-150 10 8 M 20 x 60 8 M 20 x 60 30 17,2
200-150 16 12 M 20 x 60 8 M 20 x 60 30 18,7
250-200 10 12 M 20 x 60 8 M 20 x 60 32 20,0
250-200 16 12 M 24 x 70 12 M 20 x 60 32 22,0
300-250 10 12 M 20 x 60 12 M 20 x 60 33 22,6
300-250 16 12 M 24 x 70 12 M 24 x 70 33 32,4
Other diameters on request

Standard version:

DN
MOP Bolts DN 1 Bolts DN 2
C Weight
XR reducing flange “Type B”
(PN) Qty. d Qty. Thread
No. 0802
125-50 8 19 4 M 16 x 50 30 6,3
150-50 8 23 4 M 16 x 50 30 11,0
16
150-65 8 23 4 M 16 x 50 30 11,0
150-80 8 23 8 M 16 x 50 30 10,7
200-80 10 8 23 8 M 16 x 50 30 14,7
200-80 16 12 23 8 M 16 x 50 30 14,5
200-100 10 8 23 8 M 16 x 50 30 15,0
200-125 10 8 23 8 M 16 x 50 30 13,7
250-50 10 12 23 4 M 16 x 50 31 22,3
250-50 16 12 28 4 M 16 x 50 31 22,3
d

250-80 10 12 23 8 M 16 x 50 31 22,1
250-80 16 12 28 8 M 16 x 50 31 22,1 C
250-100 10 12 23 8 M 16 x 50 31 21,9
250-125 10 12 23 8 M 16 x 50 31 21,5
250-150 10 12 23 8 M 20 x 60 40 18,6
250-150 16 12 28 8 M 20 x 60 40 18,6
300-100 10 12 23 8 M 16 x 50 31 27,1
300-100 16 12 28 8 M 16 x 50 31 27,1
300-200 10 12 23 8 M 20 x 60 32 24,8
400-300 10 16 28 12 M 20 x 60 39 39,8
Other diameters on request

C 6/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Restraint systems
For PVC pipes, PN 10 | PN 16
Design features
Restraint clamp
• 1254/1255 the restraint clamp for PVC-U pipe fittings
and pipes according to EN ISO 1452-2
No. 1254 / 1255 / 1256
(Socket - Pipe)
• 1256: the restraint clamp for a Molecor PVC-O Tom®
pipe PN 25 according to ISO 16422
• This two-part body can be assembled onto an existing
pipeline. If required it can be dismantled and reused
• The grip ring is self tightening within its tapered seating
• The design of the teeth avoids cutting into the pipe
resulting in the highest gripping force without pipe
damage
• Wedge fastening on both sides
Grip ring brass
• Hammer the wedges until the clamp is tightly closed

Material | Technical features

• Body made of ductile iron, epoxy powder coated
• Grip ring made of brass

B
• Wedge fastener made of ductile iron, galvanised

L
Fig.: No. 1255

Dimension/DN Ø PVC-Pipe Application example

Order MOP
Version
No. (PN) 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300
63 75 90 110 140 160 225 280 315
1254 10 + + +

Restraint
1255 16
clamp
1256# 16 # # #

+
PN 10 and PN 16
#
PVC-O pipe PN 25

B L Weight
DN Ø PVC pipe
# #
1254 1255 1256 1254 1255 1256 1254/1255 1256#
50 63 180 91 2,5
65 75 200 96 2,8
80 90 220 200 103 114 3,0 3,2
100 110 240 220 110 120 3,5 3,8
125 140 280 123 3,9
150 160 300 320 287 140 152 144 6,0 6,8
200 225 380 400 165 185 9,5
250 280 455 195 13,5
300 315 495 200 16,3

C 7/1
Split collar
For PVC and PE pipes
Design features
Split collar
• For PVC pipes according to EN ISO 1452-2
No. 9240
• For PE pipes according to EN 12201, DIN 8074 (pipe - pipe)
(thin wall PE pipes ≤ SDR 17 need support liners)
• Restraint connection for two spigot ends. It can also be
used as a repair coupling
• The teeth of the grip ring do not abrade the pipe. It is not
necessary to chamfer the pipe
• Also suitable as transition from PVC to PE pipes

Material | Technical features

• Body made of ductile iron, epoxy powder coated
• Grip ring made of brass
• Bolts made of stainless steel
• Seal made of elastomer

Dimension/DN Ø PVC-Pipe
DN Ø PVC-Pipe B L Weight Order MOP
Version 50 65 80 100 125 125 150 200 200
No. (PN)
63 75 90 110 125 140 160 200 225
50 63 144 164 3,4
65 75 156 170 3,5 9240 Split collar 10

80 90 174 174 4,5

100 110 196 195 5,3
125 125 214 195 7,0
125 140 228 220 7,3
150 160 254 245 10,5
200 200 308 316 19,5
200 225 332 350 21,0

C 7/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Fittings
Fittings
Page Double flanged piece Page D 2/1
Double flanged taper, double flanged elbows 45° Page D 2/2
D2 Double flanged elbows 90°, all flanged short tee Page D 2/3
All flanged tee Page D 2/4

Fittings
Page All flanged crosses, all flanged short cross Page D 3/1
Double flanged duck foot bends 90° Page D 3/2
D3 Fittings SYSTEM 2000 Page F 4/2
SYNOFLEX end cap, flanged duck foot bends Page E 4/2

Page Fittings
Wafer tee piece, space ring, angle piece adjustable Page D 4/1
D4 Flap valve Page D 4/2

Page Hawle Vario

D5 Hawle-Vario - the innovative flexible fitting Page D 5/1

Page Dismantling piece

D6 PN 10 | PN 16 | PN 25 Page D 6/1

D 1/1
Fittings
Accessories Technical information
Bolts Page M 4/4 Tightening torques for flange assembly Page R 3/1
Flat gaskets Page M 7/1

Application examples

D 1/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Fittings
Design features
Double flanged pipe
• According to EN 545 FF-piece
• Working pressure MOP (PN) 16 No. 8500
• Made of ductile iron, epoxy powder coated
• Flange size according to EN 1092-2 | PN 16
• Standard drilling to EN 1092-2 | PN 10

DN
DN L Weight
200 6,5
50
400 10,0
200 8,0 L
65
400 13,0
100 7,6
150 8,5
200 9,2
300 10,8
80 400 12,4
500 14,1
600 15,7
800 19,0
1000 22,0
100 8,6
150 9,8
200 10,7
300 12,7
100
400 14,8
600 18,8
800 23,0
1000 27,0
200 13,3
125 600 24,0
1000 34,5
150 20,0
200 16,5
300 19,7
150 400 23,0
600 29,5
800 36,0
1000 42,5
200 20,0
600 41,5
200*
800 50,5
1000 60,0
200 22,1
300 38,0
400* 44,0
250 500* 50,5
600 56,3
800 68,5
1000 81,0
300 49,5
400* 57,0
500 65,0
300
600 73,0
800 88,5 * Also available drilled to EN 1092-2 | PN 16
1000 104,0 (Please specify on order)

D 2/1
Fittings
Design features
Double flanged taper
• According to EN 545 FFR piece
• Working pressure MOP (PN) 16 No. 8550
• Made of ductile iron, epoxy powder coated
• Flange size according to EN 1092-2 | PN 16
• Standard drilling to EN 1092-2 | PN 10

DN 1
DN
DN DN 1 L Weight
65 50 200 9,0
50 200 7,4
80
65 200 8,2
50 200 8,1
100 65 200 8,8
L
80 200 9,5
65 200 19,0
125 80 200 10,7
100 200 11,4
80 200 12,2
150 100 200 16,7
125 200 14,1
100 300 18,6
200* 125 300 20,0
150 300 22,0
100 300 22,0
250 150 300 27,0
200* 300 30,5
250+ 125 300 41,0
100 300 35,0
150* 300 37,0
300
200* 300 35,5
250* 300 41,0 * Also available drilled to EN 1092-2 | PN 16
350 300 300 64,0 (Please specify on order)
400 350* 300 81,0 +
Only PN 16 available
300 600 110,0
500
400 600 129,0

Design features
Double flanged elbows 45°
• According to EN 545 45° FFK piece
No. 8540
• Working pressure MOP (PN) 16
• Made of ductile iron, epoxy powder coated b
b
• Flange size according to EN 1092-2 | PN 16
• Standard drilling to EN 1092-2 | PN 10

DN b Weight
DN

50 150 9,0
65 165 12,0
80 130 9,5
100 140 11,5
125 150 14,6
150 160 18,7
200* 180 27,5
250 350 80,0
* Also available drilled to EN 1092-2 | PN 16
300 400 112,0 (Please specify on order)

D 2/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Fittings
Design features
Double flanged elbows 90°
• According to EN 545 90° Q piece
• Working pressure MOP (PN) 16
No. 8530
• Made of ductile iron, epoxy powder coated

b
• Flange size according to EN 1092-2 | PN 16
• Standard drilling to EN 1092-2 | PN 10

DN b Weight

DN
50 150 9,3
65 165 9,7
80 165 10,5
100 180 12,9
125 200 16,5
150 220 20,5
200* 260 31,0
250* 350 50,0
* Also available drilled to EN 1092-2 | PN 16
300 400 70,0 (Please specify on order)

Design features
All flanged short tee
• Working pressure MOP (PN) 16 No. 8740
• Made of ductile iron, epoxy powder coated
• Flange size according to EN 1092-2 | PN 16 a DN b
• Standard drilling to EN 1092-2 | PN 10
• On request: No. 8741 with vertical outlet DN 100
(surcharge)
H

DN

DN L H Weight L

200* 400 200 47,0

250* 460 230 66,0
* Also available drilled to EN 1092-2 | PN 16
300* 520 260 86,0 (Please specify on order)

D 2/3
Fittings
Design features
All flanged tee
• According to EN 545 T-piece
• Working pressure MOP (PN) 16
No. 8510
• Made of ductile iron, epoxy powder coated DN 1
• Flange size according to EN 1092-2 | PN 16
• Standard drilling to EN 1092-2 | PN 10

H
DN DN 1 L H Weight
50 50 300 150 12,5
50 157 15,5

DN
65 330
65 165 16,5
50 160 14,0
80 65 330 165 14,7
80 165 16,0
L
50 170 17,6
65 170 17,4
100 360
80 175 18,6
100 180 19,4
50 185 30,0
65 195 31,0
125 80 400 190 23,0
100 195 24,0
125 200 25,5
50 200 39,0
65 207 39,0
80 205 29,0
150 440
100 210 30,0
125 215 31,0
150 220 33,8
80 235 42,5
100 240 43,0
200* 125 520 245 44,0
150 250 46,5
200 260 50,0
80* 270 71,0
100* 275 75,0
125 280 93,0
250 700
150* 300 81,0
200* 325 76,5
250* 350 83,0
80* 290 92,0
100 300 94,0
300 150* 800 325 101,0
200 350 102,0
300* 400 114,0
300 + 250 800 400 120,0
200 350 162,0
400 900
250 350 170,0
* Also available drilled to EN 1092-2 | PN 16
150* 400 245,0 (Please specify on order)
500 1000
500 500 278,0 +
Only PN 16 available

D 2/4 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Fittings
Design features
All flanged crosses
• Working pressure MOP (PN) 16 TT-piece
• Made of ductile iron, epoxy powder coated
No. 8520 DN
• Flange size according to EN 1092-2 | PN 16
• Standard drilling to EN 1092-2 | PN 10

DN L Weight

DN
80 330 27,0

L
100 360 34,0
150 440 46,0
200* 520 59,7
250* 700 135,0
300* 800 186,0
L
* Also available drilled to EN 1092-2 | PN 16
(Please specify on order)

Design features
All flanged short cross
• Working pressure MOP (PN) 16 TT-piece
a DN b
• Made of ductile iron, epoxy powder coated No. 8750
• Flange size according to EN 1092-2 | PN 16
• Standard drilling to EN 1092-2 | PN 10
• On request: No. 8751 with vertical connection DN 100
(additional price)

DN
L

DN L Weight
200* 400 60,0 L
250* 460 91,0
500 830 333,0
* Also available drilled to EN 1092-2 | PN 16
(Please specify on order)

D 3/1
Fittings
Design features
Double flanged duck foot bend 90°
N-pieces
• According to EN 545 DN
• Working pressure MOP (PN) 16 No. 5049
• Made of ductile iron, epoxy powder coated
• Flange size according to EN 1092-2 | PN 16
• Standard drilling to EN 1092-2 | PN 10
No. 5044

b
DN b c Weight

c
50 150 95 8,4
80 165 110 13,4
100 180 125 16,8 b
150 220 160 29,5
200 260 190 46,0

DN 80 and DN 100 also available with loose

flange No. 5044

Design features
Double flanged duck foot
• Working pressure MOP (PN) 16 bend long
• Made of ductile iron, epoxy powder coated N-pieces
• Flange size according to EN 1092-2 | PN 16 No. 5049L
• Standard drilling to EN 1092-2 | PN 10

b
DN b Length (b1) c Weight
80 165 365 110 17,8

b1

Design features
Flanged duck foot bend
• Working pressure MOP (PN) 16 with PVC socket 90°
• Made of ductile iron, epoxy powder coated EN-KS-pieces DN
• Flange size according to EN 1092-2 | PN 16 No. 5046
• Standard drilling to EN 1092-2 | PN 10
b

DN a b c d Weight
80 260 165 110 90 16,5
100 280 180 125 110 19,5
d
c

D 3/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Fittings
Order
No.
DN Thread Length Weight Wafer tee piece
80 60 3,8 No. 8580
8580 100 1¼" 60 4,9
• With one threaded outlet ISO 228
150 60 8,0
• MOP (PN) 16, made of grey ductile iron,
epoxy powder coated

Order
No.
DN Thread Length Weight Wafer tee piece
100 60 4,36 No. 8590
125 60 6,3
8590 1¼" • With two threaded outlets ISO 228
150 60 7,8
• MOP (PN) 16, made of grey ductile iron,
250 60 19,2
epoxy powder coated

Order
No.
DN Thread Length Weight Wafer tee piece ZAK
100 70 3,35 No. 8591
150 70 5,28 • With two ZAK 46 outlets
200 70 6,75
8591 ZAK 46 • MOP (PN) 16, made of ductile iron, epoxy powder coated
250 70 9,9
300 70 12,0
400 70 16,6

Order No. DN
50
65
Spacer ring
80 No. 8615
8615 100 • For length equalisation between flanges
125
150 • Steel, epoxy powder coated
200 • Give face-to-face length "L" on order

Order
No.
DN Weight Angle piece adjustable 0° — 8°
50 1,5 No. 8730
65 1,7 • Made of steel with vulcanised elastomer
80 0,35 • No flat gasket needed
100 2,0 MOP Width
DN
(PN) Min. Max.
8730 125 0,5
50 11 22
150 0,6 65 10 — 40 11 25
200 0,9 80 11 30
100 11 32
250 1,26 125 11 35
10 — 16
300 1,8 150 11 39
200 12 46
250 12 52
10
300 14 55

D 4/1
Fittings
Flap valve, PN 10 | PN 16
Design features No. 9930
• Flange connection according to EN 1092-2, drilled DN 50 — 150 DN 200 — 600
according to EN 1092-2 | PN 10 standard; EN 1092-2 |
PN 16 DN 200 — DN 600 please specify on order
• Double hinged for improved sealing performance
• Gasket on the cover for noise reduction and durability
of the coating

Material | Technical features

• Body and cover made of ductile iron, epoxy powder
coated
• All connections made of stainless steel
• Seal made of elastomer
• External joint prevents any obstruction thanks to t
he free outflow

L
A

ØK
DN

Ø d2
B C

Ill.: symbol

Bolts
DN MOP (PN) A B L ØK C Weight
Qty Ød2
50 177,5 165 56 125 19 8 19 3,05
65 197,5 185 56 145 19 8 19 3,67
80 245,0 200 68 160 19 8 19 5,17
10/16
100 267,5 220 73 180 19 8 19 5,88
125 295,0 250 78 210 19 8 19 7,81
150 317,5 285 80 240 19,0 8 23 9,2
10 295 8 23
200 406 340 130 20,0 23,0
16 295 12 23
10 350 12 23
250 462 405 138 22,0 30,0
16 355 12 28
10 400 12 23
300 518 455 142 24,5 37,0
16 410 12 28
10 515 16 28
400 658 580 177 24,5 68,0
16 525 16 31
10 620 20 28
500 793 715 207 26,5 112,0
16 650 20 34
10 725 20 31
600 918 840 217 30,0 160,0
16 770 20 37
Larger dimensions on request

D 4/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Hawle-Vario
The innovative flexible fitting, PN 10 | PN 16
Design features No. 8010S
• Hawle Vario is a flanged, telescopic fitting with No. 8011S
integrated ball-and socket joint, permitting bending to
all sides up to an angular deflection of 10 degrees
• Flange size according to EN 1092-2 | PN 16, drilled
according to EN 1092-2 | PN 10 standard; EN 1092-2 |
PN 16 DN 200 please specify on order - other
standards on request
• Hawle Vario will be fixed in the installed position by
means of a tension lock assembly
• Combines the function of an FF-piece, an adjustable
elbow piece and a fitting and extension piece
• HHawle Vario saves time and has numerous application
possibilities

Material | Technical features

• Body made of ductile iron, epoxy powder coated
• Locking ring, bolts, nuts and washers made of
stainless steel
• Tension lock made of stainless steel
• O-rings made of elastomer

MOP Dimensions/DN
Order No. Set-version
(PN) 50 80 100 150 200

8010S short
16
8011S long

Application example

D 5/1
Hawle-Vario
The innovative flexible fitting, PN 10 | PN 16
No. 8010S Short version, with tension lock
No. 8011S Long version, with tension lock

F
C

D
W
DN
D

K
Ø
A
B C

MOP Adjustment range Angle

DN Version A B C D F C ØK Weight
(PN) L W
short 150 — 207 285 8,9
50 130 87 165 3 x 120° 16 125 0 — 10°
long 207 — 323 415 11,8
short 150 — 214 285 14,3
80 147 107 200 3 x 120° 16 160 0 — 10°
long 214 — 344 415 16,85
16
short 150 — 216 285 16,2
100 157 117 220 3 x 120° 16 180 0 — 10°
long 216 — 350 415 18,9
short 175 — 250 330 27,0
150 190 190 285 4 x 90° 18 240 0 — 10°
long 250 — 408 480 29,3
short 195 — 290 360 44,8
200 10/16 229 229 340 4 x 90° 20 297 0 — 8°
long 282 — 450 530 52,2

D 5/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Dismantling piece
PN 10 | PN 16 | PN 25
Design features
Dismantling piece
• Double flanged fitting, which allows longitudinal No. 9810
adjustment in flanged pipe systems
• Easy assembly and disassembly of flanged connections
• Continuous threaded bars, therefore, no additional
mounting screws necessary
• Length adjustment range: (see table) +/- 25 mm
• Flange in accordance with and drilled to EN 1092-2 |
PN 10, PN 16, PN 25 (PN 40 on request)

Material | Technical features

1,2 Flanges made of ductile iron, epoxy powder coated
+
made of steel, epoxy powder coated
3 Retaining flange made of steel, epoxy powder coated Dimensions/DN
Order MOP
4 Sealing ring made of elastomer

1600*
No. (PN)

1000
1100
1200
1300
1400
1500
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
700
800
900
50
65
80
5 Threaded bar made of galvanized steel
6 Bolts made of galvanized steel 10
9810 16
25
Pressure rating PN 10 *Larger dimensions or pressure rating of PN 40 on request

MOP Bolts
DN (PN)
L L1 ØD ØK C Weight
Qty. Ø d2
50+ 180 280 165 125 19,0 4 19 11,0
65+ 180 280 185 145 19,0 4 19 13,0 L1
80 200 330 200 160 19,0 8 19 17,0 L
100 200 330 220 180 19,0 8 19 20,0 C

125 200 330 250 210 19,0 8 19 24,0 3

150 200 330 285 240 19,0 8 23 30,0 2
200 200 330 340 295 20,0 8 23 42,0 1
250 220 360 405 350 22,0 12 23 62,0
300 220 360 460 400 24,5 12 23 67,0
- 25
350 230 360 505 460 24,5 16 23 85,0 + 25
400 230 370 565 515 24,5 16 28 105,0
450 250 390 615 565 25,5 20 28 131,0
10
500 260 390 670 620 26,5 20 28 155,0
ØD
ØK

600 260 410 780 725 30,0 20 31 225,0

700 260 410 895 840 32,5 24 31 300,0
800 290 460 1015 950 35,0 24 34 361,0
900 290 460 1115 1050 37,5 28 34 400,0
1000 290 500 1230 1160 40,0 28 37 516,0
Ø d2

1100 300 480 1355 1270 53,5 32 37 830,0

4
1200 320 520 1455 1380 45,0 32 41 895,0
1300 370 630 1585 1490 59,0 32 42 1172,0 5
1400 360 560 1675 1590 46,0 36 44 1194,0
1500 380 590 1785 1700 47,0 36 44 1560,0 6
1600 390 600 1915 1820 49,0 40 50 1436,0

D 6/1
Dismantling piece
PN 10 | PN 16 | PN 25
No. 9810
Pressure rating PN 16

MOP Bolts
DN (PN)
L L1 ØD ØK C Weight L1
Qty. Ø d2
L
50 180 280 165 125 19,0 4 19 11,0
C
65 180 280 185 145 19,0 4 19 13,0
80 200 330 200 160 19,0 8 19 17,0
100 200 330 220 180 19,0 8 19 20,0
125 200 330 250 210 19,0 8 19 24,0
150 200 330 285 240 19,0 8 23 30,0
200 200 330 340 295 20,0 12 23 45,0 - 25
250 230 370 405 355 22,0 12 28 66,0 + 25

300 250 410 460 410 24,5 12 28 84,0

350 260 410 520 470 26,5 16 28 107,0

ØD
ØK
400 270 430 580 525 28,0 16 31 142,0
450 270 430 640 585 30,0 20 31 177,0
16
500 280 440 715 650 31,5 20 34 200,0
600 300 500 840 770 36,0 20 37 305,0
700 300 500 910 840 39,5 24 37 321,0

Ø d2
800 320 520 1025 950 43,0 24 41 469,0
900 320 520 1125 1050 46,5 28 41 535,0
1000 340 560 1255 1170 50,0 28 44 698,0
1100 340 560 1355 1270 53,5 32 44 830,0
1200 360 600 1485 1390 57,0 32 50 1070,0
1300 370 630 1585 1490 59,0 32 50 1172,0
1400 380 630 1685 1590 60,0 36 50 1270,0
1500 380 610 1820 1710 62,5 36 57 1560,0
1600 400 700 1930 1820 65,0 40 57 1705,0

No. 9810
Pressure rating PN 25

MOP Bolts
DN (PN)
L L1 ØD ØK C Weight
Qty. Ø d2
100 220 340 235 190 19,0 8 23 32,0
125 220 370 270 220 19,0 8 28 43,0
150 230 370 300 250 20,0 8 28 52,0
200 230 370 360 310 22,0 12 28 76,0
250 250 410 425 370 24,5 12 31 108,0
300 250 410 485 430 27,5 16 31 129,0
350 270 480 555 490 30,0 16 34 196,0
400 280 500 620 550 32,0 16 37 212,0
25
450 280 480 670 600 34,5 20 37 281,0
500 300 500 730 660 36,5 20 37 290,0
600 320 520 845 770 42,0 20 41 389,0
700 340 530 960 875 46,5 24 44 505,0
800 360 600 1085 990 51,0 24 50 690,0
900 380 600 1185 1090 55,5 28 50 920,0
1000 400 650 1320 1210 60,0 28 57 1257,0
1200 450 720 1530 1420 69,0 32 57 1870,0

D 6/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Hawle-Synoflex
Restraint multi-range connection for
all common types of pipes
Page Hawle-Synoflex
Restraint multi-range connection for all common types of pipes Page E 2/1
E2 Assembly instructions Page E 2/2

Page Synoflex connector

SYNOFLEX connector Page E 3/1
E3 SYNO2000 connector
System 2000 connector
Page E 3/2
Page F 4/2

Synoflex
Page SYNOZAK connector
SYNOFLEX end cap
Page E 4/1
Page E 4/1
E4 SYNOFLEX flange
SYNOFLEX BAIO Spigot end
Page E 4/2
Seite E 4/3

further product with Synoflex socket

EMS-piece SYNOFLEX - BAIO spigot end Page G 6/5

E 1/1
Hawle-Synoflex
Restraint multi-range connection for
all common types of pipes
Accessories Spare parts
Bolts Page M 4/4 Hawle-Synoflex grip ring complete, restraint Page P 6/1
Adjustable elbow piece "fully rubberised" Page D 4/1 Hawle Synoflex grip ring complete Page P 6/1
Washers Page M 4/4
Flat gasket Page M 7/1

Technical information
Tightening torques for flange assembly Page R 3/1

Application examples

E 1/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Hawle-Synoflex
Restraint multi-range connection for
all common types of pipes
Design features
Quick clamping device 3
• Hawle-Synoflex socket system provides high
quality restraint connections to all common water
supply pipes. The patented Hawle-Synoflex
Fixed connected grip ring
secures steel, DCI, PE/PVC and AC* pipes with 9
fully corrosion protected connections 1
• According to EN 14525 10
• Flexible gasket Restraint
8
• Flexible Synoflex grip ring
• Tension locks corrosion resistant. Each
support element in the grip ring holds a
tension lock element
• Bolts reversible 180° 6
• Angle compensation max. 8° (+/- 4° each socket) Angle of 7
• For restraint connections with PE pipes deflection
(PE ≥ SDR 17), a support liner No. 6035 is required up to 4°
Bolted connec-
• Support element and grip element are pressed into tion reversible
one another. The grip elements does not fall off as 2 4 5 180°
a result of inserting of pulling the pipe out

Details with fixed connected grip ring

Material | Technical features
10
1|2 Body (1) and lock ring (2) made of ductile iron, epoxy
powder coated
3
3 Gasket made of elastomer
4 Synoflex grip ring made of POM support elements
(9) and steel grip elements (10)
9
5 Bolts and nuts made of stainless steel, coated
against rubbing
6 Bolt head locking anchor made of steel, with
protective cap made of elastomer
7 Spacer bush made of plastic
8 Support liner made of stainless steel (No. 6035)
9 Grip element made of steel
10 Support element made of POM

Steel | ductile iron | PE/PVC | AC*

*Warning! A restraint connection between Synoflex and asbestos cement pipes can’t be confirmed.
Removal of the grip ring is not necessary.

E 2/1
 Assembly instructions
✗ ✗ Steel
1
1
1a
PE ≥ SDR 17
No. 6035

Cast iron

PE

✓ ✓
2
PVC
Support liner
AC
3

✗
DN [mm] 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 225 250 300 350 400
2
DN [inch] 1½" 2" 2½" 3" 4" 5" 6" 8" 9" 10" 12" 14" 16"
max. ±4°

104 - 132

131 - 160

155 - 192

198 - 230

230 - 260

265 - 310

313 - 356

352 - 396

398 - 442
85 - 105
46 - 58

56 - 71

71 - 88
Ø external
[mm]

Ø external ✓ Temp. [°C] 0 - 40 °C

EN 14525 16 bar 10 bar
[bar]

X
4 3

119

119

126

143

149

155

161

171

181
MIN. [mm]
81

84

85

X 86
103

136

136

143

161

161

167

180

190

200
MAX. [mm]
86

91

97

EN 14525
M12

M12

M12

M12

M16

M16

M16

M16

M20

M20

M20

M20

M20
Bolts
5
[mm]
19

19

19

19

24

24

24

24

30

30

30

30

30
110

110

130

130

130

140

140
1
GJS/steel [Nm]
50

70

70

70

90

90

3
4
PE/PVC/AC
110

110

110

120

120
40

60

60

60

70

70

80

80

2 1x [Nm]

6 7 8 Pressure test 9 10

30
min.
bar
1
3
Important Step max PN = PN x 1,5 Step
5 5-8
4
EN 805
2 1x

re-use

No. 8799 No. 8790 / 8791

Hawle-Synoflex products may be reused. Hawle suggests that you exchange the bolts and nuts. After dismantling, please check the Synoflex grip ring for possible damage.
If you detect any damage at the grip ring the Synoflex ring must be replaced.

E 2/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Hawle-Synoflex
Design features
Synoflex connector
•

Hawle-Synoflex socket system provides high
quality restraint connections to all common water
No. 7974
supply pipes. The patented Hawle-Synoflex B L
secures steel, DCI, PE/PVC and AC* pipes with
fully corrosion protected connections

min/max

min/max
Ø D3

Ø D3
H
Application example

Socket 1 Socket 2
Socket 1 Socket 2 MOP
Ø Pipe D3 Ø Pipe D3 L Weight
DN DN (PN) B H Bolts B H Bolts
min/max min/max
40 40 130 157 46 — 58 3 x M 12-80 130 157 46 — 58 3 x M 12-80 243 3,9
50 50 141 170 56 — 71 3 x M 12-80 141 170 56 — 71 3 x M 12-80 254 4,9
65 65 156 187 71 — 88 3 x M 12-80 156 187 71 — 88 3 x M 12-80 264 5,6
80 65 171 204 85 — 105 3 x M 12-80 156 187 71 — 88 3 x M 12-80 274 6,6
80 80 171 204 85 — 105 3 x M 12-80 171 204 85 — 105 3 x M 12-80 270 6,9
100 80 226 260 104 — 132 3 x M 16-100 171 204 85 — 105 3 x M 12-80 312 9,7
100 100 226 260 104 — 132 3 x M 16-100 226 260 104 — 132 3 x M 16-100 332 12,5
125 100 250 290 131 — 160 3 x M 16-110 226 260 104 — 132 3 x M 16-100 355 14,3
125 125 250 290 131 — 160 3 x M 16-110 250 290 131 — 160 3 x M 16-110 357 14,9
150 100 315 350 155 — 192 4 x M 16-110 226 260 104 — 132 3 x M 16-100 361 16,7
150 125 16 315 350 155 — 192 4 x M 16-110 250 290 131 — 160 3 x M 16-110 375 17,4
150 150 315 350 155 — 192 4 x M 16-110 315 350 155 — 192 4 x M 16-110 367 19,3
200 150 326 371 198 — 230 6 x M 16-120 315 350 155 — 192 4 x M 16-110 431 41,8
200 200 326 371 198 — 230 6 x M 16-120 326 371 198 — 230 6 x M 16-120 406 30,2
225 200 361 410 230 — 260 6 x M 20-130 326 371 198 — 230 6 x M 16-120 450 61,3
225 225 361 410 230 — 260 6 x M 20-130 361 410 230 — 260 6 x M 20-130 429 41,0
250 200 408 464 265 — 310 6 x M 20-130 326 371 198 — 230 6 x M 16-120 468 42,4
250 225 408 464 265 — 310 6 x M 20-130 361 410 230 — 260 6 x M 20-130 454 50,2
250 250 408 464 265 — 310 6 x M 20-130 408 464 265 — 310 6 x M 20-130 441 48,6
300 250 510 510 313 — 356 8 x M 20-130 408 464 265 — 310 6 x M 20-130 473 61,4
300 300 510 510 313 — 356 8 x M 20-130 510 510 313 — 356 8 x M 20-130 460 60,0
350 300 550 550 352 — 396 12 x M 20-130 510 510 313 — 356 12 x M 20-130 494 71,3
350 350 550 550 352 — 396 12 x M 20-130 550 550 352 — 396 12 x M 20-130 502 82,6
10
400 350 596 596 398 — 442 12 x M 20-130 550 550 352 — 396 12 x M 20-130 526 90,0
400 400 596 596 398 — 442 12 x M 20-130 596 596 398 — 442 12 x M 20-130 523 95,4

E 3/1
Hawle-SYNO2000 connector
Ideal for repairs and network expansions with plastic pipes
Design features
Syno2000
• Specially developed for repairs or expansion of
existing networks using plastic pipes
No. 7975
• Easy assembly and disassembly (superiour mechanical
connection, no welding, minimal assembly and
disassembly forces)
• The SYNO2000 can be used as a sliding connector
upon removal of the pipe stop ring (Note: when used
as a sliding connector chamfer the pipe firstly)

System 2000 socket

• Using a lip seal ring for sealing the pipe allows for
easier insertion of the pipe into the System 2000
socket
• The pipe restraining system is required for
B1 L
pushing the pipe into the seal and chamfer
with an appropriate tool
• For PE pipes with thin walls (up to 3 mm wall
thickness) and low internal pressure we
recommend using a support liner (see page M 6/2)

min / max
Ø D3
H

ØA
B2
• Suitable for PE pipes 80/100, EN 12201, DIN 8074
• For PVC pipes according to EN ISO 1452-2

E
Synoflex socket (see Page E 2/1)

Application examples
Material | Technical features

Body and lock rings made of ductile iron,

epoxy powder coated
Gasket made of elastomer
System 2000 grip ring made of brass

Synoflex socket System 2000 socket

Synoflex System 2000 MOP
L Weight
socket DN socket (PN) Ø Pipe D3
B1 H Bolts E B2 Ø pipe A
min/max
50 63 141 170 56 — 71 3 x M 12-80 80 124 63 238 4,0
80 90 171 204 85 — 105 3 x M 12-80 85 152 90 253 6,2
110 85 172 110 285 10,2
100 226 260 104 — 132 3 x M 16-100
125 91 195 125 289 10,8
160 105 236 160 326 17,2
150 315 350 155 — 192 4 x M 16-110
180 16 119 258 180 336 19,6
200 129 284 200 342 30,0
200 326 371 198 — 230 6 x M 16-130
225 127 314 225 354 30,5
250 148 347 250 406 45,8
250 408 464 265 — 310 6 x M 20-130
280 151 376 280 407 46,8
300 315 510 510 313 — 356 8 x M 20-130 178 422 315 444 68,0
350 355 550 550 352 — 396 12 x M 20-130 238 472 355 541 87,0
10
400 400 596 596 398 — 442 12 x M 20-130 261 490 400 573 112,0

E 3/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Hawle-Synoflex
Design features
SynoZAK connector
• Combinable with all ZAK 46 and ZAK 69 products
with ZAK spigots
No. 7976

ZAK 46
H
B1 L

Synoflex socket
Synoflex ZAK MOP
L Weight
socket DN socket (PN) Ø Pipe D3
B1 H Bolts
min/max
40 46 130 157 46 — 58 162 2,4

50 46 16 141 170 56 — 71 3 x M12-80 168 2,7

50 69 141 170 56 — 71 176 3,3

Design features
Synoflex end cap
• Optional with or without internal thread 1" - 2" axial
or radial
No. 7980
B L

IG 1"-2"
радиальный

IG 1"—2"
min/max
Ø D3
H

Socket
DN MOP (PN) Ø Pipe D3 L Weight
B H Bolts
min/max
50 141 170 56 — 71 3 x M 12-80 207 3,9
65 156 186 71 — 88 3 x M 12-80 223 5,2
80 171 204 85 — 105 3 x M 12-80 227 5,7
100 226 260 104 — 132 3 x M 16-100 256 8,8
125 250 290 131 — 160 3 x M 16-110 274 12,7
16
150 315 350 155 — 192 4 x M 16-110 279 15,2
200 326 371 198 — 230 6 x M 16-120 304 22,0
225 360 410 230 — 260 6 x M 20-130 321 31,3
250 407 464 265 — 310 6 x M 20-130 329 39,0
300 510 510 313 — 356 8 x M 20-130 339 50,3
350 550 550 352 — 396 12 x M 20-130 367 61,0
10
400 596 596 398 — 442 12 x M 20-130 502 85,0

E 4/1
Hawle-Synoflex
Design features
Synoflex flange
• Hawle-Synoflex socket system provides high
quality restraint connections to all common water
No. 7994
B L
supply pipes. The patented Hawle-Synoflex
secures steel, DCI, PE/PVC and AC* pipes with
fully corrosion protected connections
• Flange sized and drilled in accordance with

min/max
EN 1092-2, PN 10 standard; EN 1092-2, PN 16

Ø D3
Ø D1

Ø d4

DN1
ØK
H
for DN 200 to DN 400 please specify on order -
other standards on request

Ø d2
f
C

Application examples

Flange Socket MOP Flange Bolts (flange) Ø Pipe D3

B H L Bolts Weight
DN1 DN (PN) Ø D1 C Ø K Ø d4 f Quantity Thread Ø d2 min/max
10
50 50 165 18 125 98 4 4 M 16 19 141 170 56 — 71 204 3 x M 12-80 5,1
16
10
65 65 185 18 145 118 4 4 M 16 19 156 187 71 — 88 204 3 x M 12-80 6,1
16
10
80 65 198 18 160 133 4 8 M 16 19 156 187 71 — 88 205 3 x M 12-80 6,3
16
10
80 80 198 18 160 133 4 8 M 16 19 171 204 85 — 105 194 3 x M 12-80 7,1
16
10
80 100 198 18 160 133 4 8 M 16 19 226 260 104 — 132 263 3 x M 16-100 10,2
16
10
100 80 220 18 180 153 4 8 M 16 19 171 204 85 — 105 188 3 x M 12-80 7,4
16
10
100 100 220 18 180 153 4 8 M 16 19 226 260 104 — 132 225 3 x M 16-100 10,8
16
10
100 125 220 18 180 153 4 8 M 16 19 250 290 131 — 160 273 3 x M 16-110 13,2
16
10
125 100 250 14 210 183 4 8 M 16 19 226 260 104 — 132 235 3 x M 16-100 11,8
16
10
125 125 250 18 210 183 4 8 M 16 19 250 290 131 — 160 243 3 x M 16-110 13,2
16
10
125 150 250 14 210 183 4 8 M 16 19 315 350 155 — 192 271 4 x M 16-110 19,2
16
10
150 125 285 18 240 209 4 8 M 20 23 250 290 131 — 160 240 3 x M 16-110 14,0
16
10
150 150 285 18 240 209 4 8 M 20 23 315 350 155 — 192 251 4 x M 16-110 16,7
16
10
150 200 285 14 240 209 4 8 M 20 23 326 371 198 — 230 309 6 x M 16-120 25,9
16
10 8
200 150 340 15 295 264 4 M 20 23 315 350 155 — 192 261 4 X M 16-110 22,1
16 12
10 8
200 200 340 19 295 264 4 M 20 23 326 371 198 — 230 269 6 x M 16-120 24,8
16 12
10 8
200 225 340 19 295 264 4 M 20 23 361 410 230 — 260 310 6 x M 20-130 31,4
16 12
10 350 M 20 23
250 200 400 16 319 4 12 326 371 198 — 230 314 6 x M 16-120 30,8
16 355 M 24 28
10 350 M 20 23
250 250 400 20 319 4 12 408 464 265 — 310 325 6 x M 20-130 40,0
16 355 M 24 28
10 400 M 20 23
300 300 455 22 367 4 12 510 510 313 — 356 344 8 x M 20-130 53,0
16 410 M 24 28
350 350 10 520 24 460 427 4 16 M 20 23 550 550 352 — 396 351 12 x M 20-130 67,2
400 400 10 580 25 515 477 4 16 M 24 28 596 596 398 — 442 366 12 x M 20-130 77,8

E 4/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Hawle-Synoflex
Design features
BAIO SM-piece Synoflex
• Hawle-Synoflex multi-range socket system
• Hawle BAIO spigot end
No. 7977

L
B

min — max
Ød
DN
H

Socket
DN MOP (PN) Ød L Weight
B H Bolts
min — max
80 171 204 85 — 105 3 x M 12-80 238 5,30
100 226 260 104 — 132 3 x M 16-100 300 9,10
125 250 290 131 — 160 3 x M 16-110 320 11,70
150 16 315 350 155 — 192 4 x M 16-110 325 15,60
200 326 371 198 — 230 6 x M 16-120 355 24,90
250 407 464 265 — 310 6 x M 20-130 435 43,30
300 510 510 313 — 356 8 x M 20-130 455 56,50

E 4/3
Notes

E 4/4 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
System 2000
For PE and PVC pipes

Page System 2000 valves

Assembly instructions Page F 2/2
F2 E2 valve socket-socket for PE and PVC pipes
E2 valve flange-socket for PE and PVC pipes
Page F 2/3
Page F 2/5

Page System 2000 Combi-T

F3 All socket tee with one integral E2 valve for PE and PVC pipes Page F 3/1

System 2000 flange/fitting

Page Flange for PE and PVC pipes
Connector Page F 4/2
Page F 4/1

F4 Syno2000 connector
Duck foot bend
Page E 3/2
Page F 4/2
End cap Page F 4/2

Page System 2000 fittings

All socket tee Page F 5/1
F5 Double socket tee with flanged branch
Bend 90°, 45°, 30°, 11°
Page F 5/1
Page F 5/2

F 1/1
System 2000
For PE and PVC pipes
Accessories Technical information
Handwheels Page M 4/1 Tightening torques for flange assembly Page R 3/1
Extension spindles Page M 2/1
Surface boxes Page M 3/1
Base plate Page M 3/7
Adapter and coupling socket Page M 4/3
Operating cap Page M 4/1
Spindle extension Page M 4/1
Actuator Page M 4/3
Position indicator Page M 4/2
Bolts Page M 4/4
HAWAK headstock Page M 5/1
Flat gasket Page M 7/1
Direction indicator Page M 4/1
Blanking cap Page M 4/1
Mounting spray Page M 7/2
Support liner Page M 6/2

Application examples

F 1/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
System 2000
For PE and PVC pipes
Design features
1 5 6 3 2 4
• Using a lip seal ring for sealing the pipe allows for easier
insertion of the pipe into the System 2000 socket
• The pipe restraining system is required for pushing the pipe
into the seal and chamfer with an appropriate tool
• For PE pipes with thin walls (≥ SDR 21) and low internal
pressure we recommend using a support liner
• Suitable for PE pipes 80/100, EN 12201, DIN 8074
• For PVC pipes according to EN ISO 1452-2

Push socket for PE- (PE 80/100, EN 12201, DIN 8074)

and PVC pipe (EN ISO 1452-2) - absolutely restraint

Material | Technical features

1,2 Body (1) and lock ring (2)
made of ductile iron, epoxy powder coated
3 Grip ring made of brass (from DN 300 bronze)
4 Hexagonal bolts made of stainless steel
5 Lip seal ring made of elastomer
6 Spacer bushes made of PE

Additional information
• Assembly instructions: see page F 2/2
• Tensile test: see page F 2/2
• Tightening torque System 2000 -
lock ring see page R 3/1

F 2/1
System 2000
Assembly instructions

Assembly instructions:
For flange adapters:
bolt the flange to the mating flange
first

Chamfer the pipe - ∅D A B

63 - 140 2,5 10
use lubricant no. 3443
160 - 180 4,0 16
(see M 7/2) 200 - 225 5,0 20
Do not use oil! 250 - 315 7,0 25
355 - 450 9,0 35
500 - 630 10,0 40

Push the pipe to the end of the socket

For PE pipes with thin walls (≥ SDR 21) and low interal
pressure we recommend using a support liner

Tighten the lock ring bolts crosswise until lock ring is tight on bushes.
Max. tightening torque for lock ring see page R 3/1

Dismantling instructions:
Loosen and remove lock ring bolts

Twist and withdraw the pipe

TENSILE TEST:
The following maximum tensile loads have been established

Test data: HAWLE test laboratory tensile testing machine

Theoretical
HDPE pipe (PE 80) DIN 8074 - EN 12201 | PN 10 Max. tensile load (kN*)
Ø pipe tensile load - (kN*) at 10 established in tests
bar internal pressure
Data established by use of a support liner and under 0 bar internal
pressure 63 3,15 20
Room temperature: 23 °C 75 4,42 28
90 6,37 38
Speed of tensile test (mm/min.): 0.1 x the free pipe length (L) 110 9,50 56
125 12,27 63
140 15,40 66
160 20,10 98
The table shows the maximum end load capacity of a System 2000 180 25,45 130
connection, compared with the effective theoretical loads in a PE pipeline 200 31,40 145
with 10 bar 225 39,80 153
250 49,10 233
A System 2000 connection provides a safety factor of 4 to 6 times! 280 61,60 215
315 77,80 270
*1 kN = 100 kp

F 2/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
E3 Valve System 2000
E3 valve socket-socket for PE and PVC pipes,
DN 50 — 350, PN 10 | PN 16

Design features No. 4040E3

• Resilient seated gate valve with smooth straight-
through bore
• With sockets for PE and PVC pipes
• One extension spindle for several dimensions
• Suitable for operation by automatic actuators
• Easy retrofitting of position indicator and automatic
actuator on the standard bonnet

Standard version: without handwheel and extension spindle

Special versions: on request

Suitable accessories

Suitable accessories: see page A 2/2

Handwheel: No. 7800
Extension spindle: rigid No. 9000E2/E3
telescopic No. 9500E2/E3
Surfaces boxes: rigid No. 1750
telescopic No. 2050,
No. 2051K
Actuator: No. 9920
Adapter for actuator (E2/E3 adapter): No. 8630E2/E3
Base plate: No. 3481, No. 3482
Sealing cap: No. 2156, No. 2157, No. 2158
Spindle extension: No. 7820, No. 7825
Position indicator: No. 2170E2/E3
HAWAK pillar: No. 9894, No. 9895
Dimensions/DN Ø pipe A
Order MOP
No. (PN) 50 65 80 100 100 125 125 150 150 200 200 200 250 250 300 300 350
63 75 90 110 125 125 140 160 180 200 225 250 250 280 315 355 400

4040E3 16 *

*in preparation

F 2/3
E3 Valve System 2000
E3 valve socket-socket for PE and PVC pipes,
DN 50 — 350, PN 10 | PN 16

No. 4040E3

Ø d1 a

w°

c
H

H1
Ø D1

ØA

DN

t B
L

Valve Spindle
DN Ø pipe A Weight
Ø D1 t H H1 L B a c w° Ø d1

50 63 124 83 234 296 226 143 14,8 30 20,5 9,0

65 75 138 85 305 374 240 180 17,3 35 24 14,0
80 90 152 88 313 389 242 180 17,3 35 24 16,0
110 174 88 343 430 252 213 19,3 38 24 20,0
100
125 195 88 343 440 260 213 19,3 38 24 21,5
125 195 90 421 518 280 285 19,3 38 26 31,5
125
140 212 96 421 527 278 285 19,3 38 26 32,5
160 236 108 433 551 316 285 19,3 38 26 37,5
150
180 258 118 433 562 342 285 19,3 38 3° 26 44,0
200 284 128 541 683 366 357 24,3 48 30 65,0
200 225 314 130 541 698 366 357 24,3 48 30 67,5
250 347 147 541 716 469 357 24,3 48 30 81,5
250 347 147 649 844 400 432 27,3 48 34 108,5
250
280 376 150 649 858 420 432 27,3 48 34 116,0
315 422 176 731 964 472 518 27,3 48 34 172,0
300
355 470 237 731 988 687 518 27,3 48 34 198,0
350* 400 516 253 816 1075 744 603 27,3 48 34 250,0
*in preparation

F 2/4 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
E3 Valve System 2000
E3 valve flange-socket for PE and PVC pipes,
DN 50 — 300, PN 10 | PN 16

Design features No. 4041E3

• Resilient seated gate valve with smooth straight-
through bore
• With socket for high-tensile connection with PE and
PVC pipes
• Flange sized according to EN 1092-2, drilled according
to EN 1092-2 | PN 10 standard; EN 1092-2 | PN 16
DN 200 — DN 250 please specify on order - other
standards on request
• One extension spindle for several dimensions
• Suitable for operation by automatic actuators
• Easy retrofitting of position indicator and automatic
actuator on the standard bonnet

Standard version: without handwheel and extension spindle

Special versions: on request

Suitable accessories
Suitable accessories: see page A 2/2
Handwheel: No. 7800
Extension spindle: rigid No. 9000E2/E3
telescopic No. 9500E2/E3
Surfaces boxes: rigid No. 1750
telescopic No. 2050,
No. 2051K
Actuator: No. 9920
Adapter for actuator (E2/E3 adapter): No. 8630E2/E3
Base plate: No. 3481, No. 3482 Dimension/DN Ø pipe A
Sealing cap: No. 2156, No. 2157, No. 2158 Order MOP
No. (PN) 50 65 80 100 100 125 150 150 200 200 250 250 300
Spindle extension: No. 7820, No. 7825 63 75 90 110 125 140 160 180 200 225 250 280 315
Position indicator: No. 2170E2/E3 4041E3 16
Bolts: No. 8810, No. 8830 No. 8840
Flat gasket: No. 3390, No. 3470
HAWAK pillar: No. 9894, No. 9895

F 2/5
E3 Valve System 2000
E3 valve flange-socket for PE and PVC pipes,
DN 50 — 300, PN 10 | PN 16

No. 4041E3

Ø d1 a

w°

c
H
H1

Ø d4
ØD
ØK

DN

ØA
Ø d2

C t
L

MOP Ø Flange Bolts Valve Spindle

DN Weight
(PN) Pipe A ØD C ØK Qty. Thread t H H1 L B a c w° Ø d1

50 10 63 165 19 125 4 M 16 83 234 316 188 143 14,8 30 20,5 9,5

16
65 10 75 185 19 145 4 M 16 85 305 397 205 180 17,3 35 24 15,0
16
80 10 90 200 19 160 8 M 16 88 313 413 211 180 17,3 35 24 17,0
16
10 110 220 19 180 8 M 16 88 343 453 221 213 19,3 38 24 21,5
16
100
10 125 220 19 180 8 M 16 88 343 453 225 213 19,3 38 24 22,0
16
125 10 140 250 19 210 8 M 16 96 421 546 239 285 19,3 38 26 32,0
16
10 160 285 19 240 8 M 20 108 433 576 263 285 19,3 38 3° 26 38,0
16
150
10 180 285 19 240 8 M 20 118 433 576 276 285 19,3 38 26 40,5
16
10 200 340 20 295 8 M 20 128 541 711 298 357 24,3 48 30 63,0
16 12
200
10 225 340 20 295 8 M 20 130 541 711 298 357 24,3 48 30 65,5
16 12
10 250 400 22 350 12 M 20 147 649 849 325 432 27,3 48 34 99,0
16 355 M 24
250
10 280 400 22 350 12 M 20 150 649 849 335 432 27,3 48 34 106,0
16 355 M 24
300 10 400 M 20
16 315 455 24,5 410 12 M 24 176 731 959 371 518 27,3 48 34 158,0

F 2/6 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
E3 all Socket Tee System 2000
All socket tee with one integral E3 valve for PE and PVC pipes

Design features No. 4343E3

• Resilient seated gate valve combined with socket
T-piece
• With push sockets for high-tensile connection with PE
and PVC pipes
• One extension spindle for several dimensions
• Suitable for operation by automatic actuators
• Easy retrofitting of position indicator and automatic
actuator on the standard bonnet

Standard version: without handwheel and extension

spindle
Special versions: on request

Suitable accessories
Suitable accessories: see page A 2/2
Handwheel: No. 7800
Extension spindle: rigid No. 9000E2/E3
telescopic No. 9500E2/E3
Surfaces boxes: rigid No. 1750
telescopic No. 2050,
No. 2051K
Actuator: No. 9920
Adapter for actuator (E2/E3 adapter): No. 8630E2/E3 Valve DN1 / Ø Pipe
Base plate: No. 3481, No. 3482 Order MOP
no. (PN) DN/ 50 80 100 100 150
Sealing cap: No. 2156, No. 2157, No. 2158 Ø Pipe 63 90 110 125 160
Spindle extension: No. 7820, No. 7825 80/90
Position indicator: No. 2170E2/E3 100/110
HAWAK pillar: No. 9894, No. 9895
4343E3 16 100/125
150/160
200/225

F 3/1
E3 all Socket Tee System 2000
All socket tee with one integral E3 valve for PE and PVC pipes

No. 4343E3

Ø d1
a

w°
c

h
H

H1
H2

D1
DN

Ø DN1

t1
t L

DN DN 1 E3 Combi-T Socket Spindle

Weight
Ø Pipe Ø Pipe H H1 H2 t L t1 D1 h a c w° Ø d1

80/90 80/90 313 389 389 88 310 88 150 201 17,3 35 24 21,0

100/110 50/63 234 296 326 83 290 88 172 218 14,8 30 20,5 17,0

100/110 80/90 313 389 399 88 320 88 172 231 17,3 35 24 23,0

100/110 100/110 343 430 430 88 340 88 172 231 19,3 38 24 27,5

100/125 100/125 343 440 411 88 345 88 195 235 19,3 38 24 30,0

150/160 80/90 313 389 430 88 350 108 234 251 17,3 35 3° 24 27,0

150/160 100/110 350 430 460 88 370 108 234 251 19,3 38 24 34,5

150/160 100/125 350 440 460 88 370 108 234 255 19,3 38 24 36,5

150/160 150/160 433 551 551 108 420 108 234 303 19,3 38 26 51,0

200/225 80/90 313 389 464 88 410 130 312 281 17,3 35 24 48,0

200/225 100/110 343 430 488 88 430 130 312 291 19,3 38 24 53,0

F 3/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
System 2000
Flange for PE and PVC pipes

Design features No. 0400

• With push socket for high-tensile restraint connection
with PE and PVC pipes
• Flange sized according to EN 1092-2, drilled according
to EN 1092-2 | PN 10 standard; EN 1092-2 | PN 16
DN 200 to DN 600 please specify on order - other
standards on request
• With integrated flange seal made of elastomer

Dimension/DN
Order MOP
No. (PN) 50 60 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 400 500 600

63 63 63 63 90 110 140 200 250 315 400 500 630

10 (DN 200 — 600)

16 (DN 50 — 150)
75 75 75 110 125 160 225 280 355 450 560

Ø pipe A
0400
90 125 140 180 250

160

*DN 200 — 600, PN 16 on request

Ø Bolts
Flange
pipe ØD ØK C L E Weight
DN
A Qty Thread

50 63 165 125 19 90 80 4 M 16 3,7

60 63 175 135 19 90 80 4 M 16 3,8
60 75 175 135 19 92 82 4 M 16 4,0
65 63 185 145 19 90 80 4 M 16 4,3
65 75 185 145 19 92 82 4 M 16 4,6
E
80 63 200 160 19 90 80 8 M 16 4,7
80 75 200 160 19 92 82 8 M 16 4,8
80 90 200 160 19 95 85 8 M 16 5,5
100 90 220 180 19 95 85 8 M 16 6,8
100 110 220 180 19 95 85 8 M 16 6,3
100 125 220 180 19 97 87 8 M 16 6,6
125 110 250 210 19 95 85 8 M 16 7,7
125 125 250 210 19 97 87 8 M 16 7,8
125 140 250 210 19 103 93 8 M 16 10,3
Ø D

Ø K

Ø A

125 160 250 210 19 145 110 8 M 16 11,5

150 140 285 240 19 103 93 8 M 20 11,3
150 160 285 240 19 115 105 8 M 20 10,5
150 180 285 240 19 125 115 8 M 20 12,5
200 200 340 295 20 135 125 8 M 20 16,8
200 225 340 295 20 138 128 8 M 20 18,0
200 250 340 295 20 225 145 8 M 20 27,0
250 250 400 350 22 155 145 12 M 20 28,4
C
250 280 400 350 22 158 148 12 M 20 29,0
300 315 455 400 25 184 174 12 M 20 43,0 L
300 355 455 400 25 277 237 12 M 20 63,0
400 400 565 515 25 242 230 16 M 24 76,5
400 450 565 515 25 302 260 16 M 24 84,0
500 500 715 620 32 365 346 20 M 24 144,0
500 560 715 620 32 450 372 20 M 24 167,0
600 630 840 725 36 459 399 20 M 27 256,0

F 4/1
System 2000
Fittings for PE and PVC pipes
Ø pipe A L E B Weight Connector
63 171 80 124 3,6 No. 0430 L
75 175 82 138 4,3 E
90 181 85 152 5,8
110 181 85 172 6,5
125 185 87 193 8,2

ØA
140 197 93 210 9,0

B
160 221 105 236 11,8
180 241 113 258 19,0
200 261 125 284 24,0
225 265 128 314 28,0
250 300 145 347 34,0 Caution! When using as coupling valve: remove stop ring and
steeply chamfer pipe (see assembly instructions)
280 306 148 376 40,5
315 358 174 422 62,5 Dimension Ø pipe A
Order MOP
355 464 237 472 98,0 No. (PN) 63 75 90 110 125 140 160 180 200 225
400 506 237 520 112,0
450 544 262 566 142,0
500 720 350 675 216,0 0430 16 250 280 315 355 400 450 500 560 630
560 770 375 730 273,0
630 823 400 820 358,0

DN Ø pipe A L E H H1 Weight
Duck foot bend
No. 5045
L
80 90 210 85 110 165 12,7

80 110 223 85 110 165 14,2 E

H1
100 110 223 85 125 180 16,0

ØA
H
Optionally with or without axial thread outlet 2", No. 5047

Dimension/DN Ø pipe A
Order MOP
No. (PN) 80 80 100
90 110 110
5045 16

Ø pipe A L E B Weight End cap

63 106 80 124 2,7
No. 8075 E
L

75 138 82 138 3,2

90 141 85 152 4,6
radial
110 159 85 172 6,4
125 162 87 193 6,1
140 169 93 210 7,7
ØA
B

160 180 105 236 8,6

180 192 113 258 11,7
200 203 125 284 14,5
225 207 128 314 16,5
Optionally with or without axial or radial thread outlet 1" — 2"
250 225 145 347 20,5
280 228 148 376 25,0 Dimension Ø pipe A
Order MOP
315 254 174 422 33,5 No. (PN) 63 75 90 110 125 140 160 180 200 225 250 280 315
8075 16

F 4/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
System 2000
Fittings for PE and PVC pipes
Ø pipe A ØB L E1 E2 H Weight All socket tee
63 63 236 83 83 118 6,0 No. 8515 ØB
equal and reduced side outlet
75 75 250 85 85 125 7,7
90 90 268 85 85 134 9,0

E2
63 240 85 80 140 7,7

H
110 90 270 85 85 145 8,9
110 290 85 85 145 9,2

ØA
90 274 87 85 150 10,4
125 110 294 97 85 150 10,7
125 306 90 90 153 15,0
E1
90 288 93 85 157,5 12,2
L
140 110 305 93 85 160 12,5
140 344 96 96 167 19,0
90 310 105 85 170 14,0
110 330 105 85 170 14,5
160
125 380 107 90 170 19,8
160 380 105 105 190 16,5 Order MOP Dimension Ø pipe
125 360 113 87 180 24,0 No. (PN) Ø pipe A 63 75 90 110 125 140 160 180 200 225
180
180 415 113 113 207,5 29,0
63 90 90 90 125 90
200 200 460 128 128 230 35,0
8515 16 Ø pipe B 63 75 90 90 110 110 110 200 110
90 356 128 85 200 29,5
225 110 376 128 128 200 30,0 110 125 140 160 180 225
225 488 130 130 244 55,0

Ø pipe A DN L E H Weight Double socket tee

with flanged branch
63 50 236 83 100 8,0
75 65 250 85 110 9,0 No. 8525 DN
equal and reduced side outlet
90 80 268 85 140 11,0
50 240 85 150 10,0

H
110 80 270 85 150 11,5
100 290 85 150 12,0

ØA
80 274 87 160 14,0
125
100 294 87 160 14,0
80 288 93 170 15,0
140 100 308 93 170 15,5 E
125 334 93 170 16,0 L
80 300 105 180 16,5
160 100 320 105 180 17,0
150 380 105 180 20,0 Ø pipe A
80 310 113 200 23,0 Order MOP
180 No. (PN)
150 415 113 200 31,0 63 75 90 110 125 140 160 180 200 225
200 200 480 130 220 47,0
50 65 80 50 80 80 80 80 200 80
80 356 130 220 33,5
DN

225 100 376 130 220 33,0 8525 16 80 100 100 100 150 100
200 488 130 230 55,0 100 125 150 200 200

F 5/1
System 2000
Fittings for PE and PVC pipes
Ø
pipe
b
E B
Weight Bend
A 90° 45° 30° 11° 90° 45° 30° 11° No. 8535 90°
63 153 112 80 124 4,2 4,7
75 170 120 82 138 5,5 5,0 No. 8545 45°
90 188 129 115 98 85 152 7,6 6,4 5,8 5,7 No. 8555 30°
110 213 140 122 100 85 172 10,0 7,9 7,2 6,6
125 240 153 87 193 9,8 9,9
No. 8557 11°
140 246 159 93 210 15,0 13,1
160 283 181 120 115 105 236 19,5 16,0 15,0 14,5

b
180 293 191 113 258 26,0 21,0
200 353 221 125 284 37,5 30,0 27,7
225 355 224 136 128 314 43,0 38,0 32,0
250 427 263 145 347 57,0 47,0
280 430 266 148 376 69,0 55,0

A
B

Ø
315 506 313 174 422 100,0 80,0

MOP Dimension Ø pipe A

Order
No. (PN) 63 75 90 110 125 140 160 180 200 225 250 280 315
8535 90°
8545 45°
16
8555 30°
8557 11°

F 5/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Hawle - BAIO System
The easy and time-saving solution

Page Hawle - BAIO System

The fastest connection in the pipeline system Page G 2/1
G2 Accessories Page G 2/2

Page E3 valve - BAIO socket-socket

G3 For ductile iron, steel, PE and PVC pipes, PN 16 Page G 3/1

Page E3 valve - BAIO socket-spigot

G4 For ductile iron, steel, PE and PVC pipes, PN 16 Page G 4/1

E3 MMB valve - BAIO

Page For ductile iron, steel, PE and PVC pipes, PN 16 Page G 5/1

G5 E3 Combi-III valve - BAIO

With vertical outlet for ductile iron, steel, PE and
PVC pipes, PN 16 Page G 5/2

Page
BAIO - Fittings
G6 Without gaskets Page G 6/1

further product with BAIO connection

SYNOFLEX BAIO spigot end Page E 4/3

G 1/1
 Hawle BAIO System
The easy and time saving solution
Accessories
Handwheels Page M 4/1
Extension spindle “rigid” or “telescopic” Page M 2/1
Surface box “rigid” Page M 3/3
Surface box “telescopic” Page M 3/1
Base plate Page M 3/7
Adapter and coupling socket Page M 4/3
Sealing cap Page M 4/1
Actuator Page M 4/3
Position indicator Page M 4/2
Bolts Page M 4/4
HAWAK pillar Page M 5/1
Flat gaskets Page M 7/1
Mounting spray Page M 7/2
Support liner Page M 6/2
BAIO-STOP traction protection Page G 2/2
BAIO lip seal BLD Page G 2/2
BAIO lip seal GKS Page G 2/2
BAIO anti twist device Page G 2/2

Application example

Flange system 307 parts

Hawle BAIO System 7 parts

G 1/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Hawle BAIO System
The fastest connection in the pipeline system,
DN 80 — 300
Design features
• Savings in material, joints and piping costs
• Most pipe network situations can be handled
• Joints without flanges or bolts, socket connections
allow angular deflection (max. 3°)
• Spigot ends with bayonet lugs for positive connection
with the double-function BAIO socket and BAIO spigot
(seal + grip)
• Applicable for ductile iron, steel and PE‑/ PVC pipes
• Minimizes stock holding costs
• Hawle-STOP restraint connection for ductile iron and
PE/PVC pipes
• High quality corrosion protection due to epoxy coating
• All socket fittings are supplied without gasket.
Please choose the suitable gasket for the pipe material
used. The gaskets are provided with a lubricant
• Product range:
Gate valve
Combi valves
Fittings
Hawle below-ground hydrant

1 socket for 3 pipe types

Grip ring Hawle-STOP
"standard" DN 80 — 200
Segment grip ring blue

Hawle-STOP BAIO Lip seal (BLD) GKS-gasket

e
PE-pip

-pipe
e iron
Ductil
or
GKS-gasket For PE pipes
TYTON - BAIO-SIT use support liner
gasket DN 250 — 300

ipe Grip ring Hawle-STOP

-p
e iron “carborundum”
Ductil
BAIO sockets are
suitable for
BAIO - SIT • Ductile iron pipes
PV

locking ring DN 250 — 300 • PVC-pipes

C

• PE-pipes
-p

• Steel pipes
ip

Express-
e

grip ring in connection with steel spigot ends (on request)

G 2/1
Accessories
Restraints, accessories, assembly instructions

Order No. NL78 Order No. NL79 Order No. NL80 Order No. NL82 Order No. NL84
BAIO-SIT BAIO-SIT Hawle-Stop Hawle-Stop Hawle-Stop
with special grip ring with grip ring with segmented grip with grip ring with carborundum
for ductile iron pipes for PE-pipes ring for PE-pipes grip ring
DN 250 to 300 DN 250 to 300 for ductile iron pipes DN 80 to 200 for PVC-pipes
(Use support liner DN 80 to 200 (Use support liner DN 80 to 200
order no. 6035/6036) order no. 6035/6036)

Order No. NL85 Order No. 6035 Class SDR 17

BAIO-Lip seal (BLD) Order No. 6036 Class SDR 11
PN 16, for easy support liner with wedge made of
assembly onto ductile iron pipes stainless steel
in BAIO sockets

Order No. NL86

Order No. NL8A
GKS-pipe-gasket
Anti twist device
PN 16, for use on PE/PVC pipes
for BAIO spigot socket connection
in BAIO sockets

Order No. 8716 Order No. NL92

Tyton gasket Dirt and anti-twist protection
for use on DN 80
ductile iron pipes for below-ground hydrants with BAIO
in BAIO sockets spigots

Assembly instructions
Assemble the Hawle Stop and grip ring over the chamfered
end of the pipe. Insert the pipe end through the seal in the
BAIO socket and slide the grip ring along the pipe to the face
of the BAIO socket.
Ensure that the gripping location area is free from lubricant.
Locate the Hawle-STOP on the external lug of the socket and
rotate clockwise to lock.

G 2/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
E3 Valve - BAIO Socket-Socket
For ductile iron, steel, PE and PVC pipes,
DN 80 — 300, PN 16
Design features No. 4500E3
• Resilient seated gate valve with smooth straight-through bore
• With socket for ductile iron pipes
• One extension spindle for several dimensions
• Suitable for operation by automatic actuators
• Suitable for cleaning with a cleaning pig
• Easy retrofitting of position indicator and automatic
actuators on the standard bonnet

Standard version: without handwheel and extension spindle

without gaskets

Suitable accessories

Suitable accessories: see page A 2/2

Handwheel: No. 7800
Extension spindles: rigid No. 9000E2/E3
telescopic No. 9500E2/E3
Surface boxes: rigid No. 1750
telescopic No. 2050, No. 2051K
Restraint clamp: Hawle stop No. NL80, NL78
NL82, NL84
BAIO lip seal (BLD): for DCI pipes No. NL85
GKS pipe seal: for PE/PVC pipes No. NL86
Actuator: No. 9920
Order MOP Dimension/DN
Adapter for actuator (E2/E3 adapter): No. 8630E2/E3
no. (PN) 80 100 125 150 200 250 300
Base plate: No. 3481, No. 3482
Sealing cap: No. 2156, No. 2157, No. 2158 4500E3 16
Spindle extension: No. 7820, No. 7825
Position indicator: No. 2170E2/E3
HAWAK pillar: No. 9894, No. 9895

G 3/1
E3 Valve - BAIO Socket-Socket
For ductile iron, steel, PE and PVC pipes, DN 80 — 300, PN 16

Ø d1
No. 4500E3
a

w°

H1
Ød

DN

E E

Valve Spindle Hawle-Stop

Pipe
DN
Ød
E H H1 L max. width Weight a c w° Ø d1 Weight

80 98 110 313 433 300 180 18,0 17,3 35 24 3,7

100 118 105 343 475 300 213 23,5 19,3 38 24 4,7

125 144 115 421 566 345 285 34,0 19,3 38 26 5,0

150 170 115 433 595 340 285 38,0 19,3 38 3° 26 5,5

200 222 125 541 735 365 357 53,0 24,3 48 30 9,5

250 274 174 649 874 470 432 89,0 27,3 48 36 10,1

300 326 198 731 986 537 518 162,0 27,3 48 36 12,9

G 3/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
E3 Valve - BAIO Socket-Spigot
For ductile iron, steel, PE and PVC pipes,
DN 80 — 300, PN 16
Design features No. NL00E3
• Resilient seated gate valve with smooth straight-
through bore
• One side with spigot and with one side socket for
ductile iron pipes
• One extension spindle for several dimensions
• Suitable for operation by automatic actuators
• Suitable for cleaning with a cleaning pig
• Easy retrofitting of position indicator and automatic
actuators on the standard bonnet

Standard version: without handwheel and extension spindle

without gaskets

Suitable accessories

Suitable accessories: see page A 2/2

Handwheel: No. 7800
Extension spindles: rigid No. 9000E2/E3
telescopic No. 9500E2/E3
Surface boxes: rigid No. 1750
telescopic No. 2050, No. 2051K
Restraint clamp: Hawle stop No. NL80, NL78
NL82, NL84
BAIO lip seal (BLD): for DCI pipes No. NL85
GKS pipe seal: for PE/PVC pipes No. NL86 Order MOP Dimensions/DN
Version
Actuator: No. 9920 no. (PN) 80 100 125 150 200 250 300
Adapter for actuator (E2/E3 adapter): No. 8630E2/E3
NL00E2 Socket-spigot 16
Base plate: No. 3481, No. 3482
Sealing cap: No. 2156, No. 2157, No. 2158
Spindle extension: No. 7820, No. 7825
Position indicator: No. 2170E2/E3
HAWAK pillar: No. 9894, No. 9895

G 4/1
E3 Valve - BAIO Socket-Spigot
For ductile iron, steel, PE and PVC pipes, DN 80 — 300, PN 16

No. NL00E3

Ø d1
a

w°

H1
Ød
Ød

DN

L1 E
L

Valve Spindle
DN Ød Weight
L L1 E H H1 a c w° Ø d1
80 98 295 82 110 313 433 17,3 35 24 16,0

100 118 320 102 105 343 475 19,3 38 24 21,3

125 144 350 109 115 421 566 19,3 38 26 34,5

150 170 360 109 115 433 595 19,3 38 3° 26 37,5

200 222 390 115 125 541 735 24,3 48 30 59,5

250 274 536 164 174 670 874 27,3 48 36 104,0

300 326 599 177 198 731 986 27,3 48 36 155,0

G 4/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
E3 MMB-Valve - BAIO
For ductile iron, steel, PE and PVC pipes, PN 16

Design features No. NL10E3

• Resilient seated gate valve combined with socket T-piece
• With socket for ductile iron pipes
• One extension spindle for several dimensions
• Suitable for operation by automatic actuators
• Suitable for cleaning with a cleaning pig
• Easy retrofitting of position indicator and automatic
actuators on the standard bonnet

Standard version: without handwheel and extension spindle

without gaskets

DN 2
Suitable accessories

Suitable accessories: see page A 2/2

E1
Handwheel: No. 7800

L1
Extension spindles: rigid No. 9000E2/E3
telescopic No. 9500E2/E3
Surface boxes: rigid No. 1750
telescopic No. 2050, No. 2051K
DN 1

Restraint clamp: Hawle stop No. NL80, NL78

NL82, NL84
BAIO lip seal (BLD): for DCI pipes No. NL85
E E
GKS pipe seal: for PE/PVC pipes No. NL86 L
Actuator: No. 9920
Adapter for actuator (E2/E3 adapter): No. 8630E2/E3
Base plate: No. 3481, No. 3482
Sealing cap: No. 2156, No. 2157, No. 2158 Dimension/ DN 1
Spindle extension: No. 7820, No. 7825 Order no. MOP
(PN) DN 2 80 100 125 150 200
Position indicator: No. 2170E2/E3
80
HAWAK pillar: No. 9894, No. 9895 100
NL10E3 16 125
150
200

Valve Spindle
DN 1 DN 2 Weight
L E E1 L1 a c w° Ø d1
80 80 410 105 105 220 17,3 35 24 26,0
100 80 435 120 105 230 17,3 35 24 30,0
100 100 455 120 120 255 19,3 38 24 35,0
125 100 435 125 120 270 19,3 38 24 38,5
125 125 440 125 125 290 19,3 38 24 53,0
150 80 450 125 105 260 17,3 35 24 35,0
150 100 475 125 120 280 19,3 38 24 43,0
150 125 565 125 125 295 19,3 38 3° 24 59,0
150 150 565 125 125 300 19,3 38 26 61,0
200 80 490 145 105 280 17,3 35 24 46,5
200 100 515 145 120 305 19,3 38 24 52,0
200 125 605 145 125 320 19,3 38 24 71,0
200 150 605 145 125 325 19,3 38 26 72,5
200 200 670 145 145 355 24,3 48 30 100,5

G 5/1
E3 Combi-III-Valve - BAIO
With vertical outlet for ductile iron, steel, PE and
PVC pipes, PN 16
Design features No. NL15E3
• Resilient seated gate valve combined with socket T-piece
• With socket for ductile iron pipes
• With vertical outlet BAIO DN 80 and two ZAK-46 sockets
• Space-saving design through short construction
• Save material, labour, transport and storage costs
• One extension spindle for several dimensions
• Suitable for cleaning with a cleaning pig
• Easy retrofitting of position indicator and automatic
actuators on the standard bonnet

Standard version: without handwheel and extension spindle

without gaskets

Suitable accessories
2

Suitable accessories: see page A 2/2

M

Handwheel: No. 7800

L1
Extension spindles: rigid No. 9000E2/E3
telescopic No. 9500E2/E3
Surface boxes: No. 4550
Restraint clamp: Hawle-Stop No. NL80, NL78,
NL82, NL84
BAIO lip seal (BLD):
for DCI pipes No. NL85
GKS pipe seal: for PE/PVC pipes No. NL86
Sealing cap: No. 2156, No. 2157, No. 2158
Spindle extension: No. 7820, No. 7825 E
Position indicator: No. 2170E2/E3 M1
Below-ground hydrant: No. 5059, No. 5061 L

Order MOP Valve- Dimension/DN

Version
no. (PN) Qty. 100 150 200
NL15E3 with 2x ZAK 46-socket 16 3

Weight for
E3 Combi-III with vertical outlet Spindle
DN valve quantity
Ød L L1 E M1 M2 a c w° Ø d1 3
100 118 691 346 105 365 258 19,3 38 24 88,00
150 170 777 389 125 415 293 19,3 38 3° 26 142,00
200 222 875 437,5 145 465 330 24,3 48 30 230,00

G 5/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
BAIO - Fittings
Without gaskets
Design features
BAIO U-piece (socket piece)
• BAIO-socket / BAIO-socket
No. NL50
DN MOP (PN) L Weight
80 290 8,60
100 300 11,00

DN
125 16 315 12,50
150 310 14,00
200 330 21,70
L

Design features
BAIO U-piece (socket piece)
with ZAK 46 or ZAK-69 outlets
• BAIO socket / BAIO socket with two ZAK outlets
No. NL5A
DN Version MOP (PN) L E Weight
100 300 115 11,10
with ZAK-46
150 sockets 16 310 115 15,15

DN
200 330 125 22,40
with ZAK-69
250 sockets 16 422 175 37,50
E
L

Design features
BAIO U-piece (socket piece)
• BAIO socket / BAIO socket with two side outlets IT 2" with IT 2" outlets
No. NL51
DN Thread MOP (PN) L E Weight
100 300 115 12,00
150 2" 16 310 115 15,35

DN
200 330 125 21,20

E
L

Design features
BAIO R-/RU-piece (reducer piece)
• BAIO socket / BAIO spigot, reduced
No. NL40
DN1 DN2 MOP (PN) L E Weight
100 80 310 105 7,6
100 125 325 125 10,3
100 150 395 125 13,0
DN2
DN1

125 80 370 105 9,4

125 100 340 120 10,0
150 80 420 105 12,0 E
150 100 16 395 120 13,0 L
150 125 335 125 13,5
200 100 500 120 18,5
200 150 410 125 18,5
250 200 476 145 30,5
300 200 624 145 45,0
300 250 526 145 45,0

G 6/1
BAIO - Fittings
Without gaskets
Design features
• BAIO socket / BAIO socket BAIO 90° MMQ bend L
• Angles 11°, 22°, 30°, 45° on request No. NL30

DN
DN MOP (PN) L E Weight
80 220 105 9,30
100 255 120 12,30 E
125 16 275 125 17,00
150 315 125 21,90
200 390 145 35,00

Design features
BAIO MSK 45° bend
• BAIO socket / BAIO spigot
No. NL57 L
DN MOP (PN) L E Weight
80 185 105 6,30
100 205 120 9,30

DN
16
150 230 125 15,20
200 355 145 25,30
E

Design features
BAIO MMB-tee piece
• BAIO socket / BAIO socket / BAIO socket
No. NL20
DN1
DN DN1 MOP L E H E1 Weight
(PN)
80 80 380 105 190 105 13,30

E1
100 80 410 120 200 105 16,80
100 100 420 120 215 120 17,50

H
125 125 465 125 225 125 23,60
150 80 415 125 230 105 22,10
150 100 495 125 235 120 25,35
DN

150 150 500 125 250 125 27,40

200 80 460 145 250 105 33,10
200 100 485 145 265 120 34,20
200 150 540 145 275 125 39,00 E E
200 200 16 600 145 300 145 44,00 L
250 80 552 166 277 105 48,00
250 100 572 166 303 120 49,00
250 150 641 166 314 123 65,00
250 200 694 182 339 123 66,50
250 250 747 166 376 166 71,10
300 80 614 182 328 105 65,00
300 100 614 182 328 120 65,00
300 150 678 182 328 123 78,00
300 200 738 182 379 143 78,00
300 300 844 182 425 182 101,00

Design features
BAIO MTT-cross piece
• DN 80-200, PN 16
No. NL25
DN MOP (PN) L E Weight
DN

80 390 105 17,40

100 420 120 23,40
16
150 500 125 29,00 E
200 600 145 49,50

G 6/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
BAIO - Fittings
Without gaskets
Design features
BAIO MMN duck foot bend
• BAIO socket / BAIO socket
No. NL60 DN1
• Available on request with two or three lateral threads IT
1½" - or ZAK 46 outlets

E1
DN DN1 MOP L H E E1 H1 Weight
(PN)

H
80 80 215 330 105 105 115 15,70

DN
16
100 80 260 330 120 105 115 16,20

H1
E
L

Design features
BAIO EN duck foot bend
• Flange / BAIO socket
No. NL65
• Flange size drilled according to EN 1092-2 | PN 10
• Available on request with two or three lateral threads IT 1½" DN1
- or ZAK 46 outlets

DN DN1 MOP L H H1 E Weight

H
(PN)

DN
80 80 215 260 115 105 17,00

H1
100 80 16 260 285 115 105 18,80
E
100 100 260 305 125 120 19,60 L

Design features
BAIO socket end cap
• BAIO socket / thread connector
No. NL47
• BAIO socket / ZAK 46 outlet L
Outlet
DN MOP (PN) L E Weight
Thread ZAK
80 1" ZAK46 140 105 5,50

DN
1"
100 ZAK46 145 120 6,20
1½"
125 1" 145 125 7,90
16
1"
150 ZAK46 150 125 9,40 E
1½"
1"
200 165 145 14,75
1½"

Design features
BAIO spigot end cap
• BAIO spigot with 2 thread connectors 1"
No. NL48
• Thread connections 1½" and 2" on request L

DN Thread MOP (PN) L Weight

80 185 4,70
DN

100 205 5,60

125 1" 16 195 6,80
150 195 8,60
200 205 13,00

G 6/3
BAIO - Fittings
Without gaskets
Design features
BAIO S piece (spigot piece)
• BAIO spigot / BAIO spigot
No. NL46 L
DN MOP (PN) L L1 Weight

DN
80 215 45 3,70
80 500 330 8,00
100 255 45 5,00 L1
100 500 290 11,00
16
150 270 50 8,60
200 280 50 14,10
250 400 73 26,50
300 425 72 36,00

Design features
BAIO B-tee piece
• BAIO socket / BAIO socket / BAIO spigot
No. NL43
• Assembly of below-ground hydrant in the pipe section
DN1

DN DN1 MOP L E E1 E
Weight

E1
(PN)
100 80 120 105 24,30

DN
150 80 16 850 125 105 35,00
200 80 145 105 47,00 L

Design features
BAIO EU piece (flange-socket piece)
• Flange / BAIO socket
No. NL42
• Flange according to EN 1092-2,
drilled according to EN 1092-2 | PN 10; EN 1092-2 |
PN 16; DN 200 please specify on order - other
standards on request

DN Flange DN MOP (PN) L E Weight

80 80 170 155 7,70
DN

100 100 175 160 9,10

100 150 175 160 12,00
16
125 125 180 165 11,60 E
L
150 150 180 165 13,20
200 200 185 170 19,10

Design features
BAIO F piece (flange-spigot piece)
• Flange / BAIO spigot
No. NL41
• Flange according to EN 1092-2,
drilled according to EN 1092-2 | PN 10; EN 1092-2 |
PN 16; DN 200 please specify on order - other
standards on request

DN Flange DN MOP (PN) L Weight

DN

80 80 145 5,90
100 100 165 7,00
16
150 150 155 10,50
200 200 190 16,00 L

G 6/4 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
BAIO - Fittings
BAIO EMS piece without gaskets
Design features
BAIO EMS piece “MULTI/JOINT”
• BAIO spigot / wide range socket
No. NL44MJ
• For sanitation with wide range socket
L
• Long socket with slipover length

Ød
DN Ød MOP E
Adjustment area
L Weight
(PN) S
80 84 — 105 740 117 414 — 426 16,80 S E
100 104 — 132 725 110 374 — 395 19,00
16
150 154 — 192 774 120 361 — 390 28,00
200 192 — 232 778 140 355 — 382 43,50

Design features
BAIO EMS piece “Synoflex”
• BAIO spigot / Synoflex multi-range socket
No. NL44SY
• For sanitation with wide range socket
L
• Long socket with slipover length

MOP Adjustment area

Ød
DN Ød L E Weight
(PN) S
200 230 — 260 880 149 — 161 420 — 450 58,00
250 265 — 310 16 885 155 — 167 420 — 450 65,50 S E
300 313 — 356 920 161 — 180 450 — 490 99,50

Design features
BAIO EMS piece (cut-in socket fitting)
• BAIO spigot / screw socket
No. NL44
• For sanitation with screw sockets
L
• Long socket with slipover length
Ød
DN

DN Ød MOP L E
Adjustment area
Weight
(PN) S
80 98 555 85 275 13,30 S E
100 118 580 90 280 14,50
125 144 615 90 290 19,60
150 170 16 615 95 285 24,00
200 222 695 100 350 35,40
250 274 730 106 379 55,00
300 326 750 110 397 71,00

G 6/5
BAIO - Fittings
Without gaskets
Design features
BAIO adapter piece
• ZAK socket / BAIO spigot
No. NL4A
DN Version MOP (PN) Ød L Weight

ZAK 46
Ød
80 ZAK 46 16 98 176 2,30

Design features
BAIO SM-adapter piece
• BAIO spigot / BAIO socket
No. NL45
• Also available with ZAK 46 outlets
L1

DN MOP L L1 E Weight
(PN)

DN
80 230 150 105 5,30
80 280 200 105 6,40
80 380 300 105 7,80 E
16 L
100 465 360 120 10,30
150 480 370 125 16,60
200 510 395 145 27,00

G 6/6 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Hydrants

Page
H4 Hawle hydrant Page H 2/1
H2

Page H4 Corrosion free hydrant

H4 Corrosion free hydrant - rigid type Page H 3/1
H3 H4 Corrosion free hydrant - break away
H4 Corrosion free hydrant with drop jacket
Page H 3/3
Page H 3/5

Page H4 Above ground hydrant

H4 Above ground hydrant - rigid type Page H 4/1
H4 H4 Above ground hydrant - break away Page H 4/3

Below ground hydrant

Page Freeflow below ground hydrant, flange or BAIO spigot end Page H 5/1

H5 Freeflow below ground hydrant tele, flange or BAIO spigot end Page H 5/3
Freeflow below ground hydrant, flange or BAIO spigot end,
high adjustable Page H 5/4

Page Garden hydrant/Hawle drainage pipe

H6
Garden hydrant Page H 6/1
Hawle drainage pipe Page H 6/2

Page Operating instructions

H7
Above ground hydrant; assembly operation maintenance Page H 7/1
Above ground hydrant; drainage untight or change of the valve plug Page H 7/2

H 1/1
Hydrants
Accessories Spare parts
Theft safety device Page M 6/1 Air valve Page P 5/2
Hawle drainage pipe Page H 6/2 Cap Page P 5/1
Surface boxes Page M 3/1 Valve plug Page P 5/1
Flanged duck foot bend Page D 3/2 Bayonet coupling Page P 5/2
Bolts Page M 4/4 Theft indicator cap Page P 4/2
Flat gasket Page M 7/1 Set of replacement screws for Hawle-
Hawle-Vario Page D 5/1 breakaway hydrants Page P 5/2

Tools
Extension for break-away area on request
Hydrant operating key Page Q 4/2
HYDRANT-MASTER universal key Page Q 4/2

Technical information
Tightening torques for flange assembly Page R 3/1
Pressure-loss table Hawle hydrants Page R 4/2

Annual inspection (in-house monitoring) with documentation acc. to. ÖNORM B 2539 prescribed.

Application examples

H 1/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Hydrants
H4 Hawle-hydrant
Design features
• Modern design
• Made entirely of corrosion free materials
• O-rings embedded in non-corrosive material
• Minimal torque for operation
(MOT < 80 Nm, mST > 250 Nm)
• Noticeable stop at the limits when opening and closing
• Hydrant head can be turned completely 360°
• Easy exchange of all inner parts
• Remaining water content according to EN 1074-6
• Automatic drainage system with pressure control,
drainage time less than 10 min.
• Opening direction left
• 15 turns to open position
• Connection option for drainage line PE pipe Ø 32 or Hawle
drainage pipe no. 5067
• Outlets according to other international standards
possible
• Several outlets on the stand pipe possible,
positions on request
• Resistant against desinfectants acc. to EN 1074-1
Above ground hydrant - break away
• Simple repair of the breakaway areas
• Spare bolts for quick repair of the break away line are
contained in the hydrant head
• Safety bar for spindle housing in the area of the break
away line
• Hydrant head can be delivered with individual colors

Material | Technical features

Both the stainless steel*- as well as the ductile iron ver-
sion have completely identical internal parts made from
corrosion-proof materials such as stainless steel, non-
ferrous metal and plastic
* except "drop jacket" version

H4 above ground hydrants "stainless steel"

• According to EN 14384, EN 1074-6 and ÖNORM F 2010
• Hydrant head made of aluminium alloy,
UV resistant coat Fig.: break away version
• Stand pipe and break away line made of stainless steel
• Stand pipe with socket made of stainless steel

H4-above ground hydrants "cast iron"

• According to EN 14384, EN 1074-6 and ÖNORM F 2010
• Hydrant head made of ductile iron, epoxy powder
and UV resistant coat RAL 9006
• Stand pipe and break away line made of hot-galvanised
steel and UV resistant coat RAL 5003
• Base made of ductile iron, epoxy powder coated
RAL 5012

H 2/1
Notes

H 2/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
H4 corrosion free hydrant
Rigid type, PN 16
Technical features No. 5151H4
Standard: ÖNORM F 2010 - EN 14384, No. 5151H4B
EN 1074-6
Max. working pressure: 16 bar No. 5140H4
Standard pipe cover: 1,50 m No. 5140H4B
(on request 1,25 m and 1,00 m
possible)
Rate of flow: Rate of flow Q (m3/h) at a
differential
Kv[m3/h] pressure of 1 bar is for all HAWLE-
H4 hydrants higher than requested
by ÖNORM F 2010 and EN 14384
Remaining water content: < EN 1074-6
• Flange sized and drilled in accordance with
EN 1092-1 | PN 16

Material
Hydrant head: aluminium alloy, UV resistant coa-
ted
Stand pipe: thick walled stainless steel pipe,
polished
Operating controls: stainless steel
Base: cast stainless steel

Outlet
Suitable accessories Order No. Colour / RAL DN Weight
A B C
Suitable accessories: see page H 1/2 5151H4 red / 3003
80 1 2 62,2
Hawle drainage pipe No. 5067 5151H4B blue / 5003
Flanged duck foot bend No. 5045, No. 5046, No. 5049 5140H4 red / 3003
Operating key No. 3460, No. 3461 80 2 61,0
5140H4B blue / 5003
Flat gasket No. 3390
5151H4 red / 3003
Bolts No. 8810, No. 8830, No. 8840 100 1 2 65,5
5151H4B blue / 5003
5140H4* red / 3003
100 2 63,6
5140H4B* blue / 5003
* ÖVGW (Austrian Association for Other colours on request
Gas and Water) tested

Application example

H 3/1
 H4 Corrosion free hydrant
Rigid type, PN 16
1.7 Required details for ordering spare parts:
1.7.3 order no. / DN / PCD / year of construction
1.5.2 1.7.4
1.5.1
1.4 1.7.1 Parts Material
1.7.2
1.6 1 Hydrant head Al
1.5.3
1.5 1.1.1 Indentification plate metallic foil
2.4 2.3.1
1.2 1.2 DN 80 C coupling DIN 14317 - C1 52 mm Al
1.3 2.3 DN 100 B coupling DIN 14318 - B1 75 mm
1.3.1 1.1.1
2.1 1.2.1 DN 80 O-ring 64 x 4
1.2.1 elastomer
1 DN 100 O-ring 79 x 4
1.9
2.2 1.8.1 1.3 DN 80 C cap DIN 14317 - C 4 Al
2.1.1 1.8.2 DN 100 B cap DIN 14318 - B 4
1.8.4 1.8
1.8.3 1.3.1 DN 80 C flat seal ring DIN 14317 - C3 elastomer
1.3.3 DN 100 B flat seal ring DIN 14318 - B3
PCD1000 = L 1880 | PCD1250 = L 2130 | PCD1500 = L 2380

1.3.2 Chain with S-hooks stainless steel

1.3.2 3.4
1.3.3 Ring for chain stainless steel
1000
800

3.5
1.4 Air valve POM
3.2 1.5 O-ring bush brass
3.2.1
3.3 1.5.1 O-ring 32 x 4 elastomer
3.3.1
3.1 1.5.2 O-ring 25 x 3.5 elastomer
1.5.3 Friction washer POM
425

1.6 Cap Al
1.7 Operating nut Al
1.7.1 Washer A 13 stainless steel
1.7.2 Allen bolt M 12 x 30 stainless steel
1.7.3 Isolating cap PE
1.7.4 Theft safety device polystyrene
1.8 Head flange for hydrant head Al
1.8.1 Washer A 13 stainless steel
PCD1000 | PCD1250 | PCD1500

1.8.2 Allen bolt M 12 x 40 stainless steel

1.8.3 Fixing strap stainless steel
7.1 1.8.4 Brace 8 x 16 stainless steel
1.9 O-ring 170 x 6 elastomer
2.1 Spindle rigid stainless steel
7.4
7.3 2.1.1 Pin 4 x 25 stainless steel
2.2 Stop nut stainless steel
7.2
2.3 Stem nut brass
2.3.1 Hexagonal bolt M 8 x 10 stainless steel
6.1.2
2.4 Friction washer POM
3.1 Stand pipe stainless steel
K
3.2 DN 80 B coupling DIN 14318 - B1 75 mm Al
D DN 100 A coupling DIN 14319 - A1 110 mm
3.2.1 DN 80 O-ring 79 x 4 elastomer
DN 100 O-ring 116 x 4
3.3 DN 80 B cap DIN 14318 - B4 Al
DN 100 A cap DIN 14319 - A4
3.3.1 DN 80 B flat seal ring DIN 14318 - B3 elastomer
DN 100 A flat seal ring DIN 14319 - A3
Upper coupling connecting angle 77° 3.4 Guide pin stainless steel
3.5 Guide bush POM
Outlet Pipe cover Base flange
DN
sized and drilled according to EN 1092-1 6.1.2 Fitting 1" / 90o POM
A B C PCD DN D K Bolts Quantity 7.1 Operating pipe stainless steel
1 2 7.2 Valve plug brass/elastomer
80 1,50 m 80 200 160
2 7.3 Securing pin for valve plug stainless steel
1,25 m M 16 8
1 2
100 1,00 m 100 220 180 7.4 Flow former PE
2

H 3/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
H4 Corrosion free hydrant
Break away, PN 16
Technical features No. 5195H4
Standard: ÖNORM (Austrian standard) No. 5195H4B
F 2010 - EN 14384, EN 1074-6
with break away line
No. 5196H4
Max. operating pressure: 16 bar
No. 5196H4B
Standard pipe cover: 1,50 m
(on request 1,25 m and 1,00 m
possible)
Rate of flow: Rate of flow Q (m3/h) at a differential
Kv[m3/h] pressure of 1 bar is for all HAWLE-H4
hydrants higher than requested by
ÖNORM F 2010 and EN 14384
Remaining water content: < EN 1074-6
• Flange sized and drilled in accordance with
EN 1092-1 | PN 16

Material
Hydrant head: aluminium alloy, UV resistant coated
Stand pipe: thick-walled stainless steel pipe,
polished
Operating controls: stainless steel
Base: cast stainless steel

Suitable accessories
Outlet
Suitable accessories: see page H 1/2 Order No. Colour / RAL DN Weight
A B C
Hawle drainage pipe No. 5067 5195H4 red / 3003
Flanged duck foot bend No. 5045, No. 5046, No. 5049 80 1 2 69,5
5195H4B blue / 5003
Operating key No. 3460, No. 3461
5196H4* red / 3003
Flat gasket No. 3390 80 2 68,0
Bolts No. 8810, No. 8830, No. 8840 5196H4B* blue / 5003
5195H4 red / 3003
100 1 2 74,0
5195H4B blue / 5003
5196H4* red / 3003
100 2 69,0
5196H4B* blue / 5003
* ÖVGW (Austrian Association for Other colours on request
Gas and Water) tested

Application example

H 3/3
 H4 Corrosion free hydrant
Break away, PN 16
5.7
5.7.1 1.7 Parts Material
1.1.2 1.7.3
1.5.2 1.7.4 1 Hydrant head Al
1.5.1 1.7.1 1.1.1 Indentification plate metallic foil
1.4 1.7.2
1.6 1.1.2 Bolt fastener elastomer
1.5.3 1.2 DN 80 C coupling DIN 14317 - C1 52 mm Al
1.5 DN 100 B coupling DIN 14318 - B1 75 mm
2.4 1 DN 80 O-ring 64 x 4
1.2 1.1.1 1.2.1 elastomer
1.3 DN 100 O-ring 79 x 4
1.3.1
1.2.1 2.1.1 1.3 DN 80 C cap DIN 14317 - C 4 Al
2.2
DN 100 B cap DIN 14318 - B 4
1.9
1.3.1 DN 80 C flat seal ring DIN 14317 - C3
1.8.1
1.8.2 elastomer
DN 100 B flat seal ring DIN 14318 - B3
1.8.4 1.8 1.3.2 Chain with S-hooks stainless steel
1.8.3
1.3.3 1.3.3 Ring for chain stainless steel
1.4 Air valve POM
1.3.2 1.5 O-ring bush brass
1000
800

1.5.1 O-ring 32 x 4 elastomer

1.5.2 O-ring 25 x 3.5 elastomer
PCD1000 = L 1880 | PCD1250 = L 2130 | PCD1500 = L 2380

3.2
3.2.1 1.5.3 Friction washer POM
3.3 1.6 Cap Al
3.3.1
1.7 Operating nut Al
1.7.1 Washer A 13 stainless steel
1.7.2 Allen bolt M 12 x 30 stainless steel
5.2.1
1.7.3 Isolating cap PE
425

1.5.3 2.1
1.9 3.1
5.7 1.7.4 Theft safety device polystyrene
5.7.1 1.8 Head flange for hydrant head Al
5.7.2
5.2 5.7.3 1.8.1 Washer A 13 stainless steel
100

5.3 1.8.2 Allen bolt M 12 x 40 stainless steel

5.1 5.1.1
1.8.3 Fixing strap stainless steel
1.8.4 Brace 8 x 16 stainless steel
1.9 O-ring 170 x 6 elastomer
5.4.1 2.1 Extension spindle stainless steel
5.4 5.1.1
5.6 4.1
2.1.1 Brace 8 x 50 stainless steel
PCD1000 | PCD1250 | PCD1500

2.2 Pin stainless steel

2.4 Friction washer POM
3.1 Stand pipe - upper part stainless steel

7.1 3.2 DN 80 B coupling DIN 14318 - B1 75 mm Al

DN 100 A coupling DIN 14319 - A1 110 mm
7.4
7.3
3.2.1 DN 80 O-ring 79 x 4 elastomer
DN 100 O-ring 116 x 4
3.3 DN 80 B cap DIN 14318 - B4
7.2
Al
DN 100 A cap DIN 14319 - A4

6.1.2 3.3.1 DN 80 B flat seal ring DIN 14318 - B3 elastomer

DN 100 A flat seal ring DIN 14319 - A3
4.1 Stand pipe - lower part stainless steel
K 5.1 Spindle break away stainless steel
D 5.1.1 Pin 4 x 25 stainless steel
5.2 Spindle housing brass
5.2.1 Spring clip stainless steel
5.3 Securing bush POM
5.4 Stem nut Brass
5.4.1 Hexagonal bolt M 8 x 10 stainless steel
5.6 Stop nut stainless steel
5.7 Hexagonal bolt with break away line M 16 x 60 stainless steel
Upper coupling connecting angle 77° 5.7.1 Plug for bolt PE
Pipe Base flange 5.7.2 Washer A 17 stainless steel
Outlet cover
DN
sized and drilled according to EN 1092-1 5.7.3 Hexagonal nut M 16 stainless steel
A B C PCD DN D K Bolts Quantity 6.1.2 Fitting 1" / 90° POM
7.1 Operating pipe stainless steel
1 2
80 1,50 m 80 200 160 7.2 Valve plug brass/elastomer
2
1,25 m M 16 8 7.3 Securing pin for valve plug stainless steel
1 2
100 1,00 m 100 220 180 7.4 Flow former PE
2

H 3/4 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
H4 Corrosion free hydrant
Break away, with drop jacket, PN 16
Design features No. 5186
• This above ground hydrant is convincing both in terms
of technology and its construction in non-corroding
No. 5185
material. In terms of optical effect, it has a remarkable
and clear design
• The "drop jacket technology" protects the upper outlets
from unauthorized use and weather. Upon unlocking
the plastic jacket and it drops downwards the two
indiviually lockable B-outlets can be opened
• Pressure relieving shut-off valves on hydrant head
• Simple locking and loosening of the drop jacket by
means of snap."Shock absorbers" prevents the drop
jacket from bumping hard
• Easy and quick repair of the break away line
• Spare bolts no. 8841 for quick repair of the break away
line are stored in the head of the hydrant
• Safety bar for spindle housing in the area of the break
away line
• Easy exchange of all inner parts without excavation

Material | Technical features

Hydrant head: aluminium alloy, UV resistant coated
Drop jacket: shock-proof UV-resistant plastic
Stand pipe: thick walled stainless steel pipe,
polished
Operating controls: stainless steel
Base: stainless steel
Standard: ÖNORM (Austrian standard)
F 2010 - EN 14384, EN 1074-6
Max. operating pressure: 16 bar
Standard pipe cover: 1,50 m
(on request 1,25 m and 1,00 m Outlet
possible) Order No. DN Weight
A B
Rate of flow: Rate of flow Q (m3/h) at a differential 80 2 79,0
Kv[m3/h] pressure of 1 bar is for all HAWLE-H4 5186
100 2 80,0
hydrants higher than requested by
5185 100 1 2 81,0
ÖNORM F 2010 and EN 14384
Remaining water content: < EN 1074-6
• Flange sized and drilled in accordance with
EN 1092-1 | PN 16

Suitable accessories
Suitable accessories: see page H 1/2
Hawle drainage pipe No. 5067
Flanged duck foot bend No. 5045, No. 5046, No. 5049
Operating key No. 3460, No. 3461
Flat gasket No. 3390
Bolts No. 8810, No. 8830, No. 8840

H 3/5
H4 Corrosion free hydrant
Break away, with drop jacket, PN 16
1.7.1
1.7.2 1.14.1 Parts Material
1.14.5 1 Hydrant head Al
1.1.1 Indentification plate metallic foil
1.14.6 1.2 B coupling DIN 14318 - B1 75 mm Al
1.14.9
1.12.5 5.2.1 1.2.1 O-ring elastomer
1.12.2 1.16
1.12.6 1.7.1 1.3.2 Grip ring various
1.12.1 1.7.2
1.4 1.3.3 Rope stainless steel
1.12.3
5.7 1.13.1 1.4 Air valve POM
5.7.1 1.13.7
1.5 1 1.5 O-ring bush brass
1.5.2 1.1.1 1.5.1
1.5.1
O-ring 32 x 4 elastomer
1.2 1.11 1.5.2 O-ring 25 x 3.5 elastomer
1.2.1
1.9 1.5.3 Friction washer POM
PCD1000 = L 2164 | PCD1250 = L 2414 | PCD1500 = L 2664

6.2 1.7.1 Washer A 13 stainless steel

1.8.1
1.8.2 1.7.2 Allen bolt M 12 x 25 stainless steel
1.8.3 1.15
2.4 1.8.1 Washer A 13 stainless steel
2.2 1.8.2 Allen bolt M 12 x 40 stainless steel
2.1.1
1292

1.8.3 Cap nut M 12 stainless steel

1.9 O-ring 170 x 6 elastomer
1.11 Pressure indicator brass
1.12.1 Covering column Al
1.12.2 Bearing bush POM
952

3 1.12.3 O-ring elastomer

1.12.5 Hood lock Al
3.2
3.2.1 1.12.6 Hood support Al
3.3 1.13.1 Guide strip POM
3.3.1
1.13.7 Allen bolt M 8 x 20 stainless steel
1.3.2
5.2.1 1.3.3 1.14.1 Hood cover Al
1.5.3 2.1 1.14.5 Spindle stainless steel
1.9
5.7
300

1.14.6 Straight pin stainless steel

5.7.1
5.7.2 1.14.9 Locking bar brass
5.2 5.7.3
1.15 Drop jacket ABS
100

5.3
5.1 5.1.1 1.16 Valve bonnet, complete Al
2.1 Extension spindle stainless steel
2.1.1 Brace 8 x 50 stainless steel
5.4.1
2.2 Pin for extension spindle stainless steel
PCD1000 | PCD1250 | PCD1500

5.1.1
5.4 4 2.4 Friction washer POM
5.6 7.1
7.4 3 Stand pipe, complete stainless steel
7.3 3.2 A coupling DIN 14319 - A1 110 mm Al
3.2.1 O-ring 116 x 4 elastomer
7.2
3.3 A cap Al
3.3.1 Flat gasket elastomer
6.1.2 4 Stand pipe stainless steel
5.1 Spindle stainless steel
5.1.1 Pin 4 x 25 stainless steel
K 5.2 Spindle housing brass
D
5.2.1 Spring clip stainless steel
5.3 Securing bush POM
5.4 Stem nut brass
5.4.1 Hexagonal bolt M 8 x 10 stainless steel
5.6 Stop nut stainless steel
5.7 Hexagonal bolt for breaking point M 16 x 60 stainless steel
5.7.1 Plug for bolt PE
Upper coupling connecting angle 80° 5.7.2 Washer A 17 stainless steel
Base flange 5.7.3 Hexagonal nut M 16 stainless steel
Outlet Pipe cover
DN
sized and drilled according to EN 1092-1 6.1.2 Fitting 1" / 90° POM
A B PCD DN D K Bolts Quantity 6.2 Lock ring Al
7.1 Operating pipe stainless steel
80 2 1,50 m 80 200 160 7.2 Valve plug brass/elastomer
1,25 m M 16 8
2 7.3 Securing pin for valve plug stainless steel
100 1,00 m 100 220 180
1 2 7.4 Flow former PE

H 3/6 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
H4 Above ground hydrant
Rigid type, PN 16
Technical features No. 5051H4
Standard: ÖNORM (Austrian standard) No. 5053H4
F 2010 - EN 14384, EN 1074-6
Max. operating pressure: 16 bar
Standard pipe cover: 1,50 m
(on request 1,25 m and 1,00 m
possible)
Rate of flow: Rate of flow Q (m3/h) at a differential
Kv[m3/h] pressure of 1 bar is for all HAWLE-H4
hydrants higher than requested by
ÖNORM F 2010 and EN 14384
Remaining water content: < EN 1074-6
• Flange sized and drilled according to EN 1092-2 | PN 16

Material
Hydrant head: made of ductile iron, epoxy powder- +
UV resistant coated RAL 9006
Stand pipe: thick walled steel pipe, galvanised,
UV resistant coated RAL 5003
Operating controls: stainless steel
Base: made of ductile iron, epoxy powder-
coated RAL 5012

Suitable accessories
Suitable accessories: see page H 1/2
Hawle drainage pipe No. 5067
Flanged duck foot bend No. 5045, No. 5046, No. 5049
Operating key No. 3460, No. 3461
Flat gasket No. 3390
Bolts No. 8810, No. 8830, No. 8840 Outlet
Order No. DN Weight
A B C
5051H4* 1 2 71,0
80
5053H4* 2 70,5
5051H4 1 2 72,0
100
5053H4 2 71,0
5051H4 150 1 2 78,0
* ÖVGW (Austrian Association for
Gas and Water) tested

Application example

H 4/1
 H4 Above ground hydrant
Rigid type, PN 16
1.7
1.7.3
1.5.2 1.7.4 Parts Material
1.5.1 1.7.1
1.4 1.7.1 1 Hydrant head ductile iron
1.7.2
1.6 1.1.1 Indentification plate metallic foil
1.5.3
1.5 DN 80 C coupling DIN 14317 - C1 52 mm
2.4
1.2 DN 100 B coupling DIN 14318 - B1 75 mm Al
2.3.1
1.2 DN 80 O-ring 64 x 4
1.3 2.3 1.2.1 DN 100 O-ring 79 x 4 elastomer
1.3.1 1.1.1
1.2.1 2.1 DN 80 C cap DIN 14317 - C 4
1 1.3 DN 100 B cap DIN 14318 - B 4 Al
1.9
2.2 1.8.1 DN 80 C flat seal ring DIN 14317 - C3
2.1.1 1.8.2 1.3.1 DN 100 B flat seal ring DIN 14318 - B3 elastomer
1.8.4 1.8
1.8.3 1.3.2 Chain with S-hooks stainless steel
1.3.3 1.3.3 Ring for chain stainless steel
1.4 Air valve POM
1.3.2 3.4
1.5 O-ring bush brass
1000

3.5
800

1.5.1 O-ring 32 x 4 elastomer

3.2
PCD1000 = L 1880 | PCD1250 = L 2130 | PCD1500 = L 2380

3.2.1 1.5.2 O-ring 25 x 3.5 elastomer

3.3
3.3.1 1.5.3 Friction washer POM
3.1 1.6 Cap Al
1.7 Operating nut Al
1.7.1 Washer A 13 stainless steel
425

1.7.2 Allen bolt M 12 x 30 stainless steel

1.7.3 Isolating cap PE
1.7.4 Theft safety device Polystyrene
1.8 Head flange for hydrant head Al
1.8.1 Washer A 13 stainless steel
1.8.2 Allen bolt M 12 x 40 stainless steel
1.8.3 Fixing strap stainless steel
1.8.4 Brace 8 x 16 stainless steel
PCD1000 | PCD1250 | PCD1500

1.9 O-ring 170 x 6 elastomer

2.1 Spindle rigid stainless steel
2.1.1 Pin 4 x 25 stainless steel
2.2 Stop nut stainless steel
7.1
7.4 2.3 Stem nut brass
7.3 2.3.1 Hexagonal bolt M 8 x 10 stainless steel
7.2
6.2 2.4 Friction washer POM
1.9
1.7.1 3.1 Standpipe steel
6.1.5 6.2.1
6.1.6 6.2.2
3.2 DN 80 B coupling DIN 14318 - B1 75 mm Al
DN 100 A coupling DIN 14319 - A1 110 mm
6.1 3.2.1 DN 80 O-ring 79 x 4 elastomer
DN 100 O-ring 116 x 4
K 3.3 DN 80 B cap DIN 14318 - B4 Al
DN 100 A cap DIN 14319 - A4
D
3.3.1 DN 80 B flat seal ring DIN 14318 - B3 elastomer
DN 100 A flat seal ring DIN 14319 - A3
3.4 Guide pin stainless steel
3.5 Guide bush POM
6.1 Base ductile iron
6.1.5 O-ring 30.3 x 7.5 elastomer
Upper coupling connecting angle 77° 6.1.6 Grip ring POM
Base flange 6.2 Head flange for base steel
Outlet Pipe cover sized and drilled according to EN 1092-1
DN 6.2.1 Hexagonal bolt M 12 x 45 stainless steel
A B C PCD DN D K Bolts Qty. 6.2.2 Hexagonal nut M 12 stainless steel
1 2 7.1 Operating pipe stainless steel
80 1,50 m 80 200 160
2 7.2 Valve plug brass/elastomer
1,25 m M 16 8
1 2
100 1,00 m 100 220 180 7.3 Securing pin for valve plug stainless steel
2
150 1 2 1,50 m 150 285 240 M 20 8 7.4 Flow former PE

H 4/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
H4 Above ground hydrant
Break away, PN 16
Technical features No. 5095H4
Standard: ÖNORM F 2010 - EN 14384, EN No. 5096H4
1074-6 with break-away line
Max. operating pressure: 16 bar
Standard pipe cover: 1,50 m
(on request 1,25 m and 1,00 m
possible)
Rate of flow: Rate of flow Q (m3/h) at a
differential
Kv[m3/h] pressure of 1 bar is for all Hawle-
H4 hydrants higher than requested
by ÖNORM F 2010 and EN 14384
Remaining water content: < EN 1074-6
• Flange sized and drilled according to EN 1092-2 | PN 16

Material
Hydrant head: made of ductile iron, coated with
epoxy powder and UV resistant
RAL 9006
Stand pipe: galvanised thick walled steel pipe
coated with UV resistant RAL 5003
Operating controls: stainless steel
Base: made of ductile iron,
epoxy powder coated RAL 5012

Suitable accessories
Suitable accessories: see page H 1/2
Hawle drainage pipe No. 5067
Flanged duck foot bend No. 5045, No. 5046, No. 5049
Operating key No. 3460, No. 3461 Outlet
Flat gasket No. 3390 Order No. DN Weight
A B C
Bolts No. 8810, No. 8830, No. 8840
5095H4* 1 2 82,0
80
5096H4* 2 78,0
5095H4 1 2 85,0
100
5096H4 2 81,0
5095H4 150 1 2 94,0
* ÖVGW (Austrian Association for Gas and Water) tested

Application example

H 4/3
 H4 Above ground hydrant
Break away, PN 16
5.7 Parts Material
5.7.1 1.7
1.1.2 1.7.3 1 Hydrant head ductile iron
1.5.2 1.7.4
1.5.1 1.7.1 1.1.1 Indentification plate metallic foil
1.4 1.7.2 1.1.2 Bolt fastener elastomer
1.6
DN 80 C coupling DIN 14317 - C1 52 mm
1.5.3 1.2 DN 100 B coupling DIN 14318 - B1 75 mm Al
1.5 DN 80 O-ring 64 x 4
2.4 1 1.2.1 DN 100 O-ring 79 x 4 elastomer
1.2 1.1.1
1.3 DN 80 C cap DIN 14317 - C 4
1.3.1 2.3 1.3 DN 100 B cap DIN 14318 - B 4 AI
1.2.1 2.1.1 DN 80 C flat seal ring DIN 14317 - C3
1.9 2.2 1.3.1 DN 100 B flat seal ring DIN 14318 - B3 elastomer
1.8.1
1.8.2 1.3.2 Chain with S-hooks stainless steel
PCD1000 = L 1880 | PCD1250 = L 2130 | PCD1500 = L 2380

1.8.4 1.8 1.3.3 Ring for chain stainless steel

1.8.3 1.4 Air valve POM
1.3.3
1.5 O-ring bush brass
1.3.2 1.5.1 O-ring 32 x 4 elastomer
1.5.2 O-ring 25 x 3,5 elastomer
1000
800

1.5.3 Friction washer POM

3.2 1.6 Cap Al
3.2.1
3.3 1.7 Operating nut Al
3.3.1 1.7.1 Washer A 13 stainless steel
1.7.2 Allen bolt M 12 x 30 stainless steel
1.7.3 Isolating cap PE
5.2.1 1.7.4 Theft safety device Polystyrene
2.1
425

1.5.3 3.1 1.8 Head flange for hydrant head Al

1.9 5.7 1.8.1 Washer 13 stainless steel
5.7.1
5.7.2 1.8.2 Allen bolt M 12 x 40 stainless steel
5.2 5.7.3 1.8.3 Fixing strap stainless steel
100

5.3 1.8.4 Brace 8 x 16 stainless steel

5.1 5.1.1
1.9 O-ring 170 x 6 elastomer
2.1 Extension spindle stainless steel
2.1.1 Brace 8 x 50 stainless steel
5.4.1 2.2 Pin stainless steel
5.4 5.1.1
5.6
2.4 Friction washer POM
4.1
3.1 Stand pipe steel
PCD1000 | PCD1250 | PCD1500

3.2 DN 80 B coupling DIN 14318 - B1 75 mm Al

DN 100 A coupling DIN 14319 - A1 110 mm
3.2.1 DN 80 O-ring 79 x 4 elastomer
7.1
DN 100 O-ring 116 x 4
7.4 3.3 DN 80 B cap DIN 14318 - B4 Al
7.3 DN 100 A cap DIN 14319 - A4
7.2
6.2 3.3.1 DN 80 B flat seal ring DIN 14318 - B3 elastomer
1.9 DN 100 A flat seal ring DIN 14319 - A3
6.1.5 1.7.1 4.1 Stand pipe steel
6.2.1
6.1.6 6.2.2 5.1 Spindle break away stainless steel
5.1.1 Pin 4 x 25 stainless steel
6.1 5.2 Spindle housing brass
5.2.1 Spring clip stainless steel
K 5.3 Securing bush POM
D 5.4 Stem nut brass
5.4.1 Hexagonal bolt M 8 x 10 stainless steel
5.6 Stop nut stainless steel
5.7 Hexagonal bolt for breaking point M 16 x 60 stainless steel
5.7.1 Plug for bolt PE
5.7.2 Washer A 17 stainless steel
5.7.3 Hexagonal nut M 16 stainless steel
Upper coupling connecting angle 77° 6.1 Base ductile iron
6.1.5 O-ring 30.3 x 7.5 elastomer
Outlet Pipe cover Base flange
sized and drilled according to EN 1092-2 6.1.6 Grip ring POM
DN 6.2 Head flange for base steel
A B C PCD DN D K Bolts Quantity 6.2.1 Hexagonal bolt M 12 x 45 stainless steel
1 2 6.2.2 Hexagonal nut M 12 stainless steel
80 1,50 m 80 200 160
2 7.1 Operating pipe stainless steel
1,25 m M 16 8
1 2 1,00 m 7.2 Valve plug brass/elastomer
100 100 220 180
2 7.3 Securing pin for valve plug stainless steel
150 1 2 1,50 m 150 285 240 M 20 8 7.4 Flow former PE

H 4/4 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Freeflow below ground hydrant
PN 16
Design features No. 5060
• Free passage No. 5061
• Stainless steel plate mechanism with fixed opening and Bayonet coupling
closing points, which will not be affected by encrustation DN 80
or pollution.
• Good corrosion protection by epoxy coating and non-
corroding materials
• Maintenance free
• Automatic drainage system with pressure control,
drain time less than 10 min.
• Minimal torque for operation
• Suitable for installation by under pressure drilling
(installation afterwards)
• Multiple functions possible
• Seals in shut-off element is protected against damage

Technical features
Standard: EN 14339
Max. operating pressure: 16 bar
Standard pipe cover: 1,50 m
Rate of flow: Rate of flow Q (m3/h) at a differential Pipe cover*
Order MOP
Kv[m3/h] pressure of 1 bar is higher than Version
No. (PN) 1,00 m 1,25 m 1,50 m
demanded by EN 14339
Remaining water content: < EN 1074-6 5060 Flange connection DN 80
16
5061 BAIO spigot connection DN 80
• Flange sized and drilled according to EN 1092-2 | PN 16
*Optional intermediate lengths possible (smallest pipe cover 0,85 m)
Overlengths up to 3 m on request
Connection possibilities:
• Flange connection: EN piece, F piece,
drilling clamp
Application example
flange sized and
drilled according to EN 1092-2
• BAIO spigot connection: B piece, MMB piece,
SM piece, MMN piece
On request:
• Below ground extensions 100 to 500 mm
• Protection against dirt and twisting no. NL92
of the BAIO spigot

Suitable accessories
Suitable accessories: see page H 1/2
Drainage element No. 5062
Flanged duck foot bend No. 5045, No. 5046, No. 5049
Operating key No. 3460, No. 3461
Flat gasket No. 3390
Bolts No. 8810, No. 8830, No. 8840
Surface boxes No. 1950, No 1950K
Dirt and anti-twist protection No. NL92

H 5/1
Freeflow below ground hydrant
PN 16
B1

Parts Material
1

2 1 Bayonet coupling ductile iron

2 Operating nut ductile iron, galvanised

stainless steel,
3 Pipe
3
epoxy powder-coated
4 Plastic protection pipe PP

4 5 Spindle sleeve ductile iron, galvanised

6 Spindle stainless steel

7 Gear ductile iron

8 Plate drive stainless steel

9 Ring nut PA

10 Diving worm brass

11 Valve plate stainless steel

A

12 Hydrant top ductile iron

13 Drain connection PE
5
Hydrant end with flange connector
14 ductile iron
6 or BAIO spigot connector
7

Order
Connection Pipe cover A B B1 C Weight
No.
1,00 m 740 35,0
8 Flange
11 5060 1,25 m 990 37,5
DN 80
9 1,50 m 1240 39,5
12 10 Recommendation: 280 320 115
BAIO 1,00 m 785 31,5
drainage water 5061 spigot 1,25 m 1045 34,0
13
absorber no. 5062 DN 80 1,50 m 1295 36,0

14

C
B

Other application opportunities

Under pressure drilling Pipe inspection Pipe cleaning via badger Pipe draining with sucking lance

Slurs

Drilling machine

Sucking lance
Endoscope or
microphone B piece
measuring

Badger
Pipe saddle

H 5/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
 Freeflow below ground hydrant
Tele, PN 16
Design features
Freeflow below ground hydrant tele
• With flange or BAIO spigot No. 5058 No. 5059
• Integrated telescopic stand pipe
• Replacement of the jaw coupling by encapsulated
hydrant head
• Minimal torque for operation
• Safe against dirt
• Heavy corrosion protection by epoxy coating and non-
corroding materials
• Every pipe covering from 1 to 3 m possible
• Tried and tested, not sensitive to dirt
Plug disk shut-off with fixed stops
• No risk of damage for seals on shut-off element
• Completely free passage
• Maintenance free
• Connecting coupling according to other standard
possible
• Flange sized and drilled according to EN 1092-2 |
PN 16

Suitable accessories
Suitable accessories: see page H 1/2 Pipe cover
Order MOP
Drainage water absorber No. 5062 Version
No. (PN) 1,00 m 1,25 m 1,50 m
Surface box No. 206TH
5058 Flange connection DN 80  
Flange duck-foot bend No. 5045, No. 5046, No. 5049 16
Operating key No. 3420 5059 BAIO spigot connection DN 80
Flat gasket No. 3390
Bolts No. 8810, No. 8830, No. 8840

B1 B1
D

H1

H1
H
A

B B

Order No. MOP Pipe cover C-outlet Connection A B B1 D H H1 Weight

(PN)
1,00 m Flange connec- 810 1235 38,00
5058 1,25 m tion DN 80* 1060 1735 46,00
1,50 m 1310 1985 48,00
16 2 280 320 200 260
1,00 m BAIO spigot 835 1260 35,00
5059 1,25 m connection DN 80 1085 1760 39,00
1,50 m 1335 2010 43,00
* Flange sized and drilled according to EN 1092-2 | PN 16

H 5/3
Freeflow below ground hydrant
„height adjustable”PN 16
Design features Freeflow below ground hydrant
• Height adjustable „height adjustable”
• Completely free passage No. 5070 No. 5071
• With flange or BAIO spigot
• Heavy corrosion protection by epoxy coating and non-
corroding materials
• Tried and tested, not sensitive to dirt
Plug disk shut-off with fixed stops
• Automatic drainage system with pressure control,
drain time less than 10 min.
• Minimal torque for operation
• Maintenance free
• Flange sized and drilled according to EN 1092-2 |
PN 16

Suitable accessories
Suitable accessories: see page H 1/2
Drainage element No. 5062
Flanged duck foot bend No. 5045, No. 5046, No. 5049
Operating key No. 3460, No. 3461
Flat gasket No. 3390
Bolts No. 8810, No. 8830, No. 8840 Pipe cover
Order MOP
Surface boxes No. 1950, No 1950K Version (PN) 1,00 — 1,25 — 1,50 — 2,00 —
no. 1,30 m 1,55 m 2,05 m 2,55 m
Dirt and anti-twist protection No. NL92
5070 Flange connection
DN 80
B1 B1 BAIO spigot connection
16
5071 DN 80
Flange connection DN 100 on request
D

B B

Order no. MOP Pipe cover Connection A B B1 D Weight

(PN) min — max
1,00 — 1,30 m 740 — 1040 40,0
1,25 — 1,55 m 990 — 1290 52,0
5070 Flange DN 80
1,50 — 2,05 m 1240 — 1740 58,0
2,00 — 2,55 m 1740 — 2290 75,0
16 280 305 190
1,00 — 1,30 m 805 — 1105 38,0
1,25 — 1,55 m 1065 — 1365 43,0
5071 BAIO spigot DN 80
1,50 — 2,05 m 1315 — 1865 48,0
2,00 — 2,55 m 1815 — 2365 72,0

H 5/4 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Garden hydrant
PN 10
Design features No. 5080
Rd74x4
With standard thread connection
• Flange connection DN 50, EN 1092-2
• Made of grey iron, epoxy powder coated
• Without drainage outlet (not frost-proof)

MOP Total
Order no. Version DN Weight
(PN) height H
5080 Round thread oulet 10 50 466 16,0
Flange sized and drilled according to EN 1092-2 | PN 16

H
Design features No. 5081
With bayonet grip DN 50
• Flange connection DN 50, EN 1092-2
• Made of grey iron, epoxy powder coated
• Without drainage outlet (not frost-proof)

MOP Total
Order no. Version DN Weight
(PN) height H
5081 Bayonet coupling 10 50 555 18,5
Flange sized and drilled according to EN 1092-2 | PN 16
H

H 6/1
Hawle drainage pipe
Drainage pipe for hydrants
Design features
Hawle drainage pipe
• Intelligent solution for continuous functionality of your
hydrants drainage No. 5067
• Large surface area to output the drainage water to the
gravel pack; the drainpipe (Hawle drainage pipe) evenly
discharges the water over the whole surface, which is
over 300 times larger than the opening of a conventional
1"-hose
• No displacement or extension of the small 1"-pipe
opening
• No frost damage

Application example

H 6/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Operating instruction
Above ground hydrant Operation
Assembly Maintenance
Preperation work Hydrant assembly Rotation of the hydrant head Annual inspection
1 1 7 3
1 1
1 5

6 2
4 8

Advice: install a gate valve bolt the flanges crosswise or

before the hydrant connect the sockets loosen the bolts at the tension ring

2 2 2
check, if the hydrant is closed
2

prepare a base. pay attention to the installation

height (break-away hydrant: break-away line 12 support the hydrant
± 6 cm above of the ground level)
rotate the hydrant head to the
possible distance to power cable at least 0.5 m 3 required position
3
3
remove the cap
Mount Hawle drainage pipe / drainage line
prepare Hawle drainage pipe or - insert drainage pack - 3
drainage line 1" (1 - 3 m) pressure test - flush
4 4
tighten the bolts

Caution!
It´s not allowed
to open the
bolts of the
prepare a flange connection or sockets flush
base flange!
for the hydrant assembly backfill the excavation
4

Damage of the break away line (break away hydrant)

1 4 7

remove the cap and the

examination of the break-away close the hydrant (until stop!)
operating nut
line (damage, soiling, etc.)
5 5
2
torque for tightening bolts:
60 Nm
pay attention to the drainage noise
8 (repair necessary?)

remove spare bolts, re-order bolts, 6

if necessary: clean the flange replace them in cap
3
6

assemble the cap and the

operating nut
9 operation
insert O-ring connect stand pipe with the base maintenance put the cap back on

H 7/1
Operating instruction
Above ground hydrant
DRAINAGE UNTIGHT or CHANGE OF THE VALVE PLUG
Above ground hydrant break-away
If the drainage is untight, skip step 5. If the drainage is untight, skip step 5.
If the valve plug has to be changed, skip step 4. If the valve plug has to be changed, skip step 4.

1 1

close the supply and open the hydrant completely

close the supply and open the hydrant completely
2
2

remove the bolts detach the stand pipe

3
remove the operating nut and the cap
3
remove the spring clip; turn the spindle housing
out of the anchoring
4

loosen the bolts, remove the head

4 rotate the operating controls by 180°
or

5
take out the operating controls, mark the position of the
operating controls, rotate it by 180°. Put the hydrant head
on, tighten the bolts. take out the operating controls, change
or the valve plug, insert the operating control

5 6
take out the operating controls,
change the valve plug,
insert the operating control,
put head in place again, lock the spindle housing
tighten the bolts connect the spring clip
7
6

connect the stand pipe with the base

8
assemble the cap and the operating nut
7 60 Nm
tighten the bolts
9

close the hydrant (until stop!); open the supply close the hydrant (until stop!), open the supply
8 operation 10 operation
maintenance maintenance

H 7/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Saddles
For steel, ductile iron, PE and PVC pipes
Universal pipe saddle
Pipe saddle with internal thread Page I 2/1
Page Pipe saddle with flange outlet Page I 2/1
Universal-H saddle with ZAK sleeve Page L 3/1
I2 Universal-H-Hawlinger with ZAK sleeve Page L 3/1
Saddles without drilled connection hole Page I 2/1

Universal shut-off saddle

Drilling instructions Page I 3/1
Page Universal shut-off saddle with internal thread
Universal-Hawlinger with internal thread
Page I 3/2
Page J 8/4

I3 Universal-H shut-off saddle with ZAK sleeve

Strap Page I 3/3
Page L 3/1

Universal-H-shut off saddle with internal thread Page I 3/4

Strap for universal-H shut-off saddle Page I 3/5

HAKU saddle
Page HAKU saddle with internal thread Page I 4/1
HAKU pipe saddle with flange outlet Page I 4/3
I4 HAKU saddle clamp with ZAK sleeve Page L 3/2

HAKU shut-off saddle

Page HAKU shut-off saddle with internal thread
HAKU-Hawlinger with internal thread, Hawlinger adapter
Page I 5/1
Page J 8/4
I5 HAKU shut-off saddle with ZAK sleeve
Shut-off adapter Page I 5/2
Page L 3/3

Page Pipe repair clamp

Pipe repair clamp made of stainless steel Page I 6/1
I6 Pipe repair clamp made of cast iron Page I 6/3

Page Pipe drilling saddle

I8 for PE and PVC pipes, Hawex pipe drilling saddle Page I 8/1

I 1/1
 Saddles
For steel, ductile iron, PE and PVC pipes
Accessories Tools

Bolts Page M 4/4 Drilling machine Page Q 2/1

Service valves Chapter J Page Q 2/2
Fittings Chapter K Saddle blade Page Q 4/1
Strap No. 3111 Page I 3/3
Strap No. 3110 Page I 3/5 Technical information

Tightening torques for flange assembly Page R 3/1

Tightening torques shut-off saddle
mounting HAKU Page R 3/1
Tightening torques for strap attachment Page I 3/2

Application examples

I 1/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Universal pipe saddle
For steel, ductile iron and asbestos cement pipes
Design features No. 3500 Pipe saddle /
• Compact saddle body internal thread
• Favorable angle of contact
• Flexible padded wrap around strap for easy installation
No. 3510 Pipe saddle / flange
• Optimum force transfer of the strap screw connection No. 3530 Saddle without drilled
through strap and cylinder disks as bolt contact area
• The saddle seal is moulded to fit the pipe diameter and is
connection hole
prefixed in the saddle body 4 3 5 1
• All internal threads are fitted with a corrosion protection ring
to prevent corrosion and incrustations
• Version for potential equalization ("grounding") on request
• No. 3500 / 3510 for drilling without pressure

Material | Technical features 2

1 Saddle body made of ductile iron, epoxy powder-coated

2 Saddle seal made of elastomer
3 Nuts free lying, (Molybdenum-coated)
No. 3500 / 3530: made of stainless steel spherical bearings
No. 3510: on stainless steel cylinder disk
screws M 16 - stainless steel
4 Strap made of passivated stainless steel, strength 1,5
with insulating elastomer rubber padding Internal Dimensions/DN
Order MOP
5 Corrosion protection ring made of elastomer thread
no. (PN)

100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
DN
50
65
1" 80
1¼"
Suitable accessories 1½"
3500
Drilling machine: No. 5800, No 5805, No 5807 2"
2½"
3"
16
40
50
3510 80
100
150
3530
Please specify pipe material on order

Application examples

I 2/1
Universal pipe saddle
For steel, ductile iron and asbestos cement pipes
Thread Dimension/DN No. 3500
outlet G 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600
Weight 2,30 2,20 2,40 2,50 3,30 3,40 3,90 4,60 4,70
Saddle clamp
1" With internal threaded outlet ISO 228, in
H 64 64 61 61 78 78 86 89 89 conjunction with shut-off adapter No. 3720
Weight 2,30 2,20 2,40 2,50 3,40 3,50 4,10 4,60 4,70 for under pressure drilling
1¼"
H 64 64 61 61 78 78 86 89 89 5 G
Weight 2,40 2,50 3,60 3,60 4,20 4,80 4,90
1½"
H 57 57 78 78 86 89 89

H
Weight 2,45 2,50 3,80 3,90 4,40 5,00 5,10 7,30 7,60 8,00 8,20 8,80
2"
H 57 57 78 78 86 89 89 74* 74* 74* 74* 74*
Weight 5,70
2½"
H 56*

DN
Weight 5,90
3"
H 56*
*Version with double strap

Flange
outlet
Dimension/DN No. 3510
DN 1
Weight
80 100 125 150
6,60 6,80 6,90 7,70
200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600
Saddle clamp
40 With flanged outlet - EN 1092-2; all
H 114 126 126 145 models have a double strap, flange drilling
Weight 6,60 6,60 6,80 6,90 7,70 7,90 8,00 10,90 to EN 1092-2 | PN 16, larger DN on request
50
H 114 114 126 126 145 153 153 140
DN 1
Weight 9,50 10,30 11,50 11,80 14,50 14,90 15,70 16,50 17,30
80
H 135 150 147 147 146 146 146 146 146
Weight 11,10 11,80 12,50 12,70 15,80 16,00 16,90 17,60 18,30
100

H
H 140 155 158 158 165 165 165 165 165
Weight 24,00 29,40 30,50 31,90
150
H 186+ 186+ 186+ 186+
Version with three straps
+
DN

Dimension/DN 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 600 No. 3530 Pipe saddle
Weight 2,60 2,70 2,90 3,50 3,60 4,30 4,80 4,90 6,50 8,90 10,00
without drilled hole
Suitable for covering drill holes up to max. Ø 40

DN

I 2/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Saddles
Drilling instructions under pressure

1 Drilling: 2 Shut-off: 3 Connection:

Drill the pipe with a drilling machine Lubricate No. 3443 the saddle Connect the pipe - remove
No. 5800, No. 5805 (Hawle drilling blade (No. 8401) - shut-off saddle blade - cover must be
machine see "Tools") - retract the drill replaced

1 2 3

I 3/1
Universal shut-off saddle
For steel, ductile iron and asbestos cement pipes
Design features No. 3800
• For under pressure drilling
8 6 10 1 3 10 7 5 4 9
• Can be pressure tested from both directions
• Solid body G

• Flexible padded wrap around strap for easy installation

• Favorable angle of contact

H
• Optimum force transfer of the strap screw connection
through strap and cylinder disks as bolt contact area
• The saddle seal is moulded to fit the pipe diameter and
is prefixed in the saddle body 2

DN
• All internal threads are fitted with a corrosion protection
ring to prevent corrosion and incrustations

Material | Technical features

1 Saddle body made of ductile iron, epoxy powder-
coated
2,5 Saddle seal and seal for intermediate shut-off made Internal Dimension/DN
of elastomer Order MOP
thread
No. (PN)

100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
ISO 228

50
65
80
3 Cover made of POM, fiber glass reinforced
(with rubber seal) 1"
4 O-ring carrier made of POM 1¼"
3800 16
6 Nuts made of stainless steel (Molybdenum-coated) 1½"
7 Ball disc made of stainless steel 2"
8 Strap of passivated stainless steel, strength 1,5 Please specify pipe material on order
with insulating elastomer rubber padding
9 Corrosion protection ring made of elastomer Application examples
10 Hexagonal screws and washers made of stainless
steel
• Drilling instructions (see page I 3/1)

Suitable accessories
Drilling machine: No. 5800, No. 5805
Saddle blade No. 8401

Internal Dimension/DN
Order thread
No. ISO 228
50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600
G
Weight 2,10 2,10 2,10 2,70 3,10 3,20 4,00 4,60 4,70 7,00 8,00 8,60
1"
H 67 68 69 69 70 70 80 82 82 78 78 78
Weight 2,10 2,10 2,70 2,70 2,75 3,30 4,10 4,70 4,70 8,00
1¼"
H 70 71 72 72 73 73 80 82 82 78
3800
Weight 3,00 3,00 3,60 3,70 4,30 4,90 4,90 7,00 7,40 8,10 9,00
1½"
H 73 73 74 74 80 82 82 78 78 78 78
Weight 3,10 3,10 3,00 3,80 4,60 5,30 5,40 7,70 8,00 8,30 8,60 9,00
2"
H 78 78 78 78 81 83 83 78 78 78 78 78

I 3/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Strap
For Hawle pipe saddles for steel, cast iron and
asbestos cement pipes
Design features No. 3111
• Including ball discs and nuts
• Max. tightening torque 100 Nm
• Made of stainless steel, passivated
• Rubber cover made of elastomer
L

Suitable for pipe type Markings

Dimension
Control
DN Ø-Diameer
Steel Cast iron AZ dimension DN Pipe type
range of strap
„L”
*50 60 — 70 344 50 ST G AZ

*65 70 — 82 374 65 ST G AZ

*80 89 — 108 410 80 ST G AZ

*100 102 — 130 455 100 ST G AZ

*125 132 — 158 520 125 ST G AZ

*150 159 — 185 595 150 ST G AZ

175 185 — 210 685 175 ST G

200 210 — 235 760 200 ST G

*200 219 — 244 785 200 G AZ

*250 264 — 288 905 250 ST G

250 288 — 310 975 250 AZ

*300 316 — 340 1055 300 ST G

300 335 — 360 1130 300 AZ

*350 355 — 380 1155 350 ST G

350 390 — 410 1250 350 AZ

400 406 — 429 1300 400 ST

*400 415 — 440 1325 400 ST G

400 450 — 475 1425 400 AZ

*450 467 — 485 1480 400 ST G

450 496 — 520 1570 450 AZ

*500 518 — 535 1630 450 ST G

500 578 — 600 1810 500 AZ

*600 620 — 640 1945 600 ST G

600 680 — 700 2120 600 AZ

* When ordering without reference to the pipe type or without information on the external Ø, the saddle clamps will be delivered with a strap for this
labelled Ø range

I 3/3
Universal-H shut-off saddle
For steel, ductile iron and asbestos cement pipes
Design features
Universal-H shut-off saddle
• For under pressure drilling No. 3811 Complete
• Can be pressure tested from both directions
• Solid body
No. 3811G Without strap and saddle seal
• Flexible padded wrap around strap for easy installation
6 1 10 3
• Favorable angle of contact
• Optimal force transition via bolt nut and holding piece
• The saddle seal is moulded to fit the pipe diameter
• All internal threads are fitted with a corrosion protection
ring to prevent corrosion and incrustations 8

Material | Technical features 7

1 Saddle body made of ductile iron, epoxy powder-

coated
2,5 Saddle seal and seal for intermediate shut-off made
of elastomer L1 L
3 Cover made of POM, fiber glass reinforced G 9
(with rubber seal) 4
5
4 O-ring carrier made of POM

H
6 Nuts and washers made of stainless steel
(Molybdenum-coated)
7 Strap of passivated stainless steel, strength 1,5
with insulating elastomer rubber padding
8 Holding piece made of glasfibre-reinforced PA
9 Corrosion protection ring made of elastomer
10 Hexagonal screws and washers made of stainless
steel
• Drilling instructions (see page I 3/1)

Order- MOP Internal thread Dimension/DN

Suitable accessories No. (PN) ISO 228 G 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 400 500
1"
Drilling machine: No. 5800, No. 5805 3811
1½"
Saddle blade No. 8401 16
1"
Strap: No. 3110 (see page L 4/2) 3811G DN 65 — DN 500
1½"

DN ISO 228 H L L1 Weight

1" 2,60
65 — 500 84 200 112
1½" 2,80
When ordering, please state DN, pipe Ø and pipe type;
weight without strap | strap see page I 3/5

I 3/4 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Strap
For universal-H shut-off saddles
Design features
Strap with saddle seal
• Includes holding pieces, washers, nuts No. 3110
• Max. tightening torque 100 Nm
• Made of passivated stainless steel
L
• DN 65 to 500
• For all ZAK saddles, ZAK-Hawlinger and
universal-H shut-off saddles

Control dimension e.g.: for main pipe - DN

Pipe Ø Weight
„L” Steel Cast iron AC
75 — 83 365 65 65 0,73 When ordering, please state DN, pipe Ø and pipe type
88 — 97 395 80 0,76
90 — 105 410 80 80 0,76
98 — 105 415 80 0,78
106 — 118 440 100 80 0,80
112 — 122 455 100 100 0,82
123 — 137 485 100 0,85
129 — 139 490 125 0,86
139 — 149 520 125 125 0,88
147 — 160 540 150 125 0,90
156 — 165 560 150 125 0,92
166 — 177 595 150 150 0,95
175 — 185 610 150 0,97
185 — 197 645 150 1,00
200 — 212 685 200 1,03
211 — 223 720 200 200 1,05
216 — 227 735 200 200 1,07
224 — 236 760 200 1,11
235 — 244 785 200 1,13
251 — 263 840 200 1,19
260 — 275 865 250 250 1,20
268 — 280 880 250 250 1,21
273 — 285 905 250 1,25
287 — 298 945 250 1,28
305 — 315 995 250 1,33
323 — 330 1055 300 300 1,39
331 — 343 1075 300 1,41
344 — 356 1110 350 300 1,44
358 — 369 1155 350 1,50
365 — 376 1175 350 1,50
374 — 381 1205 350 1,53
405 — 415 1300 350 1,62
411 — 420 1320 400 1,64
414 — 423 1325 400 1,67
420 — 432 1345 400 1,66
450 — 460 1435 400 1,68
462 — 472 1475 400 1,78
493 — 503 1570 400 1,87
501 — 510 1600 500 450 1,91
541 — 549 1705 450 2,00
556 — 564 1750 500 2,30

I 3/5
Notes

I 3/6 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
HAKU saddle
For PE and PVC pipes
Design features No. 5250
• For PE pipes according to EN 12201 and DIN 8074 and
PVC pipes according to EN ISO 1452-2 4 5 1 3

• The HAKU seal is in full contact with the entire diameter

of the PE or PVC pipe and is glued onto the saddle for
ease of assembly
• Several concentric seals with increasing diameter
surround the outlet, relieving pressure exerted upon the
drill hole and protects it from deformation
• The protective layer on PE pipes should be removed
prior to mounting the saddle
• No. 5250 for drilling without pressure

Order MOP Internal thread outlet ISO 228

Pipe Ø
No. (PN)
1" 1¼" 1½" 2"
Material | Technical features
40
1 2 Saddle body made of ductile iron, epoxy powder 50
coated 63
3 Seals made of elastomer 75
4 Bolts (Molybdenum-coated) and washers made of 90
stainless steel 110
5 Corrosion protection ring made of elastomer 125
140
160
180
Suitable accessories 200
Drilling machine: No. 5800, No. 5805 5250 225 16
250

250*

280
280*
315
315*
355*
400*
450*
500*
630*
* Supplied as saddle piece with strap

Application examples

I 4/1
HAKU saddle
For PE and PVC pipes
Ø Pipe
G
Ød H L L1 Weight No. 5250
ISO 228
Pipe Ø 40 — 315
40 1" 27 42 98 70 0,95
50 1" 27 56 110 80 1,20 With internal threaded outlet ISO 228, in
1" 27 57 1,80 conjunction with shut-off adapter No. 3720
1¼" 33 62 2,00 for under pressure drilling
63 124 100
1½" 40+ 62 1,90
2" 40+ 68 2,10 G
1" 27 63 2,15 Ød
1¼" 33 68 2,25
75 135 110
1½" 40 68 2,20
2" 50 73 2,30
1" 27 71 2,60
1¼" 33 75 2,70
90 150 110

H
1½" 40 75 2,60
2" 50 80 2,70
1" 27 81 3,60
1¼" 33 85 3,60
110 170 120
1½" 40 85 3,80
2" 50 90 3,60
1" 27 87 3,70
1¼" 33 93 3,70
125 192 120
1½" 40 93 4,15
2" 50 98 4,10
1" 27 96 4,40 L L1
1¼" 33 100 4,30
140 208 120
1½" 40 100 4,60 + Drilling max. 35
2" 50 106 4,50
1" 27 106 5,90
1¼" 33 111 6,10
160 230 120
1½" 40 111 6,30
2" 50 116 6,20
1" 27 125 8,00
1¼" 33 125 8,00
180 262 120
1½" 40 127 8,10
2" 50 127 8,10
1" 27 132 8,10
1¼" 33 132 7,80
200 282 120
1½" 40 137 8,30
2" 50 137 8,10
1" 27 143 9,10
1¼" 33 145 9,40 *Pipe Ø 250 — 630 (supplied as saddle piece with strap)
225 310 120 Suitable only for SDR 11 PE pipes or stronger SDR class
1½" 40 145 9,70
2" 50 150 9,60
1"* 27 156 11,00 With internal threaded outlet ISO 228, in
1¼"* 33 156 11,30 conjunction with shut-off adapter No. 3720
250 347 180 for under pressure drilling
1½"* 40 163 11,50
2"* 50 163 12,00
L
1"* 27 176 3,80
G
1¼"* 33 176 3,60
204 120 Ød L1
280 1½"* 40 176 3,60
2"* 50 176 3,30
2" 51 178 377 180 14,20
1"* 27 3,58
1¼"* 33 3,80
194 200 120
H

315 1½"* 40 3,75

2"* 50 3,55
2" 50 196 408 180 16,70
355 2"* 50 220 270 120 3,50
1½"* 40 243 4,90
400 270 120
2"* 50 243 4,90
1½"* 40 268 4,60
450 235 120
2"* 50 268 4,60
1½"* 40 292 4,90
500 255 120
2"* 50 292 4,90
630 2"* 50 342 255 120 9,50

I 4/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
HAKU pipe saddle
With flanged outlet for PE and PVC pipes
Design features No. 5230 4 2 1
• For PE pipes according to EN 12201 and DIN 8074
(SDR 7,4 and SDR 11) for PVC pipes according to EN
ISO 1452-2 (SDR 13,5 and SDR 21)
• Solid construction of ductile iron epoxy powder coated
• No deformation of the pipe
• The drilled hole is sealed by an O-ring inserted in the 1 2
upper part of saddle
• The rubber linings are bonded to the lower part of
saddle - this ensures positive positioning of saddle
(only for d 110 to 315)
• For holes from d 355 to 630 pipes, special drilling
machine is available from Hawle
• Flange sized and drilled according to EN 1092-2 |
PN 16 other standards on request
• For PE pipes with protective layer, this must be
removed prior to mounting the saddle
4 5 3 5
d 110 — 315 d 355 — 630

Material | Technical features

1 Saddle body and segments made of ductile iron,
epoxy powder coated
2 O-ring seal in the bonnet made of elastomer
3 Rubber in the lower part of the saddle made of
elastomer
4 Bolts and washers made of stainless steel Ø Pipe
Order Flange MOP
5 Nuts (Molybdenum-coated) made of stainless steel No. DN (PN)
110
125
140
160
180
200
225
250
280
315
355
450
500
630
80

5230 100 16
Suitable accessories 150
Drilling machine for flange outlet
DN 80 — 100: No. 5807

I 4/3
HAKU pipe saddle
With flanged outlet for PE and PVC pipes
No. 5230 PE pipes EN 12201 DIN 8074 (SDR 7.4 and SDR 11) d 110 — 630
PVC pipes EN ISO 1452-2 (SDR 13.5 and SDR 21) d 110 — 315

Ød

H
d 110 — 315

L L1

Ød H

L1
d 355 — 630

Ø Pipe Flange DN Ød H L L1 Weight

110 80 80 150 182 180 8,3
80 80 159 197 220 8,4
125
100 100 159 197 220 9,4
80 80 166 212 220 11,8
140
100 100 166 212 220 13,3
80 80 176 234 220 10,1
160
100 100 176 234 220 11,0
80 80 186 254 220 11,2
180
100 100 186 254 220 12,2
80 80 191 270 220 11,8
200
100 100 191 270 220 13,8
80 80 206 301 220 14,0
225
100 100 206 301 220 16,0
80 80 221 347 220 15,3
250
150 150 225 342 285 19,3
100 100 225 374 285 19,5
280
150 150 239 374 285 21,0
80 80 255 410 285 20,0
315
150 150 257 409 285 24,5
355 150 150 298 460 320 36,2
450 150 150 345 475 320 42,0
500 150 150 370 520 320 45,2
630 150 150 435 649 320 50,2

I 4/4 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
HAKU shut-off saddle
For PE and PVC pipes
3 5 4 6 1 2
Design features No. 5310
• For PE pipes according to EN 12201 and DIN 8074
and PVC pipes according to EN ISO 1452-2
• For under pressure drilling
• Can be pressure tested from both directions
• The HAKU seal is in full contact with the entire diameter
of the PE or PVC pipe and is glued into the saddle for
ease of assembly
• In addition several concentric seals with increasing
diameter surround the outlet thus relieving the pressure
upon the drill hole and protecting it from deformation
• For PE pipes with protective layer, this must be
removed prior to mounting the saddle Internal thread outlet ISO 228
MOP
Ø Pipe
(PN) ¾" 1" 1¼" 1½" 2"
63
Material | Technical features 75
90
1 Saddle body made of ductile iron, epoxy powder 16
110
coated 160
2 Seal made of elastomer 225
3 Bolts (Molybdenum-coated) and washers made of No. 5210 Combined assembly: HAKU saddle No. 5250 with shut-off
stainless steel adapter No. 3720
4 Seal cover made of POM, with rubber seal, glass fiber 125
reinforced
140
5 Bolts and washers made of stainless steel 200 16
6 Corrosion protection ring made of elastomer 225
• Drilling instructions (see page I 3/1) 250

G
G
Ø Pipe Ød H L L1 Weight Ød
ISO 228
¾" 24 84 2,5
63 1" 28 84 124 100 2,5
1¼" 32 87 2,4
1" 28 91 2,8
1¼" 32 94 2,6
75 135 110
1½" 43 91 3,3

H
2" 43 95 3,0
1" 28 100 3,0
1¼" 32 103 2,5
90 150 110
1½" 43 101 3,6
2" 43 105 3,4
1" 28 110 3,6
1¼" 32 113 3,6
110 170 120
1½" 43 113 4,3
2" 43 117 4,0
1" 28 138 5,5
1¼" 32 141 5,4
160 230 120 L L1
1½" 43 140 5,6
2" 43 145 5,6
225 2" 43 185 310 120 7,5
Application examples
1" 27 167 4,8
125 1¼" 31 170 5,5
192 120
1½" 37 180 5,8
2" 42 183 5,8
1" 27 174 5,4
1¼" 31 177 5,9
140 208 120
1½" 37 188 6,2
2" 42 191 6,2
200 1" 27 212 282 120 7,0
1" 27 219 10,5
225 1¼" 31 222 310 120 11,0
1½" 37 232 11,3
250 2" 50 248 347 180 14,2

I 5/1
Shut-off adapter
For saddle
Design features No. 3720 1 2 3
• Drilling under pressure with the shut-off system that
has been tried and tested for decades
• This shut-off adapter can be used for under pressure
drilling with every type of standard saddle
• Note: The external thread is one size larger than the
internal threaded outlet, except on the 2 "size, this to
provide greater strenght
• Cover shut-offs with internal thread are fitted with a
corrosion protection ring to prevent corrosion and
incrustation
• All external threads must be protected according to Order MOP Int. thread Ext. thread Int. thread
standard occupational procedure No. (PN) ISO 228 EN 10221-1 ISO 228
1" 1¼"
1" 1"
1¼" 1¼"
3720 16
1¼" 1½"
1½" 2"
Material | Technical features 2" 2"

1 Body made of ductile iron, epoxy powder-coated

2 Seal cover made of POM, with rubber seal, G (DN) G (DN)
fibre glass reinforced
3 Bolts and washers made of stainless steel
• Seal and corrosion protection ring made of
elastomer
• Drilling instructions (see page I 3/1) H

H
Suitable accessories
Drilling machine: No. 5800, No. 5805 Ød Ød
Saddle blade No. 8401 d1 G (DN)

* Both ends internal thread

ISO 228

G (DN) d1
H Ød Weight
ISO 228 EN 10226-1
1" 1¼" 85 27 1,1
1"* 85 27 1,1
1¼" 1¼" 90 27 1,4
1¼" 1½" 90 31 1,3
1½" 2" 95 37 1,7
2" 2" 100 42 1,8

Application examples

I 5/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Pipe repair clamp
For steel, ductile iron, asbestos cement and PVC-pipes
Design features
No. 0750 “single lug”
• The clamp with the self-centering lug system Pipe diameter 54 — 430, length 150 — 380
• Fully encompassing gasket seals complete gaps and
other pipe damage No. 0751 “double lug”
• The bolts (3) are welded to the bolt bar (4). Squeezing Pipe diameter 87 — 471, length 200 — 380
the handle makes for easy assembly onto the pipe.
The nuts are fed directly to the bolts from a special nut
dispenser (8). This eases the positioning of the lugs
and bolts and avoids handling of loose parts.
• Special version such as larger diameters and other
lengths on request
No. 0750 tested with new pipes in delivery condition
•
Ø 54 — Ø 190 PN 16
Ø 190 — Ø 430 PN 10
• No. 0751 tested with new pipes in delivery condition
Ø 87 — Ø 186 PN 16
Ø 208 — Ø 430 PN 10 Quick assembly with H-Nut dispenser which prevents loss of nuts
Ø 425 — Ø 471 PN 6 into the dirty trench.
Ø 472 — Ø 550 PN 5

Application examples
Material | Technical features
Band made of stainless steel
1
8
2 Lug made of stainless steel
3 Bolts made of stainless steel
4 Bolt-bar made of stainless
steel
5 Bridging plate made of 3
stainless steel 1

Gasket made of elastomer

6
2
7 Handle made of stainless steel 5
8 Nut dispenser made of
elastomer (from 3 bolts) 7
4
6

Design features No. 0501 “single lug”

• For steel, ductile iron and AC pipes
• For pipe diameters from 21 — 64, length 70
1 2
4
Material | Technical features
1 Band made of stainless steel
5
2 Gasket made of elastomer
3 Lug bridge of galvanised iron 3

4 Bolts galvanised
6
5 Nuts galvanised
6 Washers made of stainless steel

I 6/1
Pipe repair clamp
For steel, cast iron, AC and PVC pipes
No. 0750 single lug No. 0751 double lug
Suitable for pipe DN Suitable for pipe DN

Weight

Weight
Length

Length
Type Ø Pipe Steel AC-PN 10 AC-PN 16 PVC Type Ø Pipe AC-PN 10 AC-PN 16 PVC

Steel
Cast

Cast
iron

iron
raw turned raw turned ext. Ø raw turned raw turned ext. Ø
K 54 54 — 58 150 50 1,1 M 87 87 — 102 200 80 80 80 80 90 2,7
M 54 200 1,5 M 106 106 — 124 200 100 100 100 100 80 110 2,8
K 58 58 — 64 150 50 63 1,1
M 58 200 1,5 M 114 114 — 132 200 125 100 100 100 100 125 2,9
K 63 150 1,2 K 132 200 4,9
M 63 63 — 68 200 50 63 1,6 132 — 152 125 125 125 125 100 140
M 132 250 6,2
K 68 68 — 76 150 50 50 1,2 K 142 200 5,0
M 68 200 1,7 142 — 162 150 125 125 125 125 125 160
K 75 150 1,3 M 142 250 6,4
M 75 75 — 83 200 65 60 60 60 75 1,7 K 160 200 5,3
K 82 82 — 91 150 80 65 90 1,3 M 160 160 — 180 250 150 150 150 160 6,5
M 82 200 1,8 L 160 315 8,1
K 95 95 — 104 150 80 80 80 80 1,4
M 95 200 1,9 K 166 200 5,3
K 104 150 1,5 M 166 166 — 186 250 150 150 150 150 6,7
M 104 104 — 112 100 80 80 110
200 2,0 L 166 315 8,3
K 112 112 — 121 150 100 100 100 1,5 K 208 250 7,2
M 112 200 2,1
K 115 150 1,5 M 208 208 — 230 315 200 200 225 8,8
M 115 115 — 125 200 100 100 100 125 2,1 L 208 380 10,7
K 120 120 — 130 150 100 100 100 125 1,7 K 220 250 7,3
M 120 200 2,2 M 220 220 — 242 315 200 200 225 9,0
K 131 131 — 141 200 125 100 140 3,2 L 220 380 11,1
M 131 250 4,0
K 140 200 3,2 K 236 250 7,5
M 140 140 — 150 250 125 125 4,0 M 236 236 — 258 315 200 200 200 200 250 9,4
L 140 315 5,2 L 236 380 11,1
K 151 200 3,4
M 151 151 — 161 250 150 125 125 160 4,3 K 271 250 7,8
L 151 315 5,4 M 271 271 — 293 315 250 250 250 250 280 9,9
K 166 200 3,5 L 271 380 11,8
M 166 166 — 178 250 150 150 150 4,4 M 306 315 10,0
L 166 315 5,5 306 — 328 300 300 250 250 315
L 306 380 12,0
K 178 200 3,6
M 178 178 — 190 250 150 150 150 180 4,5 K 330 250 8,9
330 — 352 300
L 178 315 5,7 L 330 380 13,1
K 190 200 3,9 M 346
M 190 190 — 202 250 150 150 200 4,7 346 — 368 380 350 300 300 355 13,3
L 190 315 5,8 L 346
K 200 250 5,0 M 369 315 11,2
369 — 392 350 300 300
M 200 200 — 212 315 200 6,2 L 369 380 13,8
L 200 380 7,5 M 406 315 11,7
K 215 250 5,0 406 — 430 400 400 350
M 215 215 — 227 315 200 200 225 6,3 L 406 380 14,5
L 215 380 7,6 M 448 448 — 471 315 400 400 450 15,1
K 233 250 5,2
M 233 233 — 246 315 200 200 6,3
L 233
M 250
380
315
7,8
6,8
No. 0750 / 0751 Special versions
L 250 250 — 262 380 200 200 250 8,1 Order Version Type Ø Pipe Length
K 269 250 5,6 No.
M 269 269 — 281 315 250 250 280 7,1
L 269 380 8,5 0750 single lug
M 285 285 — 297 315 250 250 7,5
L 285 380 9,0 S 50 — 550 150 200 250 315 380 510 640 835 1030
K 306 250 6,0 0751 double lug
M 306 306 — 318 315 250 250 315 7,8
L 306 380 9,2
K 315 250 6,2
M 315
L 315
315 — 327 315
380
300 300 315 7,8
9,5
No. 0501 for steel, ductile iron and AC pipes
K 345 250 6,7
M 345 345 — 357 315 350 300 300 355 8,3 Type Ø Pipe Length Weight
L 345 380 10,0
M 366 315 8,7 D 21 21 — 25 70 0,25
L 366 366 — 379 380 350 350 300 300 10,5 D 26 26 — 30 70 0,26
K 400 250 7,4 D 33 33 — 37 70 0,27
M 400 400 — 412 315 400 350 350 400 9,2
L 400 380 10,9 D 42 42 — 45 70 0,28
K 418 250 7,6 D 48 48 — 54 70 0,29
M 418 418 — 430 315 400 400 9,7
L 418 380 11,8 D 60 60 — 64 70 0,31

I 6/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Pipe repair clamp
For ductile iron pipes
Design features No. 0760 “TOL”
• For a permanent repair of a cast line, not thrust-proof
• Fully encompassing elastomer gasket seals transverse
cracks and other damage to cast iron pipes
• Epoxy powder coated inside and outside 10
3
4
2 5

Material | Technical features

1 3
1 — 3 Segments TOL made of ductile iron, epoxy powder
coated
4 Sleeve gasket made of elastomer
5 Hinge rods made of stainless steel
6 Bolts made of stainless steel with teflon coating 9
7 Nuts made of stainless steel
8 Washers made of stainless steel 6

9 End cap made of plastic - for thread M12

7
10 End cap made of plastic - for stud end Ø 8 8

Face DN
Order MOP to-face
length Version
No. (PN) 80 100 150
L
0760 single lug
10 200
H

0761 double lug

DN

Max. tightening torque for

DN L H K Tolerance range Max. tightening torque / Nm Weight
transverse crack / Nm

80 144 97 95 — 102 40 70 6,2

100 200 164 107 115 — 122 40 70 6,7

150 242 145 167 — 175 60 95 14,1

I 6/3
Pipe repair clamp
For ductile iron pipes
Assembly No. 0760 “TOL”
• The segment design permits an easy and quick
installation
• The pipe must be cleaned in advance and any
insulating layers have to be removed
• Distance from the defective point to saddle edge min. 2
60 mm gap width of the pipe to be joined - max. 5 mm 1
• In case of completely broken pipe ensure that the pipe
is not subjected to tensile stress before connecting 3
• Before assembly, loosen the screws to the maximum,
whereby the nut is not removed from the screw
• When installing the clamp, care shall be taken that the
end of the gasket (1) that is closer to the pressure sheet
(3) is located between the pipe (4) and the other end of
the gasket (2). The rubber ends shall sufficiently overlap 4
to ensure the sealing effect
• We recommend positioning the clamp in such a way
that the bolt heads are well accessible so they can be
tightened properly. The nuts are fixed in the locating
slots of the opposite segment
• The bolts shall be tightened evenly (in alternating order)
• Max. tightening torque - see table page I 6/3 L

• The clamp can be used for one installation process.

It´s not intended for reuse
• After installation, please perform a leakage test while
the trench is still open. The maximum operating
pressure has to be complied with as a function of the
medium and pipe outside diameter (see “Intended use”)

I 6/4 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Hawex pipe drilling saddle
For PE and PVC pipes
Design features No. 5270 Hawex pipe drilling
• For PE and PVC pipes
• Robust design
saddle
4 1 2 3
• The drilled hole is sealed with the O-ring mounted in
the top section saddle
• The saddle lower section is provided with a glued-on
rubber gasket

Material
1 Body made of ductile iron, epoxy powder-coated
2 Rubber gasket: made of elastomer
3 O-ring made of elastomer
4 Bolts, nuts and washers made of stainless steel

Order MOP Ø Pipe*

Accessories No. (PN)
Thread
63 75 90 110 160 225
Drilling machine: No. 5800, No. 5805 ¾"
1"
Example of use 5270 16 1¼"
• Pipe drilling saddle Hawle Hawex with connecting 1½"
internal thread 2" is fixed to the PE or PVC pipe. 2"

• ISO-combined drilling Hawle tapping valve DN 1" - *for missing diameters please use „HAKU-Saddle“ (page I 4/1)
No. 2681 (made of POM) is fixed (please ask for special
leaflet).
Ø Pipe D dØ L L1 H Weight
• Drilling through the open tapping valve using the Hawle
drilling machine No. 5800 or No. 5805 + ¾" 24 155 80 60 1,75
• Once the drilling operation is completed, pull the drill + 1" 30 155 80 60 1,75
out. 63 1¼" 32 155 80 68 1,80
+ 1½" 32 155 80 68 1,85
• Close the tapping valve.
2" 32 155 80 71 1,90
• Screw the selected Hawle ISO-connecting fitting on - + ¾" 24 148 80 66 2,00
No. 6221 for PE pipes, diameters: 25, 32, 40, 50, and + 1" 30 148 80 60 2,00
63. 75 + 1¼" 35 148 80 74 2,10
+ 1½" 35 148 80 74 2,10
+ 2" 35 148 80 77 2,10
+ ¾" 24 162 80 74 1,95
1" 30 162 80 74 1,95
90 1¼" 35 162 80 82 1,90
+ 1½" 42 162 80 82 2,00
2" 42 162 80 85 2,00
+ ¾" 24 182 80 85 2,20
1" 30 182 80 84 2,25
110 1¼" 35 182 80 92 2,30
1½" 42 182 80 92 2,30
2" 42 182 80 95 2,30
1" 30 228 80 109 2,70
1¼" 35 228 80 117 2,70
160
1½" 42 228 80 117 2,75
2" 42 228 80 120 2,80
1" 30 295 100 141 4,75
225
2" 42 295 100 152 4,95

max. drill diameter Ø 24 connection to + in preparation

PE or PVC pipes

I 8/1
Notes

I 8/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Service valve

Page Service valve

J2 Overview Page J 2/1

Page Service valve

J3 E-valve with flange DN 20 —40 Page J 3/1

Service valve
Page With internal thread
With internal and external thread / ISO-fitting
Page J 4/1
Page J 4/3
J4 Made of POM, with twin conical external threads
ZAK service valve
Page J 4/5
Page L 4/1

Page Service valve

With ISO-fitting for PE pipes both ends Page J 5/1
J5 ISO-Combination tapping valve made of POM Page J 5/3

Page Service valve

J6 Made of POM with Hawle-FIT sockets Page J 6/1

Page Service valve for PE fusion

Made of ductile iron Page J 7/1
J7 Made of POM Page J 7/3

Service valve
Made of ductile iron Page J 8/1
Page ISO-Combination service valve made of POM Page J 8/3

J8 Hawlinger pipe drilling saddle

With automatic drainage, made of ductile iron
Page J 8/4
Page J 8/5
ZAK-service valves Page L 4/2

Page
Water meter consoles Page J 9/1
J9

J 1/1
Service valve
Accessories Spare parts
Handwheels Page M 4/1 Valve bonnet Page P 2/1
Extension spindles Page M 2/3 Valve wedge Page P 2/1
Surface boxes Page M 3/1 Valve bonnet flat gasket Page P 2/2
Operating cap Page M 4/1
Spindle extension Page M 4/1
Bolts Page M 4/4
Flat gaskets Page M 7/1
Support liners Page M 6/2
Tools
Mounting spray Page M 7/2 Operating key Page Q 4/2
Drilling machine Page Q 2/1
Fittings Page K 2/1 Pipe cutter Page Q 4/1
Chamfering tool Page Q 4/1
Saddle blade Page Q 4/2

Technical information
Tightening torques for flange assembly Page R 3/1
Spindle rotations per stroke Page R 1/2

J 1/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Service valve
Overview
Design features
Ductile iron valve
• Resilient seated gate valve with smooth and straight-through 4
bore
• Flange valve
• Valve with ISO-fitting 11
• Valve with thread
• Service valve for PE fusion
5 6
• Service valve
• Service valve with drainage
• 2 O-rings mounted on all sides in rust-proof material 8
7
• Spindle bearing made of brass
2
• Threaded connection for extension spindle
• Suitable for all underground installations
• For service connection fittings made of ductile iron with external
10
thread, the free lying threads must be protected
9
against corrosion according to trade regulations after assembly

3
Material | Technical features
12 Body (1), bonnet (2) made of ductile iron,
epoxy powder coated inside and out (see page 4) 1
3 Wedge made of brass, with vulcanised elastomer
4 Duplex stainless steel spindle with rolled thread and flat-rolled
sealed sliding surface
5 Spindle bearing (O-ring carrier) made of brass
6 O-rings made of elastomer
7 Back seat made of elastomer
8 Retaining ring made of stainless steel
9 Bonnet gasket made of elastomer
10 Internal hexagonal screws recessed and absolutely corrosion
protected through casting compound
11 Wiper ring made of elastomer

Design features
Valve made of POM
• Resilient seated gate valve with smooth and straight-through bore
• Valve with ISO-fitting 3
• Valve with Hawle-Fit socket
• Valve with thread
• Service valve for PE fusion 8
• Service valve
• Bonnet with body homogeneously connected through
rotational welding
• 2 O-rings for spindle sealing 5
• Spindle bearing made of brass
7
• Overload protection
4
• Threaded connection for extension spindle 5
• Suitable for all underground installations 6

Material | Technical features

1 Body made of POM
2 Wedge made of brass, with vulcanised elastomer 2
3 Duplex stainless steel spindle with rolled thread and flat-rolled
sealed sliding surface 1
4 Spindle bearing made of brass
5 O-rings made of elastomer
6 Back seat made of elastomer
7 Overload protection made of stainless steel
8 Wiper ring made of elastomer

J 2/1
Notes

J 2/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Service valve
E-valve with flange DN 20 — 40
Design features No. 4000
• Resilient seated gate valve with smooth straight-
through bore
No. 4700
• Flange sized and drilled according to EN 1092-2 | PN 16

Standard version: without handwheel and extension

spindle
Special versions: on request

Suitable accessories
Suitable accessories: see page J 1/2
Handwheel: No. 7800
Extension spindle: rigid No. 9101
telescopic No. 9601
Surface box: rigid No. 1550, No. 1650
telescopic: No. 1850, No. 1851K
Spindle extension: No. 7820
Sealing cap: No. 2156, No. 2157, No. 2158 MOP Dimensions/DN
Order No. Version
Bolts: No. 8810, No. 8830, No. 8840 (PN) 20 25 32 40
Flat gasket: No. 3390, No. 3470
4000 short
16
Ø d1 long
4700
EN 558 GR 15
a
c

H1
Ø d4
ØD

ØK

DN

Ø d2

f C
L

MOP Flange Bolts Spindle Valve Weight

DN
(PN)
ØD C ØK Ø d4 f Quantity Thread Ø d2 a c Ø d1 H H1 L short L long short long
10
20 115 16 75 58 2 4 M 12 14 164 223 130 4,2
16
10
25 115 16 85 68 2 4 M 12 14 164 223 130 4,2
16
10,3 20 16
10
32 150 18 100 78 2 4 M 16 19 200 275 140 6,6
16
10
40 150 18 110 88 2 4 M 16 19 200 275 140 240 6,7 7,5
16

J 3/1
Notes

J 3/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Service valve
With internal thread
Design features No. 2500
• Resilient seated gate valve with smooth straight-
through bore
• Internal thread ISO 228
• Service valve with internal thread are fitted with a
corrosion protection ring to prevent corrosion
• No. 2510: Bonnet is screwed and glued to the body.
To unscrew, the thread must be heated

Standard version: without handwheel and extension

spindle
Special versions: on request

Material | Technical features

• Body and bonnet:

No. 2500 made of ductile iron, epoxy powder coated
No. 2510 made of brass
No. 2510
Suitable accessories
Suitable accessories: see page J 1/2
Handwheel: No. 7800
Extension spindle: rigid No. 9101
telescopic No. 9601
Surface box: rigid No. 1550, No. 1650
telescopic: No. 1850, No. 1851K
Spindle extension: No. 7820
Sealing cap: No. 2156, No. 2157, No. 2158

Order MOP Dimensions/DN

Version
No. (PN) ¾" 1" 1¼" 1½" 2"
Ductile iron, epoxy powder coated
2500
internal threads both ends ISO 228
16
2510 Brass, internal thread both ends ISO 228

Application examples

J 4/1
 Service valve
With internal thread

Ø d1 Service valves
Internal thread both ends ISO 228
a
No. 2500
c

Valve Spindle
DN Weight
L H H1 a c Ø d1

¾" 120 164 185 2,20

H

1" 120 164 188 2,28

H1

1¼" 140 200 229 10,3 20 16 3,53

1½" 140 200 232 3,70

2" 150 219 258 4,40

DN

Ø d1
Service valves, brass
a Internal thread both ends ISO 228

No. 2510
c

Valve Spindle
DN Weight
L H H1 a c Ø d1
H

1" 100 161 182 1,90

H1

1¼" 100 194 223 2,60

10,3 20 16
1½" 100 194 223 2,81

2" 100 219 256 4,00

DN

J 4/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Service valve
With internal and external threads / ISO-fitting
Design features No. 2520
• Resilient seated gate valve with smooth straight-through
bore
• Internal thread ISO 228, external thread EN 10226-1
• Service valve fitted with a corrosion protection ring to
prevent corrosion
• For service valves with external thread, the free lying
threads must be protected against corrosion according to
the trade regulations after assembly
• No. 2800: Internal thread for assembly of a drilling machine
for drilling under pressure
• For PE-pipes according to EN 12201 and DIN 8074 | to
PN 16; up to 30 °C medium temperature
Pipe guide nipple serves for precise guidance of the PE
pipe and as corrosion protection of the internal thread
No. 2800
Standard version: without handwheel and extension
spindle
Special versions: on request

STRUCTURE
Material | Technical features of grip ring for
PE pipes
• Body and bonnet made of ductile iron
• Corrosion protection ring made of elastomer
• Pipe guide nipple made of PE

Suitable accessories
Suitable accessories: see page J 1/2
Handwheel: No. 7800
Extension spindle: rigid No. 9101
telescopic No. 9601 Order MOP Dimensions/DN
Version
No. (PN) 1" 1¼" 1½" 2"
Surface box: rigid No. 1550, No. 1650
telescopic: No. 1850, No. 1851K 2520
1 internal thread
Spindle extension: No. 7820 1 external thread
Sealing cap: No. 2156, No. 2157, No. 2158 1 external thread 16
Chamfering tool: No. 6000 2800 1 ISO-fitting for PE pipe
1 internal thread
Saddle blades: No. 6010
Pipe cutter: No. 6050 No. 2800 can be adapted for PVC pipe with grip ring „2K” at extra cost
Mounting spray: No. 3443
Drilling machine: No. 5800, No. 5805
Application example

J 4/3
 Service valve
With internal and external threads / ISO-fitting

Service valve, ductile iron

Ø d1 With one internal thread ISO 228 and one external thread EN 10226-1

a No. 2520
c

Valve Spindle
DN Weight
Ø d2 Ø d3 L H H1 a c Ø d1

1" 1¼" 1" 148 164 191 2,40

H

1¼" 2" 1¼" 167 200 234 3,80

H1

1½" 2" 1½" 167 200 238 10,3 20 16 4,00

1½" 1½" 1½" 167 200 238 4,00

2" 2" 2" 172 219 264 4,60

Ø d2

Ø d3

Service valve, ductile iron

1 external thread EN 10226-1, 1 ISO-fitting, 1 internal thread ISO 228
Ø d1

a No. 2800
c

Valve Spindle
DN Weight
Ø
pipe ext. Ø d2 Ø d3 t L H H1 a c Ø d1
H

1" 32 1¼" 1¼" 85 200 164 193 2,72

H1

1¼" 40 2" 1½" 101 245 200 234 4,46

10,3 20 16
1½" 50 2" 2" 121 255 200 239 4,90
Ø d2

Ø d3

2" 63 2" 2½" 137 264 219 267 6,81

t
L

J 4/4 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Service valve
Made of POM, with twin conical external threads
Design features No. 2650
• Resilient seated gate valve with smooth straight-
through bore
• All parts made of corrosion free materials
• Maximum spindle torque: 80 Nm
• Sealing system: the contact between wedge and body
is friction free. Therefore no scuffing or abrasion of the
wedge
Standard version: without handwheel and extension
spindle
Special versions: on request

Suitable accessories
Suitable accessories: see page J 1/2
Handwheel: No. 7800
Extension spindle: rigid No. 9101
telescopic No. 9601
Surface box: rigid No. 1550, No. 1650
telescopic No. 1850, No. 1851K
Spindle extension: No. 7820 MOP Dimension/DN
Order
Sealing cap: No. 2156, No. 2157, No. 2158 Version
No. (PN) 1" — 1"
Drilling machine: No. 5800
With twin conical external thread
Fitting: No. 6220 2650 16
according to EN 10226-1

Ø d1
Max. torque for tightening the threads
a
(Observe pipe fitter rules acc. to national standards)
1"
c

40 Nm
H

H1

Valve Spindle
DN Weight
L H H1 a c Ø d1
1" - 1" 110 182 201 10,3 27 16 0,80

J 4/5
Notes

J 4/6 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Service valve
With ISO-fitting for PE pipe both ends
Design features No. 2600
• Resilient seated gate valve with smooth straight-through
bore
STRUCTURE
• For PE pipes according to EN 12201 and DIN 8074 | of grip ring for
up to PN16; up to 30 °C medium temperature PE pipes
• No. 2630: Sealing system: the contact between wedge
and body is friction free. Therefore no scuffing or abrasion
of the wedge
• All parts made of corrosion free materials
• Maximum spindle torque: 80 Nm
• Technical details ISO-fitting see page K 3/1

Standard version: without handwheel and extension

spindle
Special versions: on request
No. 2630
Suitable accessories
Suitable accessories: see page J 1/2
Handwheel: No. 7800
Extension spindle: rigid No. 9101
telescopic No. 9601
Surface box: rigid No. 1550, No. 1650
telescopic: No. 1850, No. 1851K
Spindle extension : No. 7820
Sealing cap: No. 2156, No. 2157, No. 2158
Chamfering tool: No. 6000
Saddle blade: No. 6010
Pipe cutter: No. 6050
Mounting spray: No. 3443

Order MOP Dimensions/DN

Version
No. (PN) ½" ¾" 1" 1¼" 1½" 2"

2600 Made of ductile iron

16
2630 Made of POM

Both valves can be adapted for PVC pipe with grip ring „2K” at extra cost

Application example

J 5/1
Service valve
With ISO-fitting for PE pipe both ends

Service valve, ductile iron

Ø d1 ISO-fitting for PE pipe both ends

a
No. 2600
c

Ø Valves Spindle
DN Weight
pipe ext.
t L H H1 a c Ø d1

¾" 25 52 165 164 187 2,30

H
H1

1" 32 61 170 164 192 2,33

1¼" 40 76 220 200 235 10,3 20 16 4,00

1½" 50 91 232 200 240 4,10

2" 63 103 270 219 267 7,00

t
L

Ø d1 Service valve, POM

ISO-fitting for PE pipe both ends
a

No. 2630
c

Ø Valves Spindle
DN Weight
pipe ext.
t L H H1 a c Ø d1

½" 20 43 125 178 200 0,85

H
H1

¾" 25 52 152 177 205 0,85

1" 32 63 174 177 205 0,95

10,3 20 16
1¼" 40 78 208 205 241 1,50

1½" 50 92 246 205 247 1,65

2" 63 100 261 221 271 2,10

t
L

J 5/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
ISO combination tapping valve
Made of POM
Design features No. 2681
• Resilient seated gate valve with smooth straight-
through bore
No. 2680
• With conical 2" external thread according to EN No. 6221F
10226 for the clamp attachment and with cylindrical No. 5940
connection thread 1½" according to ISO 228 for
connection fitting No. 6221F
• For PE pipes according to EN 12201 and DIN 8074
• One valve with 5 ISO push-fit fittings for PE pipes
(pipe Ø 25/32/40/50/63 mm) - reduces stockkeeping!
• A robust valve made of POM
• All parts made of corrosion free materials
• For the easiest under pressure tapping and the
quickest installation of ISO push-fit fittings
• Sealing system: the contact between wedge and body
is friction free. Therefore no scuffing or abrasion of the
wedge
Max. drill tip
Standard version: without handwheel and extension Ø 24 mm
spindle
Special versions: on request

Suitable accessories
Suitable accessories: see page J 1/2
Handwheel: No. 7800
Extension spindle: rigid No. 9101
telescopic No. 9601
Surface box: rigid No. 1550, No. 1650 Order MOP Ø PE-
telescopic: No. 1850, No. 1851K Version DN Thread pipe Weight
No. (PN)
Extension spindle: No. 7820 ISO Combination tapping
2681 1" 2" — 1½" 0,81
Sealing cap: No. 2156, No. 2157, No. 2158 valve without fitting
Chamfering tool: No. 6000 25 0,90
ISO Combination tapping 32 0,94
Saddle blades: No. 6010 2680 valve with choice of ISO 1" 2" — 1½" 40 1,02
Pipe cutter: No. 6050 push-fit fitting 50 1,10
63 1,23
Mounting spray: No. 3443 16 25 0,10
Drilling machine: No. 5800, No. 5805 ISO push-fit fitting with 32 0,13
6221F 1½" 40 0,22
backing washer 50 0,29
63 0,41
Adapter for Hawle drilling
5940 1½" — 2" 1,30
machine 2"

J 5/3
ISO combination tapping valve
Made of POM
Ø 16
Tapping valve DN 1" 10,3
With 2" external thread EN 10226-1 for
mounting onto saddle and
1½" external thread ISO 228 only for ISO

20
push-fit fitting No. 6221F

No. 2681

177

209
1½"
2"

114

ISO push-fit fitting Adapter

No. 6221F No. 5940
Made of POM Made of bronze
1½"
1½"

2"
Internal thread 1½" ISO 228 Internal thread 1½" ISO 228
Push-fit socket for PE pipes up to External thread 2" ISO 228
PN 16, pipe Ø 25/32/40/50/63 mm For Hawle drilling machine
The flat gasket saves the need for No. 5800 or No. 5805
seal

Drilling and assembly instructions

1. Mounting onto the saddle: 2. Drilling: 3. Shut-off: 4. 4. Pipe assembly:
Screws the 2" external thread Open the valve completely; if After drilling, retract the drill and Screw on one of the five ISO
into the internal thread of the necessary use adapter (see above) close the valve push-fit fittings - push the pipe
saddle in - finished

J 5/4 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Service valve
Made of POM with Hawle-FIT sockets
Design features No. 2631
• Resilient seated gate valve with smooth straight-
through bore
• For PE pipes according to EN 12201 and DIN 8074 | up
to PN 16; up to 30 °C medium temperature
• The high-tensile connection to the pipe is achieved via
the two HAWLE-FIT sockets
• Assembly-ready supply: no screwing required before
inserting the pipe
• All parts made of corrosion free materials
• Maximum spindle torque: 80 Nm.
• Easy disassembly without special tools
• Sealing system: the contact between wedge and body
is friction free. Therefore no scuffing or abrasion of the
2
wedge
• Hawle FIT socket details see page K 2/1
3
Standard version: without handwheel and extension spindle
Special versions: on request

Material | Technical features 1

1 Clamping nut made of POM
2 Lip seal made of elastomer
3 Grip ring made of POM
Order MOP Dimensions/DN
Version
No. (PN) 1" 1¼" 1½" 2"
Suitable accessories
2631 With Hawle-FIT socket 16
Suitable accessories: see page J 1/2
Handwheel: No. 7800
Extension spindle: rigid No. 9101 PE 80: SDR 7,4 - SDR 17,6
telescopic No. 9601 PE 100: SDR 11 - SDR 17
Surface box: rigid No. 1550, No. 1650
telescopic: No. 1850, No. 1851K For PE 80 and PE 100: SDR 17,6 and 17 we recommend
Spindle extension: No. 7820 using a support liner
Sealing cap: No. 2156, No. 2157, No. 2158
Pipe cutter: No. 6050
Mounting spray: No. 3443
Support liners: No. 6021
Hawle-FIT type for reducer: No. 6640HF

Design features Hawle-FIT type for reducer

• For the reduction of Hawle-FIT socket No. 6640HF

Dimensions/DN
MOP
Order No. Version 32 40 40 50 50 63 63
(PN) 25 25 32 32 40 40 50
With Hawle-FIT
6640HF socket 16

J 6/1
Service valve
Made of POM with Hawle-FIT sockets
Service valve, POM
With dual Hawle-Fit connections sockets for PE-pipes
Ø d1
No. 2631 a

H
H1
t
L

Valve Spindle
DN Ø pipe ext. Weight
t L H H1 a c Ø d1
1" 32 84 216 177 212 1,05
1¼" 40 105 260 205 241 1,56
10,3 20 16
1½" 50 116 294 205 247 1,83
2" 63 123 306 228 278 2,47

Benefits of the Hawle-FIT sockets

• Ready to install from packaging
• Can be mounted without previous chamfering of the pipe ends
• Low insertion forces
• Defined stop of the clamping nut made of POM for a secure connection
• Easy assembly and disassembly without special tools
(Clamping nut can be fixed with a standard commercially available pipe cutter)

Assembly instructions

Measuring the insertion depth POM clamping nut open Pom clamping nut fully tightened

J 6/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Service valve for pe fusion
Made of ductile iron
Design features No. 4050
• Resilient seated gate valve with PE-fusion tails in
combination with PE pipes according to EN 12201,
DIN 8074
• This resilient seated valve has PE-fusion tails screwed
into and sealed in the sockets
• The seal of the welding socket is guaranteed by two
independent O-ring seals as well as a POM support
liner in the welding socket
• The valve can be connected to the PE pipeline by either
butt fusion or electrofusion

Standard version: without handwheel and extension spindle

Special versions: on request

Material | Technical features

1 PE-fusion tails
Standard version PE 100-RC injection moulded
Support liner made of POM for PE tails
(see overleaf drawing))
2 O-ring made of elastomer
Dimensions/DN
Order MOP
Suitable accessories No.
PE-fusion tail
(PN)
1" / 1¼" 1½"
d 32 / d 40 / d 50
Suitable accessories: see page J 1/2
4050 PE 100-RC / SDR 11 16
Handwheel: No. 7800
Extension spindle: rigid No. 9101
telescopic No. 9601
Surface box: rigid No. 1550, No. 1650
telescopic: No. 1850, No. 1851K
Spindle extension: No. 7820
Sealing cap: No. 2156, No. 2157, No. 2158

Ø d1
a
c

2
1
H1
H
s
ØA

L1
L2

Valve with PE-fusion tail Spindle

DN ØA Weight
s H H1 L1 L2 a c Ø d1
1" 32 3,0 164 192 196 518 10,3 20 14 3,07
1¼" 40 3,7 199 234 230 556 10,3 20 16 4,54
1½" 50 4,6 199 242 240 576 10,3 20 16 5,52

J 7/1
Notes

J 7/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
 Service valve for pe fusion
Made of POM
Design features No. 2670
• Resilient seated gate valve with PE-fusion tails in
combination with PE pipes according to EN 12201,
DIN 8074
• Sealing system: the contact between wedge and body
is friction free. Therefore no scuffing or abrasion of the
wedge
• The valve can be connected to the PE pipeline by either
butt fusion or electrofusion
1
• Maximum spindle torque: 80 Nm.
• No. 2670: This resilient seated valve has PE tails
screwed into and sealed in the sockets
High performance sealing of the PE tails within the
sockets is assured by two separate seals and a support
liner within the tails

Standard version: without handwheel and extension

spindle
Special versions: on request
Dimensions/DN
Order MOP
Version 1" / 1¼" / 1½" / 2" /
Material | technical features No. (PN) d 32 d 40 d 50 d 63

Made of POM welded-in with PE

1 PE-fusion tail PE 100-RC / SDR 11, injection moulded 2670 16
fusion tails
• O-ring made of elastomer

Suitable accessories
Suitable accessories: see page J 1/2
Handwheel: No. 7800
Extension spindle: rigid No. 9101
telescopic No. 9601
Surface box: rigid No. 1550, No. 1650
telescopic: No. 1850, No. 1851K
Spindle extension: No. 7820
Sealing cap: No. 2156, No. 2157, No. 2158

Ø d1
a Valve for PE fusion, POM
With screwed PE-fusion tails

No. 2670
c

Valve with PE tails Spindle

DN Ø D Weight
s H H1 L1 L2 a c Ø d1
H1
H

1" 32 3,0 177 212 180 502 10,3 20 14 1,25

1¼" 40 3,7 205 241 218 544 10,3 20 16 1,85
s

1½" 50 4,6 205 247 251 587 10,3 20 16 2,30

ØD

2" 63 5,8 221 271 271 639 10,3 20 16 3,10

L1
L2

J 7/3
Notes

J 7/4 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Service valves
Made of ductile iron
Design features No. 3120
• Resilient seated gate valve with optimum flow passage No. 3128
• For vertical installation on pipe saddles
• Sealing system: the contact between shut-off plug and
No. 3130
body is friction free. Therefore no scuffing or abrasion
of the seal
• Service connection service valves with internal thread
are equipped with a corrosion protection ring to
prevent corrosion
• For service connection angle valves with external
thread, the free lying threads must be corrosion
protected according to the trade regulations after
assembly
• No. 3128: Protection against pressure water only when
fully opened
Standard version: without handwheel and extension
spindle
Special versions: on request

Material | Technical features

STRUCTURE
• Body and bonnet: of grip ring for
PE pipes
made of ductile iron, epoxy powder coated
• Shut-off plug made of brass, with vulcanized elastomer
Order MOP Dimensions/DN
• Hose fitting made of chrome-plated brass Version
No. (PN) 1" 1¼" 1½" 2"

3120* with thread outlet

Suitable accessories 3128

with thread outlet and
16
automatic drainage device
Suitable accessories: see page J 1/2 with ISO-fitting for PE pipes
3130*
Handwheel: No. 7800 acc. to EN 12201, DIN 8074*
Extension spindle: rigid No. 9101 No. 3130 can be adapted for PVC pipe with carborundum grip ring at
telescopic No. 9601 extra cost
Surface box: rigid No. 1550, No. 1650 * Up to 30 °C medium temperature
telescopic: No. 1850, No. 1851K
Spindle extension: No. 7820
Application example
Sealing cap: No. 2156, No. 2157, No. 2158
Chamfering tool: No. 6000
Saddle blade: No. 6010
Pipe cutter: No. 6050
Mounting spray: No. 3443

J 8/1
Service valves
Made of ductile iron
Ø d1 Service valve
a with thread outlet

No. 3120
c

DN DN 1 Valve Spindle
Weight
ISO 228 EN 10226-1 L L1 H H1 a c Ø d1
1" 1¼" 47 93 227 159 2,34
H1

1¼" 2" 55 108 271 191 3,60

10,3 20 16
H

1½" 2" 56 109 280 193 3,90

DN

2" 2" 60 113 289 196 4,40

DN1
L
L1
Ø d1
a

Service valve

c
With internal thread outlet and automatic drainage device
NOT suitable for locations with a drainage hole under the water table; Please observe
the flow directional arrow - protection against pressure water only when fully opened;

H1
The automatic drainage of the service is only available when the valve is fully shut!

No. 3128
DN DN 1 Valve Spindle

H
Weight
ISO 228 EN 10226-1 L L1 H H1 a c Ø d1
DN

1" 1¼" 47 93 242 170 2,34

10,3 20 16
1½" 2" 56 109 292 205 3,90

DN1
Ø d1 L
a L1
c

Service valve
H1

With ISO outlet for PE pipes

No. 3130
H
DN

Ø DN 1 Valve Spindle
DN Pipe Weight
ext. EN 10226-1 t L L1 H H1 a c Ø d1
1" 32 1¼" 63 86 132 231 159 2,50
1¼" 40 2" 77 106 159 273 191 3,90
10,3 20 16
1½" 50 2" 91 120 173 283 193 4,23
t DN1 2" 63 2" 103 135 188 289 196 5,30
L
L1

J 8/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
ISO combination service valve
Made of POM
Design features No. 3151
• Resilient seated gate valve with smooth straight-
through bore
No. 3150
• With conical 2" external thread according to EN 10226 No. 6221F
for mounting onto saddle and ½" external thread
according to ISO 228 only for ISO push-fit fitting
No. 6221F
• One valve with 5 ISO push-fit fittings for PE pipes
(pipe Ø 25/32/40/50/63 mm) reduces stockkeeping
• For PE pipes according to EN 12201 and DIN 8074 | up
to PN 16; up to 30 °C medium temperature
• A robust design made of POM
• All parts made from corrosion free materials
• Sealing system: The contact between plug and body is
friction free. Therefore no scuffing or abrasion on the
plug
Standard version: without handwheel and extension
Ø
spindle Order MOP
Article DN Thread PE- Weight
Special versions: on request No. (PN) pipe
ISO Combination service valve
3151 1" 2" - 1½" 0,85
without fitting
25 0,96
Material | Technical features ISO Combination service valve 32 0,99
3150 with choice of ISO push-fit 1" 2" - 1½" 40 1,07
• Shut-off plug made of brass, with vulcanized elastomer fitting 16 50 1,14
63 1,28
25 0,10
ISO push-fit fitting with 32 0,13
6221F 1½" 40 0,22
Suitable accessories backing washer 50 0,29
63 0,41
Suitable accessories: see page J 1/2
Handwheel: No. 7800
Extension spindle: rigid No. 9101
telescopic No. 9601
Surface box: rigid No. 1550, No. 1650
telescopic: No. 1850, No. 1851K
Spindle extension: No. 7820
Sealing cap: No. 2156, No. 2157, No. 2158
Chamfering tool: No. 6000
Saddle blade: No. 6010
Pipe cutter: No. 6050 Ø 16
Mounting spray: No. 3443 10,3
20
166
235

G 1½"

R 2"
52
88

J 8/3
 Hawlinger pipe drilling saddle
Made of ductile iron
Design features No. 2402 No. 2300
• Robust and simple construction
• In open position: clear, unobstructed waterway
• Working parts not in contact with water
• Just half a turn to open or close
• Outlet is 1", 1¼" and 1½" internal thread on all models
and sizes
• No. 2402: Supplied complete with plastic operating key
No. 2200
• No. 2402 and No. 2300
Internal thread 1" drilling-Ø max. 24
Internal thread 1¼" drilling-Ø max. 24
Internal thread 1½" drilling-Ø max. 35

Material | Technical features

Order MOP Internal Dimensions/DN
• Body of ductile iron, epoxy powder coated Version thread
No. (PN) ISO 228

100
125
150
200
250
300
80
• Eccentric disc and shut-off plate made of
stainless steel Universal-Hawlinger 1"
• Strap (No. 3110) made of stainless steel 2402 ductile iron, steel and 16 1¼"
AC pipes 1½"
• Seals made of elastomer
Order MOP Internal Ø pipe
Version thread
No. (PN) ISO 228 90 110 160
Suitable accessories
HAKU-Hawlinger 1"
Suitable accessories: see page J 1/2 2300
PE and PVC pipes
16 1¼"
Extension spindle: rigid No. 9101 1½"
telescopic No. 9601 External thread
Order MOP Internal
Surface box: rigid No. 1550, No. 1650 Version thread EN 10226-1
No. (PN) ISO 228 1½" 2"
telescopic: No. 1850, No. 1851K
Spindle extension: No. 7820 Hawlinger adapter
2200 for use with 16 1½"
Drill: No. 5800, No. 5805
any pipe saddle

No. 2402 10,3 No. 2300 G 1½" No. 2200

G 1½"

G 1½"
98

118

R 1½" and 2"

194 L 194

DN Weight DN Weight DN Ø pipe L H Weight Hawlinger adapter

80 6,20 200 6,50 80 90 194 146 7,00 R 1½" drilling-Ø max. 28
100 6,20 250 6,60 100 110 194 160 7,40 R 2" drilling-Ø max. 35
125 6,30 300 6,80 150 160 194 188 9,00 Weight: 4,70
150 6,40

J 8/4 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Service valve
With automatic drainage, made of ductile iron
Design features No. 2491
• Resilient seated gate valve with optimum flow passage
• Suitable for drainage of pipes which might freeze
e.g. irrigation pipes etc. In below ground applications
sufficient draining for the valve has to be considered
(e.g. drainage pit)
• Sealing system: Automatic secured drainage when
valve is completely closed. No clearing when the valve
is partly or completely open
NOT suitable for sites with a drainage hole situated
above the groundwater table
• Internal thread is equipped with a corrosion protection
ring to prevent corrosion

Standard version: without handwheel and extension

spindle
Special versions: on request

Material | Technical features

• Shut-off plug made of brass, with vulcanized elastomer
• Hose fitting made of chrome-plated brass

Suitable accessories
Suitable accessories: see page J 1/2
Handwheel: No. 7800
Extension spindle: rigid No. 9101
telescopic No. 9601 Order MOP Dimensions/DN
Version
Surface box: rigid No. 1550, No. 1650 No. (PN) ¾" 1" 1¼" 1½" 2"
telescopic: No. 1850, No. 1851K
internal iron threads both ends,
Spindle extension: No. 7820 2491 16
automatic drainage device
Sealing cap: No. 2156, No. 2157, No. 2158

J 8/5
Service valve
With automatic drainage, made of ductile iron
No. 2491
Thread drainhole and automatic draining
Note installation direction (arrow). Drainage only when the valve is completely closed:
Note that drainhole must be positioned above ground water level in case of below ground installation
(no backflow preventer in the drainhole!)
Ø d1

H
DN

H1
DN

„Open” „Closed”

Draining direction

Flow direction

Opening torque max. 40 Nm Closing torque max. 40 Nm

DN Internal
Valve Spindle
Weight
thread (ISO 228) L H H1 a c Ø d1
¾" 115 207 41 2,40
1" 115 207 41 2,30
1¼" 130 243 50 10,3 20 16 3,90
1½" 130 243 50 4,00
2" 140 243 50 4,50

J 8/6 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Water meter consoles
Design features No. 2930 No. 2930
• Compact design - with integral backflow preventer
No. 2931 DN 1½"
• Problem-free assembly and dismantling of the water
meter by length adjustment (supplied without water No. 2932
meter)) No. 2960
• Potable water up to 30 °C
• Electrical earthing link to base plate
• Order no. 2931 and 2932 with drainage plug
No. 2931
DN 1"
Material | Technical features
• Valve body made of brass
• Wall plate made of aluminum No. 2931
(including fastening set for water meter console) DN 1¼"*
No. 2931, 2932 made of ductile iron, epoxy powder
coated
• Handwheel:
No. 2930, 2960 made of steel
No. 2931, 2932 made of POM
• Meter substitution connector:
No. 2932
No. 2933 1¼" made of POM with gasket (for No. 2931,
DN 1"
No. 2932)
2" made of galvanized steel (for No. 2930)

Application example
No. 2960
DN 2"

No. 2933
od 1¼"
L

Order MOP kv-value For water meter

DN Valve connection (without meter substitution connector)
No. (PN) m3/h at 1 bar Δ p EN 15154-1

2930 1½" 2 internal threads G 1½" ISO 228 32,1 20 m3/h

PN DN
1" 2 internal threads G 1" ISO 228 11,4 3 (5) m3/h - 7 (10) m3/h
2931
2930 16 1½"
1¼"* 2 external threads R 1¼" EN 10226 32,1
11,4 3 (5) m3/h20- m /h m3/h
3
7 (10)
2932 16 1"
1" 1 ZAK 34 socket connector, 1 internal thread G 1" ISO 228 11,4
11,4 33 (5)
(5) m
m33/h
/h -- 7/ 7 (10)
(10) mm3 3/h
/h
2931
2960 1¼"*
2" 2 internal threads G 2" ISO 228 11,4
47,2 /h m
3 (5) m320 - /3/h
7 (10) m3/h

Special versions: *DN 1¼" with 2 internal threads G 1¼ ISO 228

J 9/1
 Water meter consoles
No. 2930 DN 1½"

G1 1/2 ISO 228

G2 ISO 228

208
303
151

B
300

548 A
L

No. 2960 DN 2"

Meter Wall plate
DN A Weight
connection L B
1" 1¼" 90 300 100 7,00
G2 ISO 228

1¼" 1¼" 90 300 100 7,10

229

1½" 2" 115 590 190 10,50

326

Flange
2" 125 590 190 20,00
DN 50

Meter substitution connector

300 No. 2933
745 DN Length Weight
ET ISO 228

1" 1¼"
No. 2931 DN 1" 1¼" 1¼"
175 0,16
G1 1/4 ISO 228

G1 1/4 ISO 228

1½" 2" 300 1,67

G1 ISO 228
G1 ISO 228

108,6
164,9
72

175
455

No. 2931 DN 1¼"

G1 1/4 ISO 228
G1 1/4 ISO 228
R1 1/4" EN 10226-1

R1 1/4" EN 10226-1
108,6
164,9
72

175
500

J 9/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Fittings

Page Hawle-FIT
K2 Fittings for PE pipes
Assembly and dismantling instructions
Page K 2/1
Page K 2/2

Page ISO pipe fitting

Fittings for PE pipes Page K 3/1
K3 ISO pipe fitting assembly and dismantling instructions Page K 3/2
ZAK plug-fit fitting Page L 4/4

ISO pipe fitting

Page With external and internal thread Page K 4/1

K4 ISO pipe fitting connector Page K 4/2

ISO pipe fitting connector "PE pipe - steel pipe” Page K 5/1

Page ISO pipe fitting elbow Page K 5/1

ZAK elbow 90° Page L 4/5
K5 ZAK elbow 90° Page L 4/5

Page ISO pipe fitting T-piece Page K 6/1

K6 ISO pipe fitting

Fitting for wall inlet fitting, End stop, Push fit swivel converter Page K 6/2

Page Hawle wall inlet fitting Page K 7/1

K7 ZAK wall inlet fitting Page L 5/1

Page Fittings for cable conduits Page K 8/1

Coupling for cable conduits Page K 8/2
K8 End fitting for cable conduits Page K 8/2

K 1/1
Fittings
Accessories Spare parts
Support liner Page M 6/2 ISO fitting O-ring Page P 4/2
Push fit swivel converter Page M 7/4 ISO fitting Grip ring Page P 4/1
Hawle-FIT type for reducer Page J 6/1 ISO fitting Grip ring for PVC pipes Page P 4/2

Tools
Pipe cutter Page Q 4/1
Chamfering tool Page Q 4/1
Pincers Page Q 4/1
Extractors Seite Q 4/2

Application examples

K 1/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Hawle-FIT
Fittings for PE pipes
Design features
• For PE pipes according to EN 12201-2 and DIN 8074,
up to PN16
• The new generation of fitting pipes Hawle-FIT has been
designed to connect PE pipes with an outside diameter
of d 25 to 63 and a working pressure of up to 16 bar
• The Hawle-FIT is designed for drinking water
applications within a temperatue range of up to 30 °C
• Installation and dismantling is simply performed with no
special tools required
• The service life of the Hawle-FIT is guaranteed by the
use of high-quality polymer materials; the clamping nut
as functional carrier is very stable through its unique
construction
• The special clamp toothing (no continuous groove)
reduces the impact force on the pipe. This significantly
enhances the service life of the pipe
• The stainless steel reinforcing ring increases the
strength of the fitting with internal thread outlets
• UV resistant

Material | Technical features

1 • The Hawle-FIT fitting is supplied
• Body made of high-quality polymer ready for installation which means
• Grip rings and clamping unit made of POM no turning of the screw is
• Seal made of elastomer required before inserting the pipe!
The fitting is unpacked and is then
ready for use (ill. 1).
• The Hawle-FIT fitting can be
2 assembled without any pipe
chamfering. Push until reaching
builtin end stops. This saves time
and money (ill. 2/3).
• Prior to fastening the screw, the
grip ring does not reveal any
initial tension or teeth. For this
3
Open clamping nut reason only very low insertion
forces are required
• The construction of the
Hawle-FIT fitting amplifies the
dismantling of the pipe since
the fitting does not have to be
completely dismantled. The
4
clamping nut is loosened but
not actually removed (ill. 4)
1 2

Clamping nut fully

tightened * PE 80: SDR 7,4 — SDR 17,6
PE 100: SDR 11
PE 100: SDR 17
(support liner No. 6021 is required)

K 2/1
Hawle-FIT
Assembly and dismantling
• Instruction - Fittings / Valves
• For PE pipes Ø d 25 — d 63 up to PN 16

Hawle-fit assembly instructions

3
1

4
2
Chamfer pipe with chamfering tool ➟
No. 6000

Low pressure conditions require a support

6 liner No. 6021

5 ✓
For PE pipes SDR 17, is required
a support liner No. 6021

Hawle-FIT dismantling

2
➟ ➟ 3 1
Without tools!
Grip ring opens
automatically

K 2/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Hawle-FIT
Fittings for PE pipes
Design feature With external thread
• With external thread according to EN 10226-1
No. 6120HF
L
Order MOP
Ø pipe Thread L E Ø D Weight
No. (PN) E
25 ¾" 98 74 54 0,09
32 1" 107 80 61 0,12
6120HF 40 1¼" 16 117 81 75 0,21

ØD
50 1½" 133 103 90 0,31
63 2" 149 115 105 0,45

Design feature With internal thread

• With internal thread according to ISO 228
No. 6220HF L

Order MOP E
Ø pipe Thread L E Ø D Weight
No. (PN)
25 ¾" 93 74 54 0,10
32 1" 102 80 61 0,14

ØD
6220HF 40 1¼" 16 117 81 75 0,23
50 1½" 131 103 90 0,34
63 2" 149 115 105 0,48

Order
Ø pipe
MOP
L E ØD Weight
Connector
No. (PN)
25 151 74 54 0,16
No. 6320HF L
E
32 163 80 61 0,22
6320HF 40 16 182 81 75 0,37
ØD

50 208 103 90 0,54

63 234 115 105 0,80

K 2/3
Hawle-FIT
Fittings for PE pipes
Order
Ø Pipe
MOP
L E ØD Weight
Elbow 90° L
No. (PN)
25 94 74 54 0,18
No. 6420HF E

32 105 80 61 0,26
6420HF 40 16 121 81 75 0,43

ØD
50 136 103 90 0,63
63 159 115 105 0,91

L
E
Design feature Elbow 90° with internal thread
• With internal thread according to ISO 228
No. 6430HF
L
MOP E
Order
Ø Pipe Thread L E Ø D Weight
No. (PN)
25 ¾" 94 74 54 0,12

ØD
32 1" 105 80 61 0,18
6430HF 40 1¼" 16 121 81 75 0,28
50 1½" 137 103 90 0,44
63 2" 159 115 105 0,62

Design feature T-piece with threaded outlet

• With internal thread according to ISO 228
No. 6520HF L
E
Order MOP
Ø Pipe Thread L E Ø D Weight
No. (PN)

ØD
25 ¾" 173 74 54 0,20
32 1" 191 80 61 0,27
6520HF 40 1¼" 16 214 81 75 0,44
50 1½" 240 103 90 0,65
63 2" 291 115 105 0,99

Order
Ø pipe
MOP
L E ØD Weight
End stop
No. (PN) L
25 99 82 62,5 0,25 No. 6223HF E
32 90 84 62,5 0,17
6223HF 40 16 113 105 73 0,28
50 90 84 62,5 0,39
ØD

63 132 125 103 0,57

K 2/4 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
ISO pipe fitting
Fittings for PE pipes
Design features Made of ductile iron
• For PE pipes according to EN 12201-2 and DIN 8074, Epoxy powder-coated
up to PN 16
• The HAWLE ISO pipe fitting is the ideal push
connection for polyethylene pipes that has been tried
and tested for decades
• The function of the ISO pipe fitting is clear and simple:
the O-ring made of highly elastic elastomer seals even
when depressurized due to its pretension on the pipe.
• As the water pressure and pipe tension increase, the
sealing and grip rings are compressed further into the
conical chamber, thus increasing the sealing and
gripping effect
• The gripping and sealing functions only act on the
outer diameter of the pipe; therefore only one fitting is
required for all pressure ratings up to PN 16
• The joint is flexible; the fitting can be turned on the pipe
and disassembled on demand without affecting the
grip or seal.
Made of POM
The installation of the fitting is quick and simple.
• The POM fitting in the new copolymer version is UV-
stabilized and offers excellent long-term stability
• The colored dust caps of the POM fitting indicate the
different leading medium (gas, water) and offer
protection against contamination
• In POM fittings all internal threads are reinforced with
a stainless steel ring
• All ductile iron fittings with internal threads are
equipped with a corrosion protection ring to prevent
corrosion
• For ductile iron fittings with external thread, after
assembly the free lying threads must be protected
against corrosion according to the trade regulations
• The ISO pipe fitting is suitable for use in the area of ​​ All ISO pipe fittings can also be
drinking water up to 30 °C medium temperature and f supplied for PVC pipes with a
or pressure levels up to PN16 (also vacuum, with grip ring „2K” Order No. 6933 at
support liner) extra cost.
(„2K” grip ring see page P 4/2)
Material | Technical features

• Body made of POM or ductile iron, epoxy powder coated

• Grip ring made of POM
• O-ring gasket made of elastomer

Suitable accessories

Suitable accessories:
Chamfering tool: No. 6000
Extractors: No. 6010 Grip ring Grip ring
Support liner: No. 6021 "Standard" „2K”
Interlocking
Push fit swivel converter teeth
Made of POM
with external thread end, every
fitting in the range can be
converted to a swivel external
thread outlet; (see page M 7/4)

K 3/1
Instruction
ISO pipe fitting instruction for assembly and dismantling
Assembly Dismantling
1 2 1

Pipe cutter No. 6050

3 4
Extractors No. 6010
2

Support liner No. 6021

for zero pressure and low pressure
pipelines.
Chamfering tool No. 6000 Don´t chamfer the pipe

5 6

Grip ring No. 6932 for PE pipes acc. to EN 12201-2

Grip ring No. 6933 for PVC pipes

3
7

NO OIL !
8

Moisten with water or

lubricants (see M 7/2) O-ring No. 6940
9
4

10

11 Pressure test on installed line and exposed, unfilled connections 5

Assembly

Max. torque for tightening the threads (observe pipe fitter rules acc. to national standards):
½" ¾" 1" 1¼" 1½" 2"
20 Nm 25 Nm 40 Nm 42 Nm 42 Nm 45 Nm

K 3/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
ISO pipe fitting
With external and internal thread
Design feature External thread
• With external thread according to EN 10226-1
No. 6100 Made of ductile iron
Order
No.
Ø
Pipe
Thread
MOP
(PN)
L E ØD Weight No. 6120 Made of POM
20 ½" 68 48 39 0,16 External thread, reduced outlet
25 ¾" 82 58 44 0,25
6100
32
40
1"
1¼"
16
95
112
70
84
53
65
0,35
0,63
No. 6110 Made of ductile iron
50
63
1½"
2"
130
148
101
114
76
94
0,90
1,45
No. 6130 Made of POM
Order Ø MOP
Thread L E ØD Weight
No. Pipe (PN)
20 ½" 68 48 39 0,04
25 ¾" 82 58 43 0,06
32 1" 95 70 53 0,10
6120 16
40 1¼" 110 82 72 0,24
50 1½" 126 99 83 0,27
63 2" 144 110 99 0,44
Order Ø MOP
Thread L E ØD Weight
No. Pipe (PN)
25 1" 83,5 58,5 50 0,28

ØD
32 1¼" 96 70 53 0,39
32 1½" 96 70 53 0,60
32 2" 112 70 62 0,63
40 1" 112 84 65 0,65
E
40 1½" 112 84 65 0,64
6110 16
40 2" 113 84 65 0,72 L
50 1¼" 130 101 76 0,90
50 2" 130 101 76 0,95
63 1¼" 148 114 93 1,50
63 1½" 148 114 93 1,45
75 2" 152 109 111 2,41
Order Ø MOP
Thread L E ØD Weight
No. Pipe (PN)
20 ¾" 68 48 39 0,05
25 1" 82 58 43 0,06
6130 16
32 2" 102 70 65 0,13
40 2" 110 82 72 0,24

Design feature Internal thread

• With internal thread according to ISO 228 No. 6200 Made of ductile iron
Order
No.
Ø
Pipe Thread
MOP
(PN)
L E ØD Weight No. 6220 Made of POM
20 ½" 65 48 45 0,16
25 ¾" 76 58 50 0,24
Internal thread, reduced outlet
32
40
1"
1¼"
91
108
70
84
55
65
0,42
0,70
No. 6210 Made of ductile iron
6200 16
50
63
1½"
2"
125
144
99
110
76
94
1,00
1,70
No. 6230 Made of POM
75 2½" 144 110 110 3,20
90 3" 144 110 126 3,60
Order Ø MOP
Thread L E ØD Weight
No. Pipe (PN)
20 ½" 66 47 39 0,06
25 ¾" 76 58 44 0,08
32 1" 91 70 53 0,12
6220 16
40 1¼" 109 82 72 0,23
ØD

50 1½" 127 99 83 0,34

63 2" 135 108 103 0,47
Order Ø MOP
Thread L E ØD Weight E
No. Pipe (PN)
32 1¼" 96 70 65 0,57 L
6210 50 1¼" 16 125 99 76 1,10
90 2" 144 110 126 4,00
Order Ø MOP
Thread L E ØD Weight
No. Pipe (PN)
½" 89 70 53 0,12
32
¾" 91 70 53 0,11
6230 1" 16 108 82 55 0,25
40
2" 108 82 80 0,31
50 2" 125 99 80 0,36

K 4/1
ISO pipe fitting
Connector
Order
No.
Ø Pipe
MOP
(PN)
L E ØD Weight Connector
20 99 48 39 0,26 No. 6300 Made of ductile iron
25 120 58 44 0,35
32 144 70 53 0,65 No. 6320 Made of POM
40 172 84 65 0,97
6300 16
50 206 101 76 1,45
63 232 114 94 2,70
75 221 109 106 3,20
90 195 109 126 4,70

MOP
Order No. Ø Pipe L E ØD Weight
(PN)

ØD
20 99 48 39 0,07
25 121 58 43 0,10 E
32 145 70 53 0,15
6320 16 L
40 164 82 72 0,35
50 200 99 83 0,57
63 224 110 99 0,71

Order No. Ø Pipe

MOP
(PN)
L E ØD Weight Connector With detachable ends for
subsequent assembly
32
40
172
207
86
103
70
79
1,10
1,90 No. 6301 Made of ductile iron
6301 16
50 216 108 90 2,10
63 238 119 103 3,20
If using as sleeve - Attention: no stop

ØD
E
L

Order Ø Pipe Ø Pipe MOP

L E E1 Ø D Weight Connector reduced
No. 1 2 (PN)
25 20 110 58 48 43 0,33 No. 6310 Made of ductile iron
32 20 122 70 48 53 0,63
32 25 135 70 58 53 0,51 No. 6330 Made of POM
40 32 160 84 70 72 0,80
6310 50 32 16 189 100 70 76 1,70
50 40 191 100 84 76 1,20
63 50 224 114 101 94 1,70
75 63 221 109 103 106 3,70
90 75 210 100 100 126 3,30

Order Ø Pipe Ø Pipe MOP

L E E1 Ø D Weight
No. 1 2 (PN)
25 20 111 58 48 43 0,08
ØD

32 25 134 70 58 53 0,13
40 25 145 82 58 72 0,20
40 32 156 82 70 72 0,25
6330 50 32 16 172 99 70 83 0,32 E E1
50 40 182 99 84 83 0,42 L
63 40 204 110 84 99 0,53
63 50 213 110 99 99 0,60

K 4/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
ISO pipe fitting
Connector | elbow
Order Ø PE- Ø MOP
L E E1 Ø D Weight Connector “PE pipe - steel pipe” total restraint
No. pipe Steel pipe (PN)
6310ST 32 ¾" (D 26,9) 132 70 55 53 0,66
No. 6310ST Made of ductile iron
16 No. 6300ST Made of ductile iron
6300ST 32 1" (D 33,7) 132 70 55 60 0,76

7 2 4 1 5 6 3 8
Component Material
Body (1)
1/8 Ductile iron, epoxy powder coated
tension nut (8)
2 Grip ring PE POM

3 Grip ring acier Hardened acier

ØD
4 O-ring Elastomer PE Steel

5 Gasket Elastomer
6 Thrust collar POM
7 Protective cap Elastomer
E E1
Tip: First strip PE-covered steel pipes to insertion length
L

Order
Ø Pipe
MOP
L E ØD Weight Elbow 90°
No. (PN)
20 58 48 39 0,30 No. 6400 Made of ductile iron
25 72 58 44 0,45
6400
32
16
87 70 53 0,80 No. 6420 Made of POM
40 104 84 65 1,20
50 141 101 76 1,90 Elbow 90° reduced
63 163 114 94 3,15
No. 6490 Made of POM
Order MOP
Ø Pipe L E ØD Weight
No. (PN)
20 58 48 39 0,07
25 73 58 43 0,10 L
32 87 70 53 0,18 E
6420 16
40 104 82 72 0,37
50 125 99 83 0,52
63 144 110 99 0,80

Order Ø Pipe Ø Pipe MOP

L E E1 Ø D Weight
No. 1 2 (PN)
Ø
D

32 25 87/71 70 58 53 0,16
6490 16
40 32 102/87 84 70 72 0,27

Order
Ø Pipe
MOP
L E ØD Weight Elbow 45°
No. (PN)
40 95 84 65 1,20 No. 6440 Made of ductile iron L
E
6440 50 16 108 101 76 1,89
63 119 114 94 2,60
ØD

K 5/1
ISO pipe fitting
Elbow
Design feature Elbow 90° With internal thread
• With internal thread according to ISO 228
No. 6410 Made of ductile iron
No. 6430 Made of POM
Order Ø MOP
Thread L E ØD Weight
No. Pipe (PN)
25 ¾" 71 58 44 0,38
32 1" 87 70 53 0,70
6410 40 1¼" 16 106 84 65 1,17
50 1½" 141 101 76 1,50

L
63 2" 163 114 94 2,75

E
Order Ø MOP
Thread L E ØD Weight
No. Pipe (PN)
20 ½" 60 48 39 0,07
25 ¾" 71 58 43 0,10
32 ¾" 87 70 53 0,13

Ø
D
6430 32 1" 16 87 70 53 0,14
40 1¼" 103 82 72 0,28
50 1½" 137 99 83 0,42
63 2" 145 110 99 0,67

Design feature Elbow 90° With external thread

• With external thread according to EN 10226-1
No. 6460 Made of ductile iron
Order Ø MOP 90° elbow with external thread reduced
Thread L E ØD Weight
No. Pipe
25 ¾"
(PN)
71 58 44 0,40
No. 6470 Made of ductile iron
32 1" 87 70 53 0,56
6460 40 1¼" 16 104 84 65 1,10
50 1½" 141 101 76 1,70

L
63 2" 163 114 94 2,52

E
Order Ø MOP
Thread L E ØD Weight
No. Pipe (PN)
25 1" 82 70 44 0,57
32 1¼" 90 70 53 0,60
6470 32 1½" 16 90 70 53 0,90
Ø

32 2" 87 70 53 0,69
D

40 1½" 141 101 76 1,10

Design feature Elbow 45° With external thread

• With external thread according to EN 10226-1
No. 6411 Made of ductile iron
L
E

Order Ø MOP
Thread L E ØD Weight
No. Pipe (PN)
32 1" 77 70 53 0,55
6411 16
32 2" 78 70 53 0,59
Ø
D

Design feature Elbow 90° Swivelling fitting, with external thread

• With external thread according to EN 10226-1
No. 6462 Made of ductile iron E

• ISO socket 360° rotatable

ØD

Order Ø MOP
Thread L E ØD Weight
No. Pipe (PN)
6462 63 1½" 16 148 105 93 2,65
L

K 5/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
ISO pipe fitting
T-piece
Design feature T-piece With internal thread outlet, with detachable
• With internal thread according to ISO 228 ends for subsequent assembly

No. 6501 Made of ductile iron

Order Ø MOP
Thread L E Weight
No. Pipe (PN)
32 1" 195 80 1,50
40 1¼" 228 93 2,40
6501 50 1½" 16 235 93 2,70
63 2" 273 105 4,10
If using as sleeve - Attention: no stop E
L

Design feature T-piece With threaded outlet

• With internal thread according to ISO 228 No. 6500 Made of ductile iron

Order Ø MOP No. 6520 Made of POM

Thread L E Weight
No. Pipe (PN)
20 ½" 114 48 0,38 Internal thread reduced
25
32
¾"
1"
134
162
58
70
0,56
0,83 No. 6510 Made of ductile iron
6500 16
40
50
1¼"
1½"
199
239
84
101
1,45
2,20
No. 6521 Made of POM
63 2" 245 114 3,90
Order Ø MOP
Thread L E Weight
No. Pipe (PN)
20 ½" 110 48 0,10
25 ¾" 134 58 0,13
32 1" 163 70 0,24
6520 16
40 1¼" 193 82 0,43
50 1½" 235 99 0,60
63 2" 267 110 0,90 E
Order Ø MOP L
Thread L E Weight
No. Pipe (PN)
50 2" 240 101 2,40
6510 75 1" 16 258 99 5,20
75 2" 258 99 4,75
Order Ø MOP
Thread L E Weight
No. Pipe (PN)
40 1" 210 84 0,50
6521 63 1" 16 275 108 0,83
63 1½" 275 108 0,80

Order
Ø Pipe
MOP
L E Weight T-piece With 3 sockets
No. (PN)
32 176 70 1,00 No. 6530 Made of ductile iron
40 214 84 2,20
6530 50 16 250 101 3,20 No. 6550 Made of POM
63 300 114 4,80
T-piece reduced
Order
Ø Pipe
MOP
L E Weight No. 6531 Made of ductile iron
No. (PN)
25 144 58 0,16
32 179 70 0,25
6550 40 16 216 82 0,57
50 248 99 0,75
E1

63 297 110 1,20

Order Ø Pipe Ø Pipe MOP L E E1 Weight

No. 1 2 (PN)
32 25 157 70 58 0,90
40 25 185 84 58 1,50
40 32 185 84 70 1,50 E
50 25 218 101 58 2,00 L
6531 50 32 16 227 89 70 2,00
50 40 240 89 84 2,60
63 32 251 114 70 2,70
63 40 262 114 84 3,20
63 50 275 114 99 3,50

K 6/1
ISO pipe fitting
T-piece | Fitting | End stop
Order Ø Pipe Ø Pipe Ø Pipe MOP
L E1 E2 E3 Weight T-piece reduced With 3 sockets
No. 1 2 3 (PN)
40 63 40 246 88 115 88 1,18
No. 6551 Made of POM 2
63 40 40 272 115 88 88 1,18
6551 16

E2
63 40 63 297 115 88 115 1,23
63 63 40 272 115 115 88 1,23

1 3
E1 E3
L

Design features Fitting For wall inlet fitting No. 690 (old version)
• With external thread according to EN 10226-1
No. 6901 Made of ductile iron
• With external thread for protective sleeve according to
EN 10226-1

ØD
Order Ø Thread Thread MOP
L E ØD Weight
No. Pipe 1 2 (PN)
32 1" 1½" 88 63 53 0,40
6901 40 1¼" 2" 16 104 76 64,5 0,70 E
50 1½" 2½" 120 91 76 1,10
L

Order
Ø Pipe
MOP
L E ØD Weight End stop
No. (PN)
20 54,5 48,5 39 0,04 No. 6223 Made of POM
25 65,5 58,5 43 0,06
32 75,0 70,0 53 0,09
6223 16
40 92,5 82,5 72 0,20
ØD

50 107 101 83 0,28

63 117 111 99 0,40

Design features Push fit swivel converter

• With one external thread outlet EN 10226-1 No. 6630 equal
• Made of POM
• Every push-fit end can be modified to a external thread No. 6631 special dimensions
outlet

L
Order No. DN Thread L Weight

¾" ¾" 92 0,05

1" 1" 105 0,10
6630 1¼" 1¼" 123 0,13
1½" 1½" 144 0,18
2" 2" 160 0,28
1" 1½" 117 0,07
6631
1" 2" 126 0,12

K 6/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
ISO pipe fitting
Hawle wall inlet fitting
Design features
Hawle wall inlet fitting
• This wall inlet fitting enables the plastic pipe connection
to end on the outside of the wall
No. 6990 Made of ductile iron

• The outside central portion of the wall inlet body is

ribbed and uncoated to ensure good adhesion to
concrete
• The ISO socket on the outside of the wall is cylindrical
to enable pushing on an additional PE protective sleeve
• There are two connection possibilities on the inside
wall. The standard version with internal thread
connection or an additional external thread to the
internal thread for connection of a protective sleeve

Material | Technical features

• Body made of ductile iron, epoxy powder coated
• Seals made of elastomer

R" Ø d2**
Ø Pipe Ø d1* t L Ø d3 Weight
ISO 228 ISO 228
32 56 1" R 2" 75 440 80 4,65
40 66,5 1¼" R 2½" 90 440 87 5,40
50 80 1½" R 2½" 105 440 87 5,70
63 97 2 R 3" 510 470 95 8,40

* A protective sleeve can be pushed on Assembly instructions:

** Can be supplied with external thread (for tank room traverse etc.) see page K 3/2
+ Maximum wall thickness
L
t
Ø d3
Ø d2

Ø d1
R"

Design features
Hawle wall inlet fitting
• with internal thread ISO 228
• with intermediate shut-off
Protection pipe
• Suitable protection pipe PVC 110x5,3 No. 6909
(not included in scope of supply!) Made of ductile iron

PE pipe IT
Order No. L L1 H H1 Weight
Ød R" ISO 228
32 1" 220 123 68,5 3,0
6909 50 1½" 223 177 124 70,0 3,7 L
63 2" 223 134 80,0 3,5
Protection pipe L1
R"
H
Ød

K 7/1
Notes

K 7/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Fittings for cable conduits
Simple - safe - no screwing required
Design features
• For PE cable conduits
• For pipes, connections and installation according to DIN
16874, DIN 8074, DIN 8075 and DIN 16876
• Easy to install - just push it on
• Easy to dismantle
• Tension lock according to DIN 16874
• Tension lock via proven interlocked grip ring
• Leak tightness according to EN 1610 0,5 bar
• For injection pressure up to 12 bar at max. 2 hours
• Suitable for cable installation techniques "shooting in"
"blowing in” and "pulling in”
• Short, slim design
• High-grade materials

Material | technical features

• Cut pipe to length
• Body and grip ring made of POM
Make sure that the pipe is cut
• Seals made of elastomer to length accurately and at right
• End stop closure made of POM angles.
• Please note! *)
The sealing surface of the pipe
must be smooth, clean and free
Suitable accessories
from grooves! Observe mounting
Chamfering tool: No. 6000 instructions!
Pipe cutter: No. 6050
• Chamfer the pipe
Extractor: No. 6010
Push chamfering tool over pipe
end. Turn clockwise while
pressing lightly - ready!
• Establish the push-in depth
• Check position of sealing
rings and grip rings!
• Push on fitting
Push the pipe completely into
the push-fit fitting.
Check tensile strength by pulling
at the pipe.

*) Condition of pipe:
The pipes shall have smooth outside surfaces, suitable free from scratches and cavities. Sharp-edged grooves, burs and
shrunken spots at connection points of the pipes are not acceptable. The appropriate condition of the pipes shall be especially
observed when introducing the cable conduits and when using impact moles.
The pipe ends shall be cut perpendicular to the pipe axis and they shall be free from burs. Clamping spots at the cable conduit
produced by pulling in are not suitable for a clamped connection and have to be cut off.

K 8/1
Fittings for cable conduits
Simple - safe - no screwing required
Order No. Ø Pipe L E ØD Weight Coupling for cable conduits
with push-fit socket at both ends
32 110 53 48 0,10
6326 40 124 60 61 0,22 No. 6326 D 32 E
50 138 67 70 0,27

ØD
L

D 40, D 50

ØD
E
L

Design features End fitting for cable conduits

• Protection against dirt the sealed cable conduit pressure No. 6224
tight to 0,5 bar is provided for Ø 10 to Ø 20

Cap D 32, D 40, D 50

Order No. Ø Pipe L E ØD Weight
32 109 69 48 0,11
6224 40 119 81 58 0,15

ØD
50 133 93 98 0,20

E
L

K 8/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Hawle ZAK-System
The threadless, restraint jointing system for service connections

Page Hawle ZAK-System

L2 The threadless, restraint jointing system
for service connections Page L 2/1

Saddles
Page ZAK-Universal-H
ZAK-HAKU Page L 3/2
Page L 3/1

L3 ZAK-HAKU-Hawlinger
ZAK shut-off adapter, ZAK-drilling adapter, ZAK-plug
Page L 3/3
Page L 3/4

Service valve
Page ZAK-Service valve, for horizontal outlet
ZAK-Service valve, for vertical outlet
Page L 4/1
Page L 4/2
ZAK-Service valve, 360° swivel type Page L 4/3
L4 ZAK-ISO-adapter, -ISO fitting, -reduction, -connector, swiveling Page L 4/4
ZAK-elbow 90° Page L 4/5
ZAK-adapter, ZAK-Tee piece Page L 4/6

ZAK-range
Page ZAK-wall inlet fitting, ZAK-adapter with flange,
ZAK-adapter fitting Page L 5/1
L5 ZAK-thread adapter ET, ZAK-Press-Fit Page L 5/2
ZAK-O-ring, ZAK-Retaining ring Page L 5/2

Page ZAK-fittings
ZAK-fittings with PE-tail Page L 6/1
L6

Further products with ZAK connection

Hawle-Combiflex E3 DN 150 Pages A 9/1
Hawle-Combiflex E3 DN 250, DN 300 Pages A 9/5

Wafer tee piece ZAK 46 Page D 4/1

SynoZAK connector Page E 4/1

BAIO EN-duck foot bend ZAK 46 Page G 6/3

BAIO MMN-duck foot bend ZAK 46 Page G 6/3
BAIO SM-adapter piece ZAK 46 Page G 6/6
BAIO U-piece ZAK 46 Page G 6/1

Water meter consoles ZAK 34 Page J 9/1

L 1/1
Hawle ZAK-System
The threadless, restraint jointing system for service connections
Accessories Spare parts
Mounting spray Page M 7/2 Retaining ring for ZAK Page L 5/2
Extension spindles Page M 2/3 O-ring for ZAK Page L 5/2
Strap No. 3110 Page I 3/5

Tools
Drilling machine Page Q 2/1
Saddle blade Page Q 4/1

Application examples

L 1/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Hawle ZAK-System
Design features
• The threadless, restraint jointing system for the service connections
made of ductile iron, epoxy powder coated
Thread Additional Incrustation
• Integrated on pipe saddles, service valves and fittings seal
• Operating pressure PN 16
• Simple installation:
Push into socket - rotate for 90° - pull out - fit the snap ring
• ZAK socket d 34 max. drilling Ø 25
ISO push-fit for PE pipes Ø 20 - Ø 50 according to EN 12201 and DIN
8074 | up to PN 16. Suitable up to 30 °C medium temperature
• ZAK socket d 46 max. drilling Ø 35
ISO push-fit for PE pipes Ø 32 - Ø 63 according to EN 12201 and DIN
8074 | up to PN 16. Suitable up to 30 °C medium temperature
• ZAK socket d 69 max. drilling Ø 40/50
ISO push-fit for PE pipes Ø 50 - Ø 63 according to EN 12201 and DIN
8074 | up to PN 16. Suitable up to 30 °C medium temperature

ZAK-System assembly instructions

1 2 3

Grease the O-rings of the spigot end. Push the ZAK- Rotate the ZAK-Fitting for 90 °Clockwise to the stop. Pull out the ZAK-Fitting to the stop (app. 4 mm).
spigot end into the ZAK-socket to the stop.

Fit the snap ring in the gap and push the locking
ends together.

ZAK-System dismantling

1 2 3

Open the snap ring, widen it and pull it back. Push in the ZAK-Fitting to the stop (app. 4 mm). Turn the ZAK-Fitting for 90 °Counterclockwise to the
stop and pull it out of the ZAK-socket.

L 2/1
Notes

L 2/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Hawle
Saddles
ZAK-System
Design features ZAK-universal-H pipe saddle
• For ductile iron, steel and AC pipes No. 3540 Complete
• For drilling without pressure
No. 3540G Without strap and saddle seal
L1 L
Dimension/DN ZAK 46
Order MOP
Version
No. (PN) 80 100 125 150 200
3540

H
16 ZAK 46
3540G DN 65 — DN 500

DN H L L1 Weight
65 — 500 ZAK 46 65 200 90 1,70

When ordering, please state DN, pipe Ø and pipe type;

ZAK 46 max. drilling Ø 35 mm | weight without strap
strap see page I 3/5

Design features
ZAK-universal-H shut-off saddle
• For ductile iron, steel and AC pipes No. 3810 Complete
• For drilling under pressure
No. 3810G Without strap and saddle seal

Order MOP Dimension/DN L1

Version L
No. (PN) 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 400 500 ZAK
ZAK 34
3810
ZAK 46
16
ZAK 34
3810G DN 65 — DN 500

H
ZAK 46

DN H L L1 Weight
ZAK 34 2,50
65 — 500 84 200 112
ZAK 46 3,00
When ordering, please state DN, pipe Ø and pipe type;
ZAK 34, max. drilling Ø 25 | ZAK 46, max. drilling Ø 35
weight without strap | strap see page I 3/5

Design features
ZAK-universal-H Hawlinger
• For ductile iron, steel and AC pipes No. 2410 Complete
• For vertical drilling under pressure
No. 2410G Without strap and saddle seal
• Supplied complete with plastic operating key

Order MOP Dimension/DN

Version ZAK
No. (PN)
2410 ZAK 46 100 A
16 ZAK 34
2410G DN 65 — DN 500
ZAK 46
H

DN H L L1 A B Weight
B

ZAK 34 110 170 68 60 4,70

65 — 500 200
ZAK 46 120 225 82 65 6,10
When ordering, please state DN, pipe Ø and pipe type; ZAK 34, max.
drilling Ø 25 | ZAK 46, max. drilling Ø 35 dimension no. 2410G | no. 2405
only vertical outlet (without illustration) L1 L
Strap see page I 3/5

L 3/1
Hawle ZAK-System
Saddles
Design features
ZAK-HAKU pipe saddle
• For PE and PVC pipes No. 5260 ZAK 46
• For drilling without pressure

H
Pipe Ø
Order MOP
Version
No. (PN) 63 90 110 125 140 160 180 225
5260 16 ZAK 46

Pipe Ø H L L1 Weight
63 135 100 1,90 L1 L
90 46 150 110 3,00
110 170 3,10
125 190 3,80
ZAK 46
140 205 120 4,80
160 39 230 5,00
180 262 5,30
225 310 180 9,70
ZAK 46, max. drilling Ø 35 mm

Design features
ZAK-HAKU shut-off saddle
• For PE and PVC pipes No. 5320 ZAK
• For drilling under pressure

Pipe Ø

H
Order MOP
Version
110
125
140
160
180
200
225
250
280

No. (PN)
63
90

ZAK 34
5320 16
ZAK 46

Ø Pipe H L L1 Weight
63 107 135 100 2,90
90 73 150 110 3,35
110 73 170 120 3,75 L1 L
ZAK 34
140 76 208 120 5,00
160 80 230 120 5,85
225 83 310 120 7,65
90 72 150 110 3,55
110 74 170 120 4,00
125 76,5 192 120 4,90
140 79 208 120 5,20
160 74 230 120 5,20
ZAK 46
180 81 262 120 6,55
200 83 285 120 5,95
225 86 310 120 7,70
250 83 350 180 13,15
280 83 380 180 13,40
ZAK 34, max. drilling Ø 25 mm | ZAK 46, max. drilling Ø 35 mm

L 3/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Hawle ZAK-System
Saddles
Design features
• For PE and PVC pipes
ZAK-HAKU Hawlinger
No. 2310
• For vertical drilling under pressure

Pipe Ø
Order MOP ZAK
Version
No. (PN) 63 90 110 125 140 160 225 A

2310 16 ZAK 34
ZAK 46

H
Ø Pipe H L L1 A B Weight

B
63 155 70 6,80
110 ZAK 34 125 170 175 68 70 7,30
160 230 75 9,00
90 155 75 8,70
110 170 80 9,10
125 190 80 10,40 L1 L
ZAK 46 130 225 82
140 205 80 10,00
160 230 80 11,00
225 305 90 13,90
ZAK 34, max. drilling Ø 25 mm | ZAK 46, max. drilling Ø 35 mm

Design features
• For PE and PVC pipes
ZAK-HAKU Hawlinger
• For vertical drilling under pressure
No. 2305

Pipe Ø ZAK
Order MOP
Version A
No. (PN) 90 110 125 140 160 180 225

2305 16 ZAK 34
ZAK 46
H

Ø Pipe H L L1 A Weight
90 155 6,40
110 170 7,30
140 ZAK 34 125 205 175 68 7,60

d
160 230 9,00
225 305 10,90
90 155 8,70 L1 L
110 170 9,10
125 190 10,40
140 ZAK 46 130 205 225 82 10,00
160 230 11,00
180 250 12,50
225 305 13,90
ZAK 34, max. drilling Ø 25 mm | ZAK 46, max. drilling Ø 35 mm

L 3/3
Hawle ZAK-System
Range
Design features
ZAK shut-off adapter
• The shut-off adapter with ZAK outlets is to be used in
combination with pipe saddle
No. 3721
• The lower ZAK spigot is to be used for assembly in the
drill fittings with ZAK socket; the upper ZAK socket
outlet serves for positive integration of fittings and 2 1 3 ZAK 46
fittings with ZAK spigot
• In combination with a drill, the adapter allows simple,
problem-free drilling of main lines under pressure

126
Material | Technical features
1 Body made of ductile iron, epoxy powder coated Ø 30
2 Sealing cover made of ductile iron, epoxy powder ZAK 46
coated with rubber seal
3 Screws and washers made of stainless steel
• Seals made of Elastomer Dimension/DN
Order MOP
Version
No. (PN) 1¼"
With ZAK spigot and
3721 16 ZAK 46
Suitable accessories ZAK socket

Drilling machines: No. 5800, No. 5805

DN Drill hole max. Weight
Saddle blade: No. 8401
ZAK adapter: No. 5895 1¼" ZAK 46 29 2,20

Design features
ZAK-drilling adapter
• For Hawle drilling machines No. 5800, No. 5805 No. 5895
Order No. MOP (PN) Version Weight
IG 1" ZAK 34 0,75
5895 16 IG 1½" 1,10
ZAK 46
IG 2" 1,00

ZAK

Design features
ZAK-plug
• For ZAK-adapter No. 6980
Order MOP Weight
Version
No. (PN)
ZAK 34 0,25
6980 16 ZAK 46 0,45
ZAK 69 0,84
ZAK

L 3/4 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Hawle ZAK-System
Service valve
Design features
ZAK-service valve
• Resilient seated gate valve No. 2810 Ø d1
• With ZAK-spigot and ISO-socket a
• For horizontal outlet

c
Order MOP Dimension/DN
Version
No. (PN) ¾" 1" 1¼" 1½" 2"
With ZAK spigot ZAK 34 * * * *

H
2810 16

H1
and ISO socket ZAK 46

DN Ø H H1 L t a c Ø d1 Weight
PE-pipe

ZAK
¾" 25 164 185 173 52 2,35
1" ZAK 32 164 190 175 63 2,50
10,3 20 16 t
1¼" 34 40 164 200 205 76 2,90
L
1½" 50 164 200 232 91 3,15
1" 32 164 190 175 63 3,60 *
1¼" ZAK 40 200 230 230 76 4,00
10,3 20 16
1½" 46 50 200 235 236 91 4,30
2" 63 200 244 267 103 4,80

Design features
ZAK-service valve
• Resilient seated gate valve No. 2811 Ø d1
a
• With ZAK-spigot and ZAK-socket
• For horizontal outlet

c
Order MOP Dimension/DN
Version
No. (PN) 1½"
With ZAK spigot and
2811 16 ZAK 46

H
ZAK socket

H1
ZAK 46
DN H H1 L a c Ø d1 Weight
ZAK 46

1½" ZAK 46 200 230 209 10,3 20 16 4,00

Design features
ZAK-service valve
• Resilient seated gate valve No. 2812 Ø d1
a
• With double ZAK-socket
• For horizontal outlet
c

Order MOP Dimension/DN

Version
No. (PN) 1½"
H

With double
H1

2812 16 ZAK 46
ZAK-socket

DN H H1 L a c Ø d1 Weight
ZAK 46

ZAK 46

1½" ZAK 46 200 230 160 10,3 20 16 3,72

L 4/1
Hawle ZAK-System
Service valve
Design features
ZAK-service valve
• Resilient seated gate valve No. 3160
• With ZAK spigot and ISO socket Ø d1
• For vertical outlet a

c
Order MOP Dimension/DN
Version
No. (PN) ¾" 1" 1¼" 1½"

H1
With ZAK spigot ZAK 34
3160 16
and ISO socket
ZAK 46

DN
Ø
DN H H1 L t a c Ø d1 Weight
PE-pipe
¾" 25 240 159 80 52 2,30
ZAK 34 10,3 20 16
1" 32 240 159 80 63 2,40
t
1¼" 40 272 190 106 76 4,15
ZAK 46 10,3 20 16 ZAK
1½" 50 286 190 220 91 4,25
L

Design features
ZAK-service valve
• Resilient seated gate valve No. 3161
• With ZAK spigot and ZAK socket Ø d1
• For vertical outlet a

c
Order MOP Dimension/DN
Version
No. (PN) 1½"

H1
With ZAK spigot and
3161 16 ZAK 46
ZAK socket
H

DN H H1 L a c Ø d1 Weight
ZAK 46

1½" ZAK 46 297 190 69 10,3 20 16 3,90

ZAK 46
L

L 4/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Hawle ZAK-System
Service valve
Design features
ZAK-service valve
• Resilient seated gate valve No. 3162 Ø d1
• 360° swivel type, with ZAK spigot and ISO socket
a
• For vertical outlet

c
Order MOP Dimension/DN
Version
No. (PN) 1" 1¼"

H1
360° swivel type, with ZAK ZAK 34
3162 16
spigot and ISO socket ZAK 46

Ø
DN H H1 L t a c Ø d1 Weight

DN
PE-pipe

H
1" ZAK 34 32 285 159 80 63 10,3 20 16 2,92 t
1" ZAK 46 32 285 159 86 76 10,3 20 16 3,72

1¼" ZAK 46 40 355 190 106 76 10,3 20 16 4,85

ZAK
L

Design features
ZAK-service valve
• Resilient seated gate valve No. 3163
• 360° swivel type, with ZAK spigot and ZAK socket Ø d1
a
• For vertical outlet

c
Order MOP Dimension/DN
Version
No. (PN) 1½"

H1
360° swivel type, with ZAK
3163 16 ZAK 46
spigot and ZAK socket
ZAK 46
H

DN H H1 L a c Ø d1 Weight
1½" ZAK 46 355 190 69 10,3 20 16 4,53

ZAK 46
L

L 4/3
Hawle ZAK-System
Range
Order MOP
Version
Pipe Ø d
ZAK-ISO-adapter
No. (PN) 20 25 32 40 50 63
No. 6160
ZAK 34
6160 16 ZAK 46
ZAK 69 E

Pipe Ø d E Weight
20 48 0,30
25 58 0,40

ZAK
Ød
ZAK 34
32 70 0,50
40 84 0,70
25 58 0,50
32 70 0,70
40 ZAK 46 84 0,80
50 101 1,20
63 114 1,60
50 101 1,44
ZAK 69
63 114 1,82

Design features
ZAK-fitting
• Sanitation fitting with extended insertion No. 6170
• Can be displaced, with cone part that can be dismantled

Pipe Ø d L min.
Order MOP
Version
No. (PN) 32 40 50 63

ZAK-spigot
ZAK 34

Ød
6170 16
ZAK 46
L max.
Pipe Ø d L max. L min. Weight
32 127 71 1,05
ZAK 34
50 149 82 1,85
32 154 71 1,40
40 147 77 1,50
ZAK 46
50 149 82 1,70
63 201 104 2,70

Design features
ZAK-reduction
• Adapter ZAK spigot on ZAK socket No. 6350
Order MOP Version
ZAK-spigot

ZAK-socket
L Weight
No. (PN) A B
A
B

ZAK 34 ZAK 46 58 0,40

6350 16
ZAK 46 ZAK 69 102 1,00

Design features
ZAK-connector, swiveling
• With ZAK-spigot and ZAK socket No. 6468
• 360° swivelling
126
ZAK-spigot 46

Order No. MOP (PN) Version Weight

ZAK-spigot

Ø 65

6468
70

16 ZAK 46 1,35

L 4/4 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Hawle ZAK-System
Range
Order MOP
No. (PN)
Version
25 32
Pipe Ø d
40 50 63
ZAK-ISO elbow 90°
ZAK 34
No. 6480 L
6480 16
ZAK 46 E

Pipe Ø d Version L E Weight

25 72 58 0,55

Ød
32 ZAK 34 93 70 0,80
40 104 84 1,10
25 71 58 0,72
32 87 70 0,96
40 ZAK 46 104 84 1,20
50 141 101 1,65 ZAK
63 163 114 2,10

Design features
ZAK-ISO elbow 90°
• 360° swivel type, ZAK-spigot and ISO-socket
No. 6465 L

Order MOP Pipe Ø d E

Version
No. (PN) 25 32 40 50 63

Ød
ZAK 34
6465 16
ZAK 46
Pipe Ø d Version L E Weight
25 60 48 1,20
32 ZAK 34 93 70 1,60
40 105 84 1,80
25 60 48 1,40
32 93 70 1,70 ZAK
40 ZAK 46 105 84 1,90
50 130 101 2,30
63 147 114 2,80

Design features
• 360° swivel type, ZAK-spigot and ZAK-socket
ZAK-elbow 90°
No. 6469

ZAK-socket 46
Order No. MOP (PN) Version Weight
6469 16 ZAK 46 1,10

147
ZAK-spigot
105

Design features
ZAK-elbow 90°
• With ZAK-spigot and ZAK-socket No. 6473
Order No. MOP (PN) Version Weight
ZAK 46

6473 16 ZAK 46 1,15

95

ZAK 46
105

L 4/5
Hawle ZAK-System
Range
Design features
ZAK-adapter
• With double ZAK-spigots No. 6341
L

Order MOP L Weight

Version
No. (PN)

ZAK

ZAK
ZAK 46 1 piece 84,5 0,60
6341 16
ZAK 46 turnable 136 1,30

ZAK

ZAK
Design features
ZAK-adapter
• With double ZAK-sockets No. 6340 L

Order MOP L
Version Weight
No. (PN)
6340 16 ZAK 46 120 1,00

Design features
ZAK-Tee piece
With ZAK outlet, with detachable
ends for subsequent assembly
• With ZAK-socket ZAK
No. 6503
Order Ø MOP
L E Weight
No. Pipe (PN)
50 235 93 3,30
6503 ZAK 46 16 4,70
63 273 105
Attention: no pipe stop

E
L
Design features
ZAK-Tee piece
• With ZAK-sockets on all sides No. 6540 H

Order MOP L H Weight

Version
H

No. (PN)
6540 16 ZAK 46 120 60 1,10

Design features
ZAK-Tee piece
• With ZAK-sockets and ZAK-spigot No. 6541 ZAK 46
H

Order MOP L H Weight

Version
No. (PN)
H

6541 16 ZAK 46 146 62 1,20

ZAK 46

ZAK 46

L 4/6 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
 Hawle ZAK-System
Range
Design features
ZAK-wall inlet fitting
• For installation in masonry (No. 6992, No. 6993) or
with ring seal in RDS* (No. 6994)
No. 6992
No. 6993
Order MOP
No. (PN)
Version Outlet A Outlet B L Weight No. 6994
Internal thread No. 6992 No. 6994
6992 Casing 1¼" IT 1¼"
ribbed ZAK 46 ZAK
6993 16 500 5,30
Socket ZAK 46 socket
Casing over- Internal thread
6994
wound for RDS 1¼"
* RDS = pipe ducting system IT 1¼"
No. 6993
ZAK ZAK
ZAK

Design features
ZAK-adapter with flange
• Adapter flange on ZAK socket No. 8190
Order MOP
DN Version L Weight
No. (PN)
40
82 2,70
50
80 51 3,90
8190 16 100 ZAK 46 51 4,70
125 51 5,80
150 51 7,30
200 51 11,50

Design features
ZAK-adapter fitting
• With conical external thread and ZAK spigot
No. 6189SP Made of brass

Order MOP External thread EN 10226-1

Version
No. (PN) 1" 1¼" 1½"
6189SP 16 ZAK 46
ZAK 46

External thread G L L1 Weight

1" 70 20 0,40
1¼" ZAK 46 70 21,5 0,50
1½" 70 21,5 0,60
L1
L

L 5/1
Hawle ZAK-System
Range
Design features
ZAK-thread adapter
• ZAK-socket-external thread No. 6189
• ZAK 34 with conical external thread L
• ZAK 34, ZAK 46 with cylindrical external thread
(cylindrical thread not suitable for usage with

ZAK-socket
hemp or teflon)

G
Order MOP External thread EN 10226-1
Version
No. (PN) 1¼" 1½" 2"
ZAK 34
6189 16
ZAK 46

External thread G L Weight

1¼" 60 0,36
ZAK 34
1½" 55 0,35
1¼" 67 0,50
1½" ZAK 46 67 0,60
2" 50 0,50
ZAK 34, max. drilling Ø 25 | ZAK 46, max. drilling
Ø 35
Design features
• With internal thread ISO 228 and ZAK-spigot end
ZAK-adapter fitting
No. 6189IG
Order MOP Internal thread ISO 228
Version
No. (PN) 1¼" 1½"

ZAK 46
6189IG 16 ZAK 46

G
Internal thread G L L1 Weight
1¼" 82 19 0,50
ZAK 46 L1
1½" 90 19 0,60 L

Design features
ZAK-Press-FIT
• With ZAK spigot end and Viega Geopress socket No. 6164 of brass
L
Order MOP PE pipe Ø d
Version
No. (PN) 32 40 50 63
6164 16 ZAK 46
ZAK 46
Ød

Pipe Ø d L Weight
32 103 0,58
40 112 0,68
ZAK 46
50 112 0,69
63 117 0,76

Version O-ring For ZAK spigot

ZAK 34
ZAK 46
No. 6945
ZAK 69

Version Retaining ring

ZAK 34 For ZAK system
ZAK 46
ZAK 69 No. 6970

L 5/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Hawle ZAK-System
Range
Design features
ZAK-PE-tail
• For fusion in PE-service valves with E-socket technology
No. 6180

L
Pipe Ø d
Order MOP
Version
No. (PN) 32 40 50 63

Ød

ZAK
ZAK 34
6180 16
ZAK 46

Pipe Ø d L Weight
40 ZAK 34 210 0,95
32 200 0,60
40 200 0,60
ZAK 46
50 220 0,90
63 230 1,20

Design features
• For fusion in PE-service valves with E-socket technology
ZAK-elbow PE 90°
No. 6479 L

Order MOP Pipe Ø d

Ød
Version
No. (PN) 32 40 50 63
ZAK 34
6479 16
ZAK 46
Pipe Ø d L Weight
32 69 0,80
ZAK 34
40 78 0,90
32 69 1,00
40 78 0,65
ZAK 46 ZAK
50 89 0,85
63 110 1,30

L 6/1
Notes

L 6/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Accessories

Page Extension spindles

M2 Rigid or telescopic Page M 2/1

Surface boxes & base plates

Page Telescopic made of plastic
Rigid made of ductile iron
Page M 3/1
Page M 3/3
M3 Telescopic made of ductile iron
Height adjustable DIN rated Surface box
Page M 3/4
Page M 3/5
Base plates made of recycled plastic Page M 3/7

Page
Valve accessories Page M 4/1
M4

Page HAWAK-pillar
M5 For above ground operation of valve Page M 5/1

Page Hydrant accessories Page M 6/1

M6 Support liners
For PE pipes Page M 6/2

Page 5x A

Accessories Page M 7/1 2x C 3x B

M7 3x B

3x B
3x B

M 1/1
Notes

M 1/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Extension spindles
Rigid or telescopic
Design features For E3 and E2 valves and E3 Combi
• One extension spindle for several dimensions valves DN 50 — 200
• Protective cover with integrated locking mechanism
• No additional fixing (bolt/pin) necessary No. 9000E2/E3
• DN 50 to 200 Rigid

No. 9500E2/E3
Order Pipe cover Dimension/DN Telescopic
Version
No. (RD) 50/65/80/100 125/150 200
1,00 m
9000E2/E3

1,25 m
rigid 1,50 m
2,00 m
2,50 m
1,30 — 1,80 m
9500E2/E3

1,35 — 1,80 m
telescopic
1,80 — 2,50 m
2,50 — 3,50 m
Other pipe cover depths on request

Suitable accessories
• Extender for rigid spindle
Order no. 7830 price for first meter
Order no. 7831 price for each additional half meter
• Pleace specify dimensions and length when ordering rigid telescopic

Design features
• Attachment of the extension spindle to the valve spindle For E3 and E2 valves DN 250 — 600
takes place with a stainless steel splint
• DN 250 to 600 No. 9000E2/E3
Rigid

Order Pipe cover

Dimension/DN No. 9500E2/E3
Version Telescopic
No. (RD) 250 300 350 400 500 600

1,00 m
1,25 m
9000E2/E3

1,50 m
rigid 1,90 m
2,00 m
2,40 m
2,50 m
1,40 — 1,80 m
1,50 — 1,80 m
9500E2/E3

1,90 — 2,20 m
telescopic 2,00 — 2,30 m
2,00 — 2,50 m
2,50 — 3,50 m
2,60 — 3,50 m
Other pipe cover depths on request
rigid telescopic

M 2/1
 Extension spindles
Rigid or telescopic

No. 9000E2/E3 / 9500E2/E3 All extension spindles (rigid or telescopic) of all types and
dimensions are protected against dirt and surface water.
The telescopic extension spindle can be progressively adjusted to
ground level. This is done by pushing or pulling the tube and the
spindle shaft.
The telescopic effect protects the pipe and fitting from surface
impact.
Surface box

Spindle head
(cast iron tap)
Galvanised ductile iron Spindle head | square
a
For service a 27 mm
valves

c
b 32 mm
Base plate For valves and combi
b
valves c 48 mm
Inner protecting
tube - PE
9000E2/E3 Weights extension spindles, rigid – DN
Hollow top spindle Pipe cover 125/
Galvanized steel 50/65/80/100 200 250 300 350 400 500 600
(RD) 150
Pipe cover (RD) = top of pipe to ground level

1,00 m 3,50 2,80 2,70 3,10 3,00

Restraining collar 1,25 m 4,50 3,70 3,50 4,70 4,30 4,20 3,55
Elastomer
1,50 m 5,50 4,80 4,50 6,00 5,80 5,40 5,00
1,90 m 7,40
2,00 m 7,45 6,60 6,50 9,00 8,70 8,45 7,80 7,40
Clamp ring
Elastomer 2,40 m 7,40
2,50 m 9,40 8,60 8,50 12,20 12,00 9,67 7,40

Outer protecting
9500E2/E3 Weights extension spindles, telescopic – DN
tube - PE Pipe cover 125/
(RD) 50/65/80/100 200 250 300 350 400 500 600
150
1,30 — 1,80 m 6,60 6,25
Spindle shaft 1,35 — 1,80 m 6,10
Galvanized steel 1,40 — 1,80 m 7,30
1,50 — 1,80 m 6,90 6,70 6,30
1,90 — 2,20 m 8,80
2,00 — 2,30 m 8,80
Stop disc - POM 1,80 — 2,50 m 9,50 8,90 8,60
2,00 — 2,50 m 11,00 10,50 10,20 9,70
Spindle coupling
Galvanised ductile iron
2,50 — 3,50 m 12,80 12,00 11,90 15,30 14,90 14,50 14,20
2,60 — 3,50 m 14,50 14,00

Valve
Assembly instructions
Fig.: Assembly E3 extension spindle DN 50 — 200

Protective cover

Spindle coupling

Sleeve ring

Spindle coupling
adapter
Illustration: 9500E2/E3 DN 250 — 600

M 2/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Extension spindles
Rigid or telescopic
Design features Extension spindle for service valves
• One extension spindle for several dimensions with threaded connection for spindle DN ½" — 2"
• Threaded connection for attachment to the service valve
• No additional fixing (bolt/pin) necessary
No. 9101
Rigid

Order No. Version Pipe cover (RD) ½" — 2"

No. 9601
Telescopic
0,75 m
1,00 m
1,25 m
9101 rigid
1,50 m
2,00 m
2,50 m
0,60 — 0,80 m
0,80 — 1,20 m
1,00 — 1,60 m
9601 telescopic
1,30 — 1,80 m
1,80 — 2,50 m
2,50 — 3,50 m
Other pipe cover depths on request
Rigid Telescopic
Suitable accessories
• Extender for rigid spindle
Order no. 7830 price for first meter
Order no. 7831 price for each additional half meter
• Pleace specify dimensions and length when ordering

Design features Extension spindle for Hawle-

• One extension spindle for several dimensions Elypso valves DN 50 — 200
No. 9000A
Rigid
Dimension/DN
Order
Version
Pipe cover
Hawle-Elypso valve
No. 9500A
No. (RD) Telescopic
50 — 80 100 125/150 200
1,00 m
rigid
9000A 1,25 m
1,50 m
1,30 — 1,80 m
1,35 — 1,80 m
tele- 1,40 — 1,80 m
9500A
scopic 1,80 — 2,50 m
2,00 — 2,50 m
2,50 — 3,50 m

Rigid Telescopic
DN 50 — 200

M 2/3
Extension spindles
Rigid or telescopic

No. 9101 / 9601 All extension spindle dimensions and types (rigid or telescopic)
are protected against dirt and surface water.
No. 9000A / 9500A The telescopic extension spindle can be progressively adjusted to
ground level. This is done by pushing or pulling the protecting tube
and the spindle shaft.
The telescopic effect protects the pipe and fitting from surface impact.
Surface box

Spindle head Spindle head | square

(cast iron tap)
Galvanised ductile iron
a
a 13 mm
for service valves b 15 mm
c 24 mm

c
a 27 mm
b
for gate valves b 32 mm
Base plate
c 48 mm
Inner protecting
pipe - PE Weight of extension spindle for service valves
Hollow top spindle Order
9101 9601
Galvanized steel No.
Length 0,75
Pipe cover (RD) = top of pipe to ground level

Restraining collar 1,0 1,25 1,5 2,0 2,5 0,6—0,8 0,8—1,2 1,0—1,6 1,3—1,8 1,8—2,5 2,5—3,5
m
Elastomer
Clamp ring Weight 1,10 1,60 2,10 2,60 3,70 4,60 1,60 2,40 3,20 3,50 4,80 6,90
Elastomer

Weight of extension spindle for Elypso valves

Version

Pipe cover Dimension/DN

Order
No.

Outer protecting (RD) 50 — 80 100 125/150 200

tube - PE
1,00 m 3,20 3,30 3,00 2,80
9000A
rigid

1,25 m 4,20
Spindle shaft 1,50 m 5,30 5,30 5,00 4,80
Galvanized steel
1,30 — 1,80 m 6,80 6,80 6,50
1,35 — 1,80 m 6,30
telescopic

1,40 — 1,80 m
9500A

1,80 — 2,50 m
Spindle coupling
Galvanised ductile iron 2,00 — 2,50 m 9,40 9,50 9,20 9,00
2,50 — 3,50 m 12,90 12,90 12,40 12,50

9000A / 9500A assembly instructions

Valve

Slide back outer protecting Place extension spindle Slide outer protecting tube
Illustration: Hawle-A extension spindle tube, remove split pin shaft over valve spindle over gate valve housing
"telescopic", DN 80 — 200

M 2/4 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Extension spindles
Rigid or telescopic
Design features Extension spindle for
• One extension spindle for several dimensions Hawle-E1+ valves DN 50 — 300
Nr. 9000 / Nr. 9000A
Dimension/DN Rigid
Order Pipe cover
No.
Version
(RD)
Hawle-E1+ valve Nr. 9500 / Nr. 9500A
50 65/80 100 125/150 200 250 — 300 Telescopic
1,00 m
rigid
9000A 1,25 m
1,50 m
1,30 — 1,80 m
1,35 — 1,80 m
tele- 1,40 — 1,80 m
9500A
scopic 1,80 — 2,50 m
2,00 — 2,50 m
2,50 — 3,50 m
1,00 m
9000 1,25 m
rigid
1,50 m
9500 telescopic 1,30 — 1,80 m

Suitable accessories
• Extender for rigid spindle
Order no. 7830 price for first meter
Rigid Telescopic Rigid Telescopic Rigid Telescopic
Order no. 7831 price for each additional half meter
DN 50 DN 65 — 200 DN 250 — 300
• Pleace specify dimensions and length when ordering

M 2/5
 Extension spindles
Rigid or telescopic

No. 9000 / 9000A All extension spindle dimensions and types (rigid or telescopic)
are protected against dirt and surface water.
No. 9500 / 9500A The telescopic extension spindle can be progressively adjusted to
ground level. This is done by pushing or pulling the protecting tube
and the spindle shaft.
Surface box The telescopic effect protects the pipe and fitting from surface impact.

Spindle head
(cast iron tap) Spindle head | square
Galvanised ductile iron
a a 13 mm
for service valves b 15 mm
c 24 mm

c
a 27 mm
b for gate valves b 32 mm
Base plate c 48 mm

Inner protecting
tube - PE
Weight extension spindle for Hawle-E1+ valves
Hollow top spindle
Order No.

Galvanized steel Valve Dimension/DN

Pipe cover
Type
Pipe cover (RD) = top of pipe to ground level

Restraining collar (RD) 50 65/80 100 125/150 200 250 — 300

Elastomer
1,00 m 3,20 3,30 3,00 2,80
Clamp ring
9000A
rigid

Elastomer 1,25 m 4,20

1,50 m 5,30 5,30 5,00 4,80
1,30 — 1,80 m 6,80 6,80 6,50
1,35 — 1,80 m 6,30
telescopic

1,40 — 1,80 m 7,00

9500A

1,80 — 2,50 m 10,10

Outer protecting
tube - PE 2,00 — 2,50 m 9,40 9,50 9,20 9,00
2,50 — 3,50 m 12,90 12,90 12,40 12,50 14,70
1,00 m 3,40
Spindle shaft
9000
rigid

Galvanized steel 1,25 m 4,30

1,50 m 5,50
telescopic
9500

1,30 — 1,80 m 6,70

Spindle coupling
Galvanised ductile iron

9000A / 9500A assembly instructions

Valve

Illustration: Hawle-A extension spindle Slide back outer protecting Place extension spindle Slide outer protecting tube
"telescopic", DN 80 — 200 tube, remove split pin shaft over valve spindle over gate valve housing

M 2/6 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Surface box
"Telescopic" made of plastic
Design features Progressively heigh adjustable
• Adjustable heigh enables fixation of street cover at
the desired level
• Cap remains standing on the road surface during work
• 4° Angular offset possible, depending on level of
No. 1851K
extension
• Less hands on work during road construction
• Homogenous connection with the tarmac, minimizing
frost damage
• Quiet, no rattling of street cover
• Low maintenance (no rust problems, application of

grease not necessary)

• Low weight
• No loose parts
• High stability, pressure load according to DIN 3580
• Extremely durable glass fibre construction
• Temperature invariant between: -20 °C up to 245 °C No. 2051K
• DVGW certified
Accessories: see overleaf

Material | Technical features

• Coverlid made of grey cast iron, bituminised
• Surface box body made of polyamide 66 with 30%
fibre glass
• Safety pin made of stainless steel

Order No. Version Weight

For service valves

1851K 4,3
DIN 4057

2051K For gate valves, DIN 4056 6,8

No. 1950K
For below ground hydrants
1950K 17,8
DIN 4055

M 3/1
Surface box
"Telescopic" made of plastic
Assembly instructions No. 1851K
New road construction Ø 145

Warning: Ø 119

To avoid damage, surface boxes must be installed only Cover

after laying the gravel
Bonnet

min. 345 / max. 445

• Lay and compact the gravel
Securing bush
• Position and align the surface box
• Mark location of surface box at the roadside
• Spray the surface box with a releasing agent Surface box

• Lay the bitumen binder on the ground

• Pull the surface box top approximately 2 cm above the Ø 103
ground and fill the surrounding base space with tarmac. Ø 145
Ø 200
• Clean and free the surface box cover from all foreign
material

No. 2051K
Ø 184
Replace wearing surface Ø 157
• Mark position of the surface box body at the roadside,
spray box with a releasing agent
• Apply the tarmac layer
• Pull the surface box approximately 2 cm above the final min. 378 / max. 478

tarmac layer. Fill the space with tarmac

• Clean cover of surface box from all foreign material
• Roll the tarmac surrounding the surface box
• Immediately loosen and clean the surface box and cap

Suitable accessories Ø 145

Ø 185
• Base plate made of recycled-plastic
Ø 265
Robust and stable
Easy assembly
Low weight No. 1950K
oval 379/273
Non-degradable oval 342/237
oval 317/210
min. 340 / max. 535

Order No. Suitable for surface box acc. to Weight

Valve DIN 4056 and

3481 0,6
service valves DIN 4057

3482 DIN 4055 for below ground hydrants 2,0 oval 328/220
oval 378/270
see page M 3/7 oval 442/334

M 3/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Surface box
"Rigid", of ductile iron

Order No. Model for Version Material Weight

1550 light* 3,4
Service valves
1650 heavy 6,5
Bitumen coated
1750 Valve and Combi-T 11,9
cast grey iron
1950 Below ground hydrants 27,8
1790 Air-release hydrants 41,5
DN 80+ Bitumen coated 34,0
4550 Combi-III and Combi-IV
DN 100 — 200++ ductile iron 54,5
+ E-version DN 80 — 150, E3-version DN 80; ++ E-version DN 200, E3-version DN 100 — 200

No. 1550
Ø 77
No. 1650 Ø 127 No. 1750 No. 1750
* Sidewalk usage only

Ø 90

265
250
150

Ø 160 Ø 190 Ø 270

310 x 205
No. 1950 No. 1790 No. 1950
Ø 300
250
300

Ø 525
443 x 338

No. 4550 Max. load 200 kN

(excluding No. 1550)
No. 4550
DN 80 324
DN 100-200 462
200

DN 80 419
DN 100-200 543

Suitable accessories
No. 1560 No. 1660
• Conversion rings
These rings are used to adapt non adjustable surface
boxes already installed to Hawle adjustable types.
No. 1760

Order No. For surface box Material Weight

1560 No. 1550 0,90
Bitumen coated
1660 No. 1650 0,90
cast grey iron
1760 No. 1750 2,45

M 3/3
Surface box
"Telescopic", of ductile iron

Order No. Model for: Version Material Weight

1850 Service valves Complete box, without Bitumen coated 7,0
2050 Valves und Combi-T extension rings grey iron 12,2
Height adjustable Surface Box to DIN see page M 3/5

Surface box No. 1850 No. 2050

telescopic
with extension rings to adjust
to ground level!
The cylindrical guide combined
with machined conical seating
results intight and noiseless fitting

200

200
of the lid. Ø 78
Ø 111

The design enables the lid to be

easily removed. Ø 194 Ø 250

Max. load 200 kN

Suitable accessories |  Spare parts

• Lid for adjustable surface boxes of bitumen coated grey iron

Order No. For surface box Weight

1860 No. 1850 1,30

2060 No. 2050 2,65

• Extension rings of bitumen coated grey iron

adjusting to ground level with extension ring

Order For tele High Weight

No. surface box 12 15 20 30 40 50
2030 No. 1850 0,50 0,70 0,90 1,10 1,50 1,20
2040 No. 2050 1,00 1,40 2,00 2,70 3,50

• Base plate
of stamped, galvanized sheet steel
Measurement: 360 mm x 360 mm

Order No. For surface box Weight

3480 No. 1550, 1650, 1850 1,70

3490 No. 1750, 2050 1,70

M 3/4 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Height adjustable DIN rated
surface box
With separate removable mounting ring for road surfaces which have to be milled down
Design features Surface box
• Proven angle seat prevents the cover from rattling
Order No. Version Weight
• High quality corrosion protection using the GSK
fluidised bed epoxy coating system
2051 DIN 4056 (gate valves) 21,5
• The removable mounting ring enables a milling
down of the road surface without removing the 1851 DIN 4057 (service valves) 11,0
surface box.
• Height adjustable with extension rings
• Cover secured by stainless steel retaining rod
Extension rings
• Available on request: extension ring for sloping roads
(see illustration 1) Height Weight
Order No. For surface box
10 20 30 50
2045 No. 2051 0,9 1,2 1,6 2,7
Material | Technical features
2035 No. 1851 0,4 0,8 1,2 2,0
• Cover made of gray cast iron, epoxy powder coating
• Retaining rod and cover neck of stainless steel
• Turned angle seats are processed

Cover with stainless steel Turned angle seat, no

neck rattling

Removable mounting ring

Long neck of
Retaining rod removable ring

Extension ring of 4
different ganges

Seats turned

DIN-surface box

max. load 200 kN

M 3/5
Height adjustable DIN rated surface box
With separate removable mounting ring for road surfaces which have to be
milled down
Dimensions for DIN surface boxes
a = DIN 4056 b = DIN 4057

Extension ring for sloping roads

a = Ø 190 | b = Ø 145

35

a = Ø 135 | b = Ø 102
Illustration 1
10-50
a = 235 | b =215

a = Ø 270 | b = Ø 200

M 3/6 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Base plates for surface boxes
Made of recycled plastic
Design features Installation situation:

• Unbreakable and solid

• Easiy assembly
• Low weight
• Durable, non-degradable

Order No. Suitable for surface boxes acc. to Weight

3481 DIN 4056, DIN 4057 0,6

3482 DIN 4055 2,0

Universal base plate

No. 3481
For surface boxes according to:
• DIN 4056 (gate valves)
• DIN 4057 (service valves)

340
Safe fixture of Hawle telescopic extension spindles
for gate valves, Combi-T and service valves

275
203
117

26
Base plate 620
No. 3482 330
250
For surface boxes according:
• DIN 4055 (for below ground hydrants)
200
510
30

M 3/7
Notes

M 3/8 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Valve accessories
Order
DN D VK slider spindle Weight
No. 7800 Handwheel
No. • For service valves, gate valves and combi valves
¾" — 2" 140 10,3 0,60 Made of ductile iron, epoxy powder coated
50 160 14,8 0,69 * DN 250 — 350 made of steel,
65 190 16,3 0,90 epoxy powder coated
65-80 190 17,3 0,95 handwheel made of steel 2"
up to DN 200 on request!
100 240 19,3 1,50
7800 ** DN 400 made of grey ductile iron
125 — 150 320 19,3 2,30
200 360 24,3 2,80
250 — 350 486 27,3 4,80

VK
400 600 32,3 21,00
500 — 600 800 36,3 20,00
D

DN No. 2157 No. 2158 No. 2156

Operating cap
• Adapter for actuation by Operating key No. 3420
20-40 • Protection for valve spindle square
50 • Made of aluminum, with cap and direction indicator
65
80 No. 2157 “clockwise closing” 28,9
100 — 150 - red

200 No. 2158 “anti-clockwise closing”

43
250 — 350 - blue
400 No. 2156 made of galvanised
500 — 600 ductile iron
(without illustration)

DN
No. 7820
No. 7822
No. 7825 Additional extension spindle
No. 7821 No. 7826 • Material: galvanised steel
½" — 2"
50
No. 7820 price for first meter
65 No. 7822 price for first meter
80 No. 7821 price for each additional half meter

L
100 — 150 please specify total length “L” on order

200 • Material: stainless steel

250 — 350 No. 7825 price for first meter
400
500 — 600
No. 7826 price for each additional half meter
please specify total length “L” on order
No. 7820 No. 7825
No. 7822

Order No. DN Weight

Blanking cap No. 8570E2/E3

65 — 80 1,50 No. 8570E2/E3

100 1,90
8570E2/E3 125 — 150 3,20 • For combi valves in place of DN 65 — 200
valve bonnet
200 5,00
• Made of ductile iron, epoxy
250 — 350 5,00
powder coated without screws
and hood seal DN 250 — 350

M 4/1
Valve accessories
DN
No. No. No. Position indicator
2170E2/E3 2170E3 4000STE3
No. 2170E2/E3 / No. 2170E3
50
• For visual display of the wedge position in E3 valve
65 • Limit switch (No. 2190) for electrical signal transmission
80 set-up is possible
100 • Actuation by handwheel (No. 7800)
125 • DN 50 to 200 for retrofitting on standard
150 E3 upper section
200
250
300
Limit switch
350 No. 2190
400
• For set-up on the 2170E2/E3 / 2170E3 position indicator
• Body made of metal
• Operating current 230 V / 3 A
• IP 66 / IP 67 protection type
• Switching principle: slow-action contact element
• Design of the switching function: positively
driven contact
• Number of openers: 1
• Number of closers: 1

E3 valve “short”
No. 4000STE3
• E3 valve with flange with installed position indicator

Order No. DN Weight Anti-operation cap

¾"-2" 0,08 No. 7850
7850 • Only suitable for extension spindles for
50 — 200 0,30
service valves and E3 valve
• Use: protection against misuse
(e.g.: mains disconnection valve)

Order No. DN Weight

T-key adapter
¾"-2" 0,20
No. 7851
7851 • Suitable for anti-operation cap No. 7850
50 — 200 1,00

M 4/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Valve accessories
Design features Actuator
•

In standard version 400 V, 50 Hz, three phase motor,
easily adjustable limit switch, dual torque switch, signal
No. 9920
output to control flasher, thermoswitch for motor
protection, handwheel for emergency use.

H
• Connection according: EN ISO 5210 F10 / F14
• Shaft coupling: EN ISO 5210 B3
• Enclosure of actuator: IP 68
• Enclosure of switches: IP 66 L
Variations from the standard version on request.

E3 valve Actuator
MOP
DN Type Max. torque L B H Weight
(PN)
50 — 100 SA 07.6 60 514 300 288 21,0
125 — 200 SA 10.2 120 536 312 290 23,5
16
250 — 400 SA 14.2 250 725 375 316 50,0 Actuator control unit
500 — 600 SA 14.6 500 728 375 316 50,0 AUMA MATIC and AUMATIC
on request
DN Actuator U/min ~ Closing time
50 — 80 16 1,0 min
The actuator should not be used with Hawle-E3
100 — 125 16 1,5 min Elypso Valve for partial flow control.
150 — 200 16 2,0 min
For using the actuator with Hawle-E3 Elypso valves please
250 16 2,5 min
specify the following details on order:
300 — 400 22 2,5 min
1. working pressure
500 — 600 16 4,5 min
2. alignment of the valve
Other closing times and versions on request! 3. how often the valve is to be opened
and closed within 24 hours

Design features E3 valve “short” LK

• E3 valve including bolts (stud bolts and nuts) with adapter for actuator Ød
Connector suitable for actuator No. 9920
No. 4000ELE3

Bolt circle Shaft Weight E3 valve “long”

DN with adapter for actuator
LK Ød 4000ELE3 4700ELE3 8630E2/E3
50 102 20 15,0 36,0 3,7 No. 4700ELE3
65 102 20 21,0 42,5
4,0
80 102 20 22,5 44,5
100 102 20 28,5 51,5
125 102 20 39,0 62,0 4,0
150 102 20 44,5 70,0
200 102 20 71,0 101,0 5,5 E2/E3 Adapter
250 140 30 109,0 176,0
No. 8630E2/E3
300 140 30 156,0 225,0 8,5
350 140 30 214,0
400 140 30 270,0 9,5
500 140 30 499,0 543,0
20,0
600 140 30 730,0 820,0 DN 250 — 600
DN 50 — 200

M 4/3
Valve accessories
Bolts No. 8810 No. 8830 No. 8840 Nut and Bolt
/ L M 16 M 20 M 24 M 27 M 30 M 16 M 20 M 16 M 20
60
No. 8810
70 • Electro-galvanised
L
80
90 No. 8830
100 • Stainless steel, corrosion proofing
110
120
130
No. 8840
• Stainless steel, corrosion and acid proofing
140

Washer
No. 8873
for M 16
No. 8871
for M 20 • Electro-galvanised
for M 16
No. 8871
for M 20 No. 8873
No. 8874 • Stainless steel, corrosion proofing
for M 24
No. 8874
• Stainless steel, corrosion and acid proofing

For thread
Bolt insulation
M 16 • For electrical insulation of bolts to prevention
No. 8877
M 20 of electrolytic corrosion

M 16 No. 8877 ISO washers

No. 8820 • Thickness 3 mm, made from epoxy glass
M 20
No. 8820 pipe
• Polyester, length 1 m

Required bolt lengths: flanged valves to flange

Bolt length for flange no.
Flanged valve MOP Bolt Bolt 0400
7101
DN (PN) Dimension Quantity 0101 0800 5500 0310 8000
7102 5600 7602 7601
0102 0802 5530 0311 8100
7103
7994
50 M 16 4 70 70 70 70 70 70 100 80 70
65 M 16 4 70 70 70 70 70 70 100 80 70
80 M 16 8 80 70 70 70 70 70 100 80 70
10/16
100 M 16 8 80 70 70 70 70 70 100 80 70
125 M 16 8 80 80 70 70 70 70 100 80 70
150 M 20 8 90 80 70 70 80 70 140 100 70
10 8 70
200 M 20 90 80 70 80 70 140 100
16 12 80
10 M 20 140 80
250 12 100 90 80 90 80
16 M 24 150 90
10 M 20 140
300 12 100 90 90 90 90 90
16 M 24 150
10 M 20 120
350 16 90 90
16 M 24 130
10 M 24 120 90
400 16 100
16 M 27 130 100 100
10 M 24 100
500 20 150
16 M 30 110
10 M 27 150
600 20 120
16 M 33 160

M 4/4 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
HAWAK-pillar
For above ground operation of valve
Design features Pillar
• For the ergonomic above-ground operation of shut-off Not included in scope of
valves buried in the ground or installed in manholes and No. 9894 supply!
valve chambers No. 9895
• Standpipe and connecting flanges of stainless steel
• Connecting flange for fixing on support base
DN 65 drilled to EN 1092

Version with handwheel (No. 9894)

• The extended inner pipe made from galvanised steel
allows quick and easy connection of the HAWAK-pillar
with the square rod of the spindle extension or
extension spindle.
The telescopic connection in the HAWAK-Pillar allows
a generous tolerance when cutting the square rod to
length
• Spindle made of stainless steel
• Spindle bearing made of POM
• Wiper ring made of elastomer
• Position indicator for monitoring of valve position
• Maintenance-free

Version for electric actuator (No. 9895)

• Connecting flange for actuator according to
EN ISO 5210 / DIN 3210

Suitable accessories
Suitable accessories
• Additional extension spindle No. 7822
• Actuator No. 9920

No. 9894 No. 9895

For valves of nominal widths / DN

Order No. Version
50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600

Equipped with handwheel and

9894 position indicator

9895 Model with connection for

electric actuator
When ordering please specify the valve type and the nominal width

M 5/1
HAWAK-pillar
For above ground operation of valve

No. 9894 Application example:

• Equipped with handwheel and position indicator

Pillar

visual posi-
tion indicator
910 mm

Manhole cover

Spindle extension Spindle extension /

No. 7822 Extension spindle
(not included)
≈ 300 mm

b b DN 50 - 200...... 20 mm
Ø 185 mm DN 250 - 600...... 25 mm

No. 9895 Application example:

• Model with motor adapter

AUMA-actuator

b b DN 50 - 200...... 20 mm
DN 250 - 600...... 25 mm Pillar

Spindle extension
No. 7822
(not included)
910 mm

Manhole cover

Spindle extension /
Extension spindle

Ø 185 mm

M 5/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Hydrant accessories
Order
Outlet Weight
Theft indicator
No.
No. 5397
5397 for A coupling 3,70
No. 5398
5398 for B coupling 2,20
No. 5399
5399 for C coupling 1,70 For Hawle above ground hydrants

• Effective protection against unauthorised access

• For all Hawle above ground hydrants from 1998
• For Hawle above ground hydrants before 1998
on request

Order
For coupling Weight
Adapter
No.
No. 3453
3453 A+B+C 0,50 • Opening of hydrant solely with adapter and operating
key no. 3460

Order No. 5417 Theft indicator cap

For hydrants made before September 1998, No. 5417
a "conversion kit" is needed
• For above ground hydrants
• Since September 1998, all HAWLE above ground
hydrants have been supplied in a form that can
accept theft indicator caps

M 6/1
Support liners
For PE pipes
Class SDR 11 (PE 100 | PN 16) Support liners made of POM for
Ø Pipe
ext.
ØD ØC ØA F E B PE pipes
20 15,4 10,3 19,5 42 4 16,5 No. 6021
25 19,8 14,3 24,5 52 5 20,9
32 25,2 19,3 31,5 62 6 26,5
40 31,6 25,3 39,5 72 7 33,2
50 39,6 32,7 49,5 82 7 41,5
63 50 42,1 62,5 91 8 52,2

Class SDR 17/17,6 (PE 100 | PN 10)

Ø Pipe
ØD ØC ØA F E B
ext.
20 15,4 10,3 19,5 42 4 16,5

ØC

ØD
ØA

B
25 20,4 15,2 24,5 52 5 21,5
32 27,4 22,2 31,5 67 6 28,5
40 34,8 28,5 39,5 84 7 36,0
50 43,4 36,5 49,5 82 7 44,9 E
63 54,8 46,9 62,5 92 8 56,6
F

Ø Pipe ext. L
Weight Support liner made of stainless steel
SDR 11 SDR 17 for PE pipes
75 175 0,25 0,25
90 175 0,45 0,40
No. 6035
Class SDR 17 (PE 100 | PN 10)
110 175 0,80 0,45
125 175 0,50 0,55
No. 6036
Class SDR 11 (PE 100 | PN 16)
140 175 0,55 0,55
160 195 0,90 0,85
180 195 1,00 1,10
200 220 1,05 1,10
225 220 1,60 1,80
250 220 1,80 1,90
280 220 1,90 1,85
315 220 2,10 2,30
355 220 2,80 2,75
L
400 220 2,70 3,15

M 6/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Accessories
Order
DN
Face-to-face
length Weight
Suction strainer
No. L No. 8653
50 0,9
• Made of stainless steel
65 1,1
• Flange hole according to EN 1092-1 | PN 10

L
80 1,3
100 1,5
125 1,9
8653 150 300 2,4
200 3,2
250 3,9
300 4,8
350 5,7
400 6,7
other dimensions on request!

DN
b Weight Flat gasket
3470 3390 3470 3390 No. 3470
25 4 0,01 • With fabric liner, PN 10
32 4 0,02 • Made of elastomer
40 4 0,03
50 3 4 0,02 0,04
65 3 4 0,03 0,06 b
80 3 4 0,04 0,07
No. 3470
100 3 5 0,04 0,07
125 3 5 0,05 0,12
150 4 5 0,06 0,13 Flat gasket
200 4 6 0,10 0,18 No. 3390
250 4 6 0,13 0,23 • Dimensionally stable reinforced steel, thus
300 4 6 0,17 0,60 simpler to install
350 7 0,70 • Made of elastomer
400 7 0,77 • Standard version PN 10, PN 16
500 7 1,00 or PN 25 on request b

600 7 1,11 No. 3390

No.DN
7540 No. 7560 Enlarging sleeve
• For flange adaptors
80
• To increase pipe outside diameter to fit flange ad-
100
apter
125
300 No. 7540 sleeve gauge 2 (60 wide)
No. 7560 sleeve gauge 3 (80 wide)
Please specify pipe material and diameter

M 7/1
Accessories
Design features Mounting spray
• For an easy installation For PE and PVC pipes
• Made of pure silicon (with a special solvent)
• Suitable for potable water
No. 3443
• Content: 400 ml
• Attention: observe the safety-instruction label
on the can

Design features Fitting grease

• Suitable for valves, spindles and O-rings For potable water valves
• Content: 90 g
No. 3444

Design features Pipeline spacer

• The dimension and type of spacer is determined by (Anti-friction distance clamps)
the diameter of the medium carrier pipe
• The pipeline spacer height is dependent on the No. 9941
inside diameter of the protective tube
• Fits easy onto pipe
• Elements portioned per ring
• No additional tools necessary
• High tolerance, withstands 2000 kg/ring
• Suitable for water, gas, sewage

External Ø Base height

DN
medium pipe 25 41 60
80 76 — 115 e2m
Distanc
100 103 — 131
height

125 117 — 172

Base

Inside-Ø

150 155 — 195

200 207 — 260
250 258 — 326
250 236 — 312
300
295 — 390
350 Medium carrier Protective tube
pipe
400 353 — 468
450 413 — 546
500 472 — 624 External-Ø
600 501 — 702

M 7/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Accessories
Design features Indicator plates
• Made of plastic, impact-resistant, weather-proof, with
interchangeable characters
No. 0850W For main pipes
No. 0854 Indicator plate
Order No. Dimensions Version No. 0860W For service valves
0850W 200 x 140 blank* No. 0864 Indicator plate
0854 200 x 140 No. 0870W For hydrants
0860W 100 x 140 blank* No. 0874 Indicator plate
0864 100 x 140
0870W 200 x 250 blank*
0874 200 x 250
No. 0912 Retaining plate

100 x 140 No. 0914 Attachment half shell set

0912
140 x 200 No. 0920 Aluminium posts
0920 1500
* Suitable numeric or character fields are to be ordered as needed!

A = 10 mm B = 25 mm C = 40 mm
No. 0850W No. 0860W No. 0870W No. 0912 No. 0914 No. 0920
5x A 5x A
2x B 3x C
2x C 3x B
B B B B 2x C B 2x C B
3x B 3x B
2x C B
3x B 3x B

No. 0854 No. 0864 No. 0874

Design features Numbers and letters

• When ordering indicator plates, please specify Inserts for indicator plates
respective numbers, letters and colour requested!

Numbers and letters Blank Blank

Lettering
1-space 1-space 5-space
for indicator Order No. 0880W 0881H 0881W 0882H 0882W 0890W 0891H 0891W 0892H 0892W 0900H 0900W
plates
No. Size 10 25 25 40 40 10 25 25 40 40 10 10
0850W
0860W
0870W

Design features Alu box for inserts

• For clearly displayed storage of numbers and letters for No. 0910 empty
indicator plates
Please specify the colour requested! No. 0911 filled
“blue”- Water (for app. 100 plates)
“white”- Hydrants

M 7/3
Accessories
Design features Warning tape
• Non-decaying locating and warning tape with the
message
No. 0820
“BEWARE WATER PIPE” No. 0830
• No. 0820: without metal insert
• No. 0830: with metal insert - for laying on
non-metallic lines
No. 0820
Roller to 250 meters

Design features Push fit swivel converter

• With one external thread outlet EN 10226-1 No. 6630 equal
• Made of POM
• Every push-fit end can be modified to a external No. 6631 special dimensions
thread outlet
L

Order No. DN Thread L Weight

¾" ¾" 92 0,05

1" 1" 105 0,10
6630 1¼" 1¼" 123 0,13
1½" 1½" 144 0,18
2" 2" 160 0,28
1" 1½" 117 0,07
6631
1" 2" 126 0,12

Design features Reducing Adapter

• With one internal and one external thread EN 10226-1 No. 6710
• Made of POM
L

OD ID
L Weight
EN10226-1 ISO 228
1" ½" 31 0,03
1" ¾" 31 0,02
1¼" ¾" 33 0,05
1¼" 1" 33 0,03
1½" ½" 33 0,07
1½" ¾" 33 0,06
1½" 1" 33 0,04
2" ¾" 38 0,10
2" 1" 38 0,09
2" 1¼" 38 0,07
2" 1½" 38 0,05

Design features Equal Adapter

• Both ends external threads EN 10226-1
• Made of POM
No. 6711
L

Order No. Ød Thread L Weight

6711 1" 1" 56 0,05

M 7/4 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Automatic air valves
For potable water

Page Air release valve

N2 DN 1" and DN 2", PN 6, PN 16 Page N 2/1

Page Air release valve HaVent

N3 PN 25 Page N 3/1

Page Air release valve

N4 DN 80 / DN 100, DN 150 / DN 200 Page N 4/1

Page
Combined air release valve Page N 5/1
N5

Page Air release valve

N6 Dynamic PN 10 | PN 16 | PN 25 | PN 40 Page N 6/1

N 1/1
Air release valves
Accessories Tools
Flushing stand pipe Page N 5/1 Valve key 1" Page Q 4/3
Surface box Page M 3/3

Dimensioning (recommendation)
Spare parts Pipe Valve
Valve 1" Seite N 2/2 DN ≤ 80 DN 1"
DN 100 — 250 DN 2" (DN 50)
DN 300 — 400 DN 80
DN 450 — 500 DN 100
DN 600 — 900 DN 150
DN ≥ 1000 DN 200

Technical information
Tightening torques for flange assembly Page R 3/1

Application examples

N 1/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Air release valves
PN 6 | PN 16

Design features No. 9876 DN 1" No. 9876 DN 2"

• Automatic, dynamic air release valve
• PE shield for UV protection
• The internal thread inlet is reinforced with
a stainless steel ring
• Connection variants: Internal thread or flange
• Insect protective grid (2" valve)
• Installation: upright, preferably at the highest
point in the pipeline together with isolating valves
• Air valve for releasing air only: on request
(minimum pressure of 0,3 bar needed)

Material | Technical features

• DN 1"
Max. air release capacity: 7,8 m3/h
Test pressure: Body 24 bar
Working pressure: 0,1 — 6 bar
0,8 — 16 bar
• Body made of POM
• Orifice and valve plug made of brass
• Float made of POM
• Seal made of Elastomer
• UV-shield made of PE No. 9874 DN 2"
Order Working pressure
Version DN bar
No.
• DN 2" - double acting
Max. air release capacity: 192 m3/h PN 0,1 — PN 6
9876 Standard 1"
Test pressure: Body 24 bar PN 0,8 — PN 16
Working pressure: 0,1 — 6 bar PN 0,1 — PN 6
1 — 16 bar 9876 Standard 2"
PN 1 — PN 16
• Body and elbow made of POM
With flange connection PN 0,1 — PN 6
• Valve seat made of brass 9874 DN 50 or DN 80 2"
(ductile iron) PN 1 — PN 16
• Float made of POM
• Seal made of Elastomer Automatic air valves are to be maintained according to the usage
conditions
• UV-shield made of PE
• Insect protective grid made of stainless steel

N 2/1
Air release valves
PN 6 | PN 16

MOP
Working
Size of the
No. 9876 DN 1" ØD
DN pressure Ø D Ø D1 H Weight R ¼"
(PN) opening
bar

6 0,1 — 6
1" 1,77 mm2 109 122 172 0,90
16 0,8 — 16
Valve (= wearing part)
Please specify working pressure when ordering No: 5016173 PN 16
No: 5016231 PN 6
p [bar]
Replaceable on the spot in
0.8 depressurised status

H
• Demount safeguard ring
Staudruckpressure
im Ventil

0.6 • Remove cap

• Loosen locking screw
Air release rate
Entlüftung 0.4 • Valve with valve key
backup

unscrew No. 3454

0.2

10 2 1 0.0
3
Q [m /h]
0.0 1 2 10
R 1" EN 10226-1
Ø D1
– 0.2
negativ pressure
im Ventil

– 0.4
Belüftung
Air inflow rate
Unterdruck

– 0.6

– 0.8
p [bar]

MOP Working
Size of the
No. 9876 DN 2"
DN pressure Ø A Ø A1 H H1 Weight
(PN) opening
bar
R 1¼"

6 0,1 — 6 2,90
2" 900/2 mm2 160 175 305 320
16 1 — 16 3,40
Please specify working pressure when ordering

p [bar]
H1

0.08
H
Staudruckpressure
im Ventil

0.06

Air release rate

Entlüftung 0.04
backup

0.02

550 200 100 20 10 2 1 3

Q [m /h]
0.0
0.0 1 2 10 20 100 200
im Ventil
pressure

– 0.2
Air inflow rate
Belüftung
Unterdruck
negativ

– 0.4

– 0.5 R 2" EN 10226-1

p [bar]
ØA

Ø A1

N 2/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Air release valves HaVent
PN 25
Design features No. 9859
• High performance air release valve with new nozzle
mechanism for the optimal absorption of high
pressures

d 63
• Low wear and tear due to optimum geometry
• Easy maintenance
• High-quality materials
• UV resistance
• Air release only on request
• Connecting variants: Flange DN 50, DN 80, internal
thread 2"
• With insect protective grid

H
Material | Technical features
• Size of the opening: 1500 mm2 / 3,15 mm2
• Max. air release capacity: 1150 m3/h
• Working pressure: 0,2 — 25 bar
• Body made of stainless steel
• Float made of foamed PP
• Seal made of Elastomer
ØD
• Outlet elbow made of PE
• Flange acc. EN 1092

Connection H ØD Weight

IT 2" 420 160 10,00

Flange DN 50* 455 160 12,50

Flange DN 80* 455 160 14,50

*on request

N 3/1
Air release valves HaVent
PN 25
Air release capacity when filling the pipeline
1200

1000
Air release capacity Q (m3/h)

800

600

400

200

0
0 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 0,8 0,9 1,1
Differential pressure (bar)

Working air release

16

14
Air release capacity Q (m3/h)

12

10

0
0 0,2 0,4 0,8 1 2 5 10 15 20 25
Differential pressure (bar)

Aeration the pipeline

0 -0,03 -0,06 -0,09 -0,12 -0,21 -0,3 -0,4 -0,5 -0,6 -0,7
0

100

200
Aeration capacity (m3/h)

300

400

500

600

700

800

900

1000
Negative pressure (bar)

N 3/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Air release valves
PN 6 | PN 16

Design features No. 9835

• Automatic air release valve DN 80 / DN 100
• All mechanical parts made of corrosion resistant
materials

Material | technical features

• Body and bonnet made of ductile cast iron, epoxy
powder coated
• Seat made of stainless steel / elastomer
• Float: DN 80 — 100 polycarbonate
DN 150 — 200 passivated stainless steel
• Double nipple made of POM / stainless steel
• Bolts and nuts made of stainless steel

DN 80 DN 100 DN 150 DN 200*

DN 150 / DN 200
Dimensions

Test pressure (body) 24 bar

Working pressure PN 16 Travelling valve

0,8 — 16 bar
(standard)

Working pressure PN 6 0,2 — 6 bar

Max. air release capacity 1305 m3/h 2450 m3/h 7500 m3/h
Basic valve
1810/1,77 3320/1,77
Size of the opening mm2 mm2
17670/1,77 mm2

PE pipe connection d 63 d 75

Flange drilled acc. EN 1092-2 | PN 10;

*DN 200 PN 16 EN 1092-2 please specify on order

Order Working pressure bar DN 80 DN 100 DN 150 DN 200

Version
No.

Double orifice PN 6 (0,2 — 6 bar)

9835
(with travelling valve) PN 16 (0,8 — 16 bar)

Double orifice, (with travelling valve) with PN 6 (0,2 — 6 bar)

9836
PE pipe & insect protective grid PN 16 (0,8 — 16 bar)
9837 Single orifice (without travelling valve) PN 16 (0,2 — 16 bar)

Single orifice (without travelling valve)

9838 PN 16 (0,2 — 16 bar)
with PE pipe & insect protective grid

N 4/1
Air release valves
PN 6 | PN 16
A
DN 80 / DN 100 DN 150 / DN 200
A
9
19
16
17
10 9
A1

H
12
2 10
13 8
14 18 7
11 6
15 3

C
5
4
1 12
2
11
DN 13
14

H
Parts Material 3

1,2 Body and bonnet Ductile cast iron, epoxy powder coated
15
3 Seat Stainless steel / Elastomer
4 Grid Stainless steel
5 Bolt Stainless steel
6 Washer Stainless steel
7 Nut Stainless steel 1
8 Cap Steel, epoxy powder coated
9 Automatic air valve 1" Divers (see page N 2/1)
10 Nipple POM (DN 80-100) / NIRO (DN 150-200) DN
11 O-ring Elastomer
12 Hexagonal bolt Stainless steel
13 Washer Stainless steel
14 Hexagonal nut Stainless steel DN A H C d Weight
DN 80 — 200 Polycarbonat
15 Float DN 80 — 200 Passivated stainless steel
on request 80 212 455 230 63 17,0
16 O-ring Elastomer
100 250 505 260 75 25,0
17 Clamp ring POM
150 387 686 75,0
18 Pipe tail (on request) PE
19 Insect protective grid (on request) Stainless steel 200 387 686 81,0

Air release rate

backup pressure

backup pressure

Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)

Air inflow rate

N 4/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Combined air release valves
Design features No. 9822
• This arrangement eliminates expensive valve chambers
No. 9823
• The stand pipe protects the automatic air valve
• An automatic shut-off valve enables the equipment to Air valve for releasing
be easily removed for inspection and reinstalled under air only:
(with air inflow stop)
pressure
on request
• The materials used for the air release valve guarantee (see over page illu. 3)
absolute corrosion resistance
• Excess water is drained away through an
DN ½" ISO-pipe-fitting
• For below-ground installation a surface box with minimum
opening of 300 mm diameter is required.
Gravel backfilling should be used to prevent rain water from
accumulating in the surface box (see Illu. 2 page N 5/2)
• The air release valve can be shortened by 100 mm by
cutting the standpipe 5 and extension pipe 3 at the red
marks
• Valve only for air release: on request (minimum pressure
of 0,3 bar needed)

Material | Technical features

• Standpipe made of stainless steel
• Air release valve made of POM and brass Installation depth
Order Working DN Above ground Below-ground L* Weight
• Max. air release capacity: 3,2 m3/min pressure
No. bar (Illu.1) (Illu.2)
• Inlet flange: DN 50 or DN 80 0,75 m 1,00 m 755 2
sized and drilled according to 1,00 m 1,25 m 1055 55
PN 1 — PN 16

EN 1092-2 | PN 16 50
1,25 m 1,50 m 1305 29,0
1,50 m 1555 33,5
9822
0,75 m 1,00 m 755 23,5
1,00 m 1,25 m 1055 27,0
Suitable accessories 80
1,25 m 1,50 m 1305 30,0
• Surface box No. 1790 1,50 m 1555 31,0
0,75 m 1,00 m 755 22,0
• Flushing stand pipe including shut-off valve; 1,00 m 1,25 m 1055 25,5
PN 0,1 — PN 6

Instead of the air valve assembly a stand pipe 50

1,25 m 1,50 m 1305 30,0
can be supplied for water main flushing and 1,50 m 1555 33,0
for general water discharge 9823
0,75 m 1,00 m 755 24,0
R 1½"

1,00 m 1,25 m 1055 28,0

80
1,25 m 1,50 m 1305 30,0
1,50 m 1555 33,0
*L = 100 reducible Minimum length = 650 PN 25 on request
Maximum length = 2500

Order Application example

L Weight
No.
755 4,70

1055 5,80
9824
1305 6,75

1555 9,50
L = Total length of the combined air release valve

N 5/1
 Combined air release valves
Illu. 1 Ø 202 Illu. 2 Surface box
Ø 300 Order No. 1790
15 Road level
14
13
ca. 150

4
4.1
12
3
Mark for
shortening
11
5 Gravel backfill

Parts Material
Red mark for
1.1 Inlet flange Ductile iron
shortening
1.2 Drain-off fitting Ductile iron

1.3 Seal Elastomer

1.4 Foot valve flange Brass

Illu. 3
1.5 Foot valve POM

1.6 Spring case POM

L

2.16
4.1 1.7 Spring Stainless steel
2.3 2.14 2.15
2.17
1.8 Hexagon bolt M 10 Stainless steel

2 Air valve see page N 2/1

2
2
2.3 Seat Brass/Elastomer

2.13 O-ring Elastomer

2.14 Insect protective grid Stainless steel

2.15 Double nipple Brass

2.16 Non return valve Brass

1.4
2.17 Reducing socket Brass
1.8
3 Pipe Stainless steel
2.13
4 Coupling Ductile iron
6 7
10 4.1 Hexagon bolt Stainless steel
8
1.3 5 Stand pipe Stainless steel
1.1
1.7 6 Lock ring Ductile iron
DN 50 1.6 Hexagon bolt M 12
1.2 1.5 7 Stainless steel
(DN 80) x 55
Ø 245
8 Hexagon nut Stainless steel

10 Seal Elastomer

11 Blind cover Elastomer

12 Spindle support

13 Operating bolt Stainless steel

14 Hood HDPE

15 Hexagon bolt Stainless steel

N 5/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Air release valves
Dynamic PN 10 | PN 16 | PN 25 | PN 40

Design features No. 9842K

• Automatic 3-way air release valve with cylindrical floats
• Ventilation outlet in nominal size (large opening cross-
section according to the flange size)
• Flange pursuant to EN 1092-2
(DN 50 can also be shipped with threaded connection 2")
• Efficient, high performance ventilation protects pipeline
from vacuum related damages
• High velocity air discharge prevents premature closure,
thus safeguarding optimum ventilation during filling process
of pipe lines or containers
• 2-level ventilation system provides effective protection
against pressure shocks during high ventilation speeds
through a small opening
• Continuously reliable ventilation of air inlets under normal
operating conditions
• Compact construction, low volume and weight
• Robust and reliable technology MOP Dimension/DN
Order No.
(PN) 50 80 100 150 200 250 300
10
Material | Technical features 16
9842K
25
• Body made of ductile iron, epoxy powder coated inside
and outside (see page 4) 40
Other dimensions or pressure rating on request
• Sealing rings made of elastomer
• All other metallic parts made of stainless steel Application example
• Float material made of PE
• Medium: water

Functional principle

Ventilation of large Ventilation at high air Closure: Ventilation of small Ventilation:

quantities of air: velocity through small After ventilation quantities of air: During drainage of a
During filling, the line opening: Prevention of the valve closes During operation of a line, line, ventilation is carried
will be ventilated via the pressure shocks or automatically ventilation is carried out via out via the large
large cross-section premature closure the small cross-section cross-section.

N 6/1
Air release valves
Dynamic PN 10 | PN 16 | PN 25 | PN 40

No. 9842K
ØB Parts Material

1 Body Ductile iron

Steel (stainless steel
2 Bonnet optional)
4
3 Float guide Stainless steel
2 4 Cover Stainless steel
10
5 Float PE
9
10 6 Float PE
1
6 7 Seat seal Elastomer
H

8
7 8 Seat Stainless steel
5 9 Float PE
3
10 O-ring Elastomer

11 Plug Steel
11

Ø d2
C

ØK
ØD

Bolts
DN MOP (PN) ØD ØK C ØB H Weight
Quantity Ø d2
50 165 125 19 4 19 200 355 20
80 200 160 19 8 19 240 420 26
10/16
100 220 180 19 8 19 255 420 28
150 285 240 19 8 23 365 580 90
200 10 340 295 20 8 23 410 630 98
200 16 340 295 20 12 23 410 630 98
250 10 405 355 22 12 23 540 820 160
250 16 405 355 22 12 28 540 820 160
300 16 460 410 24,5 12 28 650 927 310

Bolts
DN MOP (PN) ØD ØK C ØB H Weight
Quantity Ø d2
50 165 125 19 4 19 200 355 22
80 200 160 19 8 19 240 420 28
25
100 235 190 19 8 23 255 420 30
150 300 250 20 8 28 365 580 95

Bolts
DN MOP (PN) ØD ØK C ØB H Weight
Quantity Ø d2
50 165 125 19 4 19 200 355 22
40
100 235 190 19 8 23 255 420 30

N 6/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Filter

Page Strainer
With stainless steel double-screen Page O 2/1
O2

O 1/1
Filter

Application examples

O 1/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Strainer
With stainless steel double-screen

Design features Strainer

• Strainer serves to protect the pipelines and its With stainless steel double-screen
installations from dirt
• The fine-meshed double screen made of stainless No. 9911
steel reliably removes all parts bigger than 0,5 mm
(DN 40 — 150) or bigger than 0,6 mm Ø from
continued flow
• Face-to-face dimension according to EN 558-1 GR 48
• Flanges acc. to EN 1092-2 PN 16, drilled acc. to
EN 1092-2 | PN 10 standard; | PN 16 from DN 200
to be mentioned on order. Other standards on request!
• No. 9911:
The new design enables a simpler and quicker
maintenance of the filter screen and guarantees
a considerably higher flow capacity

Material | Technical features

• Body and cover
No. 9911: ductile iron, epoxy powder coated No. 9910
No. 9910: made of grey cast iron, epoxy powder coated
• Bolts, nuts
Made of stainless steel
• Double screen
Stainless steel,
Mesh-size DN 40 to 150: ca. 0,5 mm
DN 200 to 300: ca. 0,6 mm
• Gasket
No. 9911: made of elastomer
No. 9910: made of Klingerit

Installation advice
• Strainers are designed to be installed in a horizontal
position in pipe lines. Installations in sloping or
vertical pipe lines is possible if the flow of the
medium is downwards Order MOP Dimension/DN
Version
No. (PN) 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300
• Direction of flow has to be according to the arrow
indicated on the body whereby the lid has to look 9911 With stainless
to the bottom No. 9910 steel double- 16
• Depending on the level of dirt to be removed, the 9910 screen
double strainer is to be cleaned periodically

O 2/1
 Strainer
With stainless steel double-screen

No. 9910 (9911)

With stainless steel double-screen L
C
f

ØD
DN
L

C
f

H
Ø d2

F
B

Ø
Ø d1
ØD

ØK

DN

Ø
d2

K
Ø
H1
H

Ø
B

d1
F
Ø

No. 9910 No. 9911

MOP
DN L H H1 ØD Ø d1 B ØF ØK Ø d2 f C Bolts Weight
(PN)

40 16 200 150 240 150 88 114 50 110 18 3 18 4 x M 16 6,6

50 16 230 120 165 99 102 90 125 19 3 19 4 x M 16 11,0

65 16 290 170 185 122 127 136 145 18 3 20 4 x M 16 17,0

80 16 310 170 200 132 127 136 160 19 3 19 8 x M 16 19,5

100 16 350 205 220 156 174 170 180 19 3 19 8 x M 16 34,0

125 16 400 280 425 250 188 199 138 210 18 3 26 8 x M 16 42,5

150 16 480 298 285 211 250 248 240 23 3 19 8 x M 20 56,0

10 8 x M 20
200 600 379 340 266 311 322 295 23 3 20 110,0
16 12 x M 20
10 350 22 12 x M 20
250 730 540 915 405 320 434 258 3 32 165,0
16 355 26 12 x M 24
10 400 22 12 x M 20
300 850 680 1110 460 370 555 308 4 32 285,0
16 410 26 12 x M 24

O 2/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Spare parts

Page Spare parts

E-valve bonnet and wedge, E2 valve bonnet and wedge Page P 2/1
P2 E-valve flat gasket, E2 valve flat gasket, spindle shaft,
outer and inner protecting pipe Page P 2/2

Page Spare parts

Sealing cap, plastic cap, spindle head, spindle coupling Page P 3/1
P3 Sleeve gasket Page P 3/2

Page Spare parts

Sleeve gasket, grip ring „Standard“ Page P 4/1
P4 Grip ring „2K“, O-ring, theft indicator cap,
operating controls Page P 4/2

Spare parts
Page Valve plug, coupling, O-ring, cap, flat gasket,
operating nut Page P 5/1
P5 Air valve, bayonet coupling, colour repairs,
repair cartridge, Set of replacement screws Page P 5/2

Page Spare parts

Hawle-Synoflex-ring complete, with grip elements (for restraint function),
P6 Hawle-Synoflex-ring complete, without grip elements Page P 6/1
Bonnet complete, cover seal, double screen Page P 6/2

P 1/1
Notes

P 1/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Spare parts
Design features
E-valve bonnet
• Made of ductile iron, epoxy powder coated For service valves, valves and combi valves
with spindle, bonnet flat gasket and bolts
• Also available with anti clockwise closing
No. 8690

No. 8690 No. 8690E2

DN
Weight Weight
¾" — 1" 0,90
1¼" — 1½" 1,30
2" 1,40
50 3,20 3,10
65
80
2,60
3,20
4,70
4,70
E2 valve bonnet
100 4,40 5,70 For E2 valves and E2 Combi valves
125 5,80 7,80 No. 8690E2
150 6,80 7,80
200 10,80 12,40
250 23,00 21,50
300 29,50 27,50
350 36,00 34,00
400 48,00 43,00
500 95,50
600 134,00

Design features
E-valve wedge
• No. 8700 For service valves, valves and combi valves
DN ¾" — 2" made of brass
DN 50 — 400 made of ductile iron No. 8700
Coated outside with vulcanized elastomer, inside with
bitumen
• No. 8700E2
DN 50 — 600 made of ductile iron
Inside and outside with vulcanized elastomer
• Also available with anti clockwise closing threads

DN
No. 8700
Weight
No. 8700E2
Weight
E2 valve wedge
¾" — 1" 0,25 For E2 valves and E2 Combi valves
1¼" — 1½" 0,40 No. 8700E2
2" 0,50
50 0,75 0,70
65 0,80 1,60
80 1,35 1,60
100 2,15 2,30
125 2,90 5,20
150 4,50 5,20
200 7,90 9,30
250 14,00 13,40
300 20,50 21,10
350 27,50 30,20
400 40,00 40,00
500 89,50
600 130,00

P 2/1
Spare parts
Design features
E-valve flat gasket
• No. 8710, made of elastomer No. 8710
• No. 8710E2, made of elastomer

No. 8710 No. 8710E2

DN
Weight Weight
¾" — 1" 0,01
1¼" — 2" 0,02
50 0,02 0,02
65 0,03 0,03
80
100
0,02
0,05
0,03
0,03 E2 valve flat gasket
125
150
0,04
0,04
0,04
0,04 No. 8710E2
200 0,08 0,05
250 0,18 0,08
300 0,40 0,10
350 0,21 0,18
400 0,25 0,13
500 0,25 0,35
600 0,58 Other dimensions on request

Design features
Spindle shaft
• Please specify pipe covering when ordering For all „rigid“ type extension spindles
DN Spindle head Weight (RD 1,5 m) No. 9620
¾" — 2" 14 2,05
50 20 3,60
65 20 3,60
80 20 3,60
100 20 3,60
200 20 4,10
250 25 3,75
300 25 3,55
350 25 3,45
400 — 500 25 3,10

Design features
Outer protection pipe
• No. 9631 for DN ¾" — 2", service valves For all „rigid“ type extension spindles
(threaded connection)
No. 9631, No. 9630, No. 9630E2
• No. 9630 for DN 50 — 300, valves and combi valves
• No. 9630E2 for DN 50 — 200, E2 valves and Outer and inner protection pipe
E2 combi valves For all „telescopic“ type extension spindles
• No. 9691 for DN ¾" — 2", service valves No. 9691, No. 9651, No. 9651E2
(threaded connection)
• No. 9591 for DN 50 — 300, valves and combi valves
• No. 9591E2 for DN 50 — 200, E2 valves and
E2 combi valves

DN No. 9631 No. 9691

¾" — 2"

DN No. 9630 No. 9591

50 — 100
125 — 150
200
250
300

DN No. 9630E2 No. 9591E2 Illu. No. 9631 Illu. No. 9630E2
50 — 100 DN ¾" — 2" DN 50 — 200
125 — 150
200 Please specify pipe covering when ordering

P 2/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Spare parts
Design features
Plastic cap
• Made of PE For all „rigid“ type extension spindles
No. 9650
DN No. 9650 No. 9651

¾" — 2"
50 — 200
250 — 500
Sealing cap
For all „rigid“ type extension spindles
No. 9651

Design features
• Made of ductile iron, galvanised, with fixed bolts
Spindle head
For all „rigid“ type extension spindles
No. 8670
DN Square bar Weight

50 — 200 20,5 0,65

250 — 600 25,5 0,68

Design features
• Made of ductile iron, galvanised, with fixed bolts
Spindle coupling
For all extension spindles
and splint
No. 8660
DN Weight
¾" — 2" 0,15
50 0,30
65 0,30
80 0,40
100 — 150 0,40
200 0,60
250 — 350 0,80
400 — 500 0,80
500 — 600 1,44

P 3/1
Spare parts
Design features
Sleeve gasket
• Made of elastomer For spar flange No. 0101, 0102, 1001
• Please specify type of pipe and outside diameter
No. 7500
DN Weight
50 0,07
60 0,07
65 0,11
80 0,15
100 0,19
125 0,23
150 0,31
200 0,48
250 0,63
300 0,81
400 1,70

Design features
Sleeve gasket
• Made of elastomer For double chamber flange adapter
• Please specify type of pipe and outside diameter No. 7101, 7102, 7103

DN Weight No. 7510

40 0,065
50 0,12
65 0,13
80 0,18
100 0,21
125 0,31
150 0,37
200 0,51
250 0,85
300 1,20
400 2,25

Design features
Sleeve gasket
• Made of elastomer For double chamber flange adapter
• Please specify outside diameter No. 5600

DN Pipe Ø Weight No. 7524

50 63 0,10
65 75 0,13
80 90 0,18
100 110 0,20
125 140 0,31
150 160 0,40
200 200 0,75
200 225 0,80
250 250 1,30
250 280 1,35
300 315 1,65
400 400 2,80

P 3/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Spare parts
Design features
Sleeve gasket
• Please specify outside diameter For spar flange, restraint No. 7601 (steel)
• Gasket made of elastomer; the gasket has grip ring
segments glued to it No. 7531

DN Pipe Ø Weight
50 60 0,14
80 89 0,21
100 108 0,26
100 114 0,26
125 133 0,35
150 159 0,65
150 168 0,52
200 219 1,20

Design features
Sleeve gasket
• Please specify outside diameter For spar flange, restraint No. 7602 (cast iron)
• Gasket made of elastomer; the gasket has grip ring
segments glued to it No. 7532

DN Pipe Ø Weight
50 66 0,14
60 77 0,14
65 82 0,16
80 98 0,24
100 118 0,28
125 144 0,37
150 170 0,69
200 222 1,30
250 274 1,67
300 326 1,98

Design features
Grip ring „Standard“
• Made of POM For PE pipes, for all Hawle products with
• Interlocking teeth ISO pipe push-fit fittings

No. 6932
DN Pipe Ø Weight
20 ½" 0,003
25 ¾" 0,004
32 1" 0,009
40 1¼" 0,019
50 1½" 0,027
63 2" 0,040
75 0,042
90 0,054
110 0,102
125 0,151
140 0,155
160 0,194

P 4/1
Spare parts
DN
20
Ø Pipe
½"
Weight
0,01
Grip ring „2K” for PVC pipes
25 ¾" 0,01
For all Hawle products with
32 1" 0,01
ISO pipe push-fit fittings
40
50
1¼"
1½"
0,02
0,03
No. 6933
63 2" 0,04
75 0,05
90 0,07
110 0,13
125 0,166

Design features
O-ring
For all Hawle products with
• Made of elastomer
ISO pipe push-fit fittings
DN Ø Pipe Weight
20 ½" 0,01 No. 6940
25 ¾" 0,01
32 1" 0,01
40 1¼" 0,01
50 1½" 0,01
63 2" 0,02
75 0,03
90 0,03
110 0,06
125 0,09
160 0,11

Order No.
5417
Theft indicator cap
For all above ground hydrants
No. 5417

Order
No.
Operating set for DN Pipe
cover Weight Operating controls
For hydrants type H3
80 1,50 11,00
Above ground hydrant
5430 100 1,50 11,80
„rigid“
150 1,50 12,30
80 1,50 8,00
Above ground hydrant -
5431 100 1,50 8,80
break away
150 1,50 9,30
Above ground hydrant
5432 „telescopic” 80 1,30 — 1,80 9,00

Below ground hydrant 80 1,25 5,00

5433
80 1,50 7,00

P 4/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Spare parts
Design features
Valve plug
For H4 above ground hydrants
• Made of brass / elastomer
No. 5440
Order No. DN Weight
5440 80 — 150 1,70

Design features
Coupling
• Made of aluminum For above ground hydrants

Order No. DN Weight

No. 5403
5403 A coupling 4" DIN 14319 1,60 No. 5404
5404 B coupling 2½" DIN 14318 0,40 No. 5405
5405 C coupling 2" DIN 14317 0,22

Design features
O-ring
• Made of elastomer For coupling

Order No. For Weight

No. 5410
5410 A coupling 0,01
No. 5411
5411 B coupling 0,01 No. 5412
5412 C coupling 0,06

Design features
Cap
• Cap made of aluminum For above ground hydrants
• Chain made of aluminum
• Flat gasket made of elastomer No. 5400
No. 5401
Order No. For Weight
No. 5402
5400 A coupling 3,45
5401 B coupling 1,45
5402 C coupling 1,10

Design features
Flat gasket
• Made of elastomer For cap
No. 5406
Order No. For Weight
5406 A-cap 0,15
No. 5407
5407 B-cap 0,09 No. 5408
5408 C-cap 0,05

Design features
Operating nut
• Made of aluminum For above ground hydrants

Order No. Weight No. 5415

5415 1,80

P 5/1
Spare parts
Design features
Air valve
• Made of POM / elastomer For above ground hydrants

Order No. Thread Weight

No. 5180
5180 3/8" 0,02

Design features
Bayonet coupling
• Without cap
No. 5170
Order No. For Weight No. 5171
5170 Garden hydrant DN 50 2,70
5171 Below ground hydrant DN 80 4,40

Design features
• Attention! Not suitable for potable water Colour repairs
• Colour repairs for potable water on request Blue synthetic resin coating,
UV-resistant
No. 3441
Order No. Contents of can
3441 1

Design features
Set of replacement screws for
• Unit size. 4 pieces of each; damage control fracture
screws, washers and nuts Hawle-breakaway hydrants
Order No. Dimension for hydrant type / year
No. 8841
H3 ductile iron
M 16x70 /1982-2000
8841
H3 stainless steel, H4
M 16x60 /1985-2017

Design features
Repair cartridge
• For repair of minor mechanical damage caused by For powder coated Hawle products
transport or installation.
• Cartridge with plunger
No. 3442
Exact 1:1 proportional dosing of resin and hardener.
Good mixing is essential
• For repairing large areas we recommend No. 3441
• For potable water

Order No. Cartridge content

3442 32 cm3

P 5/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Spare parts
Design features
Hawle-Synoflex-grip ring
• For all common types of pipes Complete, with grip elements (for restraint function)
No. 8790
Order No. MOP (PN) DN Weight
40 0,12
50 0,15
65 0,18
80 0,22
100 0,68
16 125 0,81
8790 150 0,95
200 2,10
225 2,39
250 2,76
300 3,18
350 3,66
10
400 3,84

Design features Hawle-Synoflex-grip ring

• For all common types of pipes Complete, without grip elements

No. 8791
Order No. MOP (PN) DN Weight
40 0,11
50 0,13
65 0,16
80 0,18
100 0,59
16 125 0,73
8791 150 0,87
200 1,72
225 2,07
250 2,39
300 3,00
350 3,10
10
400 3,24

P 6/1
Spare parts
Design features
Bonnet complete
• Bonnet and wedge made of brass For water meter console No. 2960
• Wedge with vulcanised elastomer No. 8695
• Spindle made of stainless steel
• Handwheel made of plastic

Order No. Dimension/DN Bonnet complete

8695 For water meter console No. 2961
1" — 1¼"
8696
No. 8696

Design features
Bonnet (without handwheel)
• Bonnet and wedge made of brass For water meter console
• Wedge with vulcanised elastomer No. 2931, No. 2932
• Spindle made of stainless steel No. 8697
• Handwheel made of plastic

Order No. Dimension/DN Handwheel

8697 1" — 1¼" made of plastic, blue
No. 8698

Design features
Cover seal
• Made of elastomer For strainer No. 9910
and non return valve No. 9830
No. 9916
Fig.: No. 9916
Dimension/DN
Order No.
40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300
9916 Cover seal
9917
For strainer No. 9911
No. 9917

Fig.: No. 9917

Design features
Double screen for strainer No. 9910
• Made of stainless steel
No. 9918
• Mesh width: DN 40 to 150: ca. 0,5 mm
DN 200 to 300: ca. 0,6 mm Double screen for strainer No. 9911
No. 9919

Dimension/DN
Order No.
40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200
9918
9919

P 6/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Tools

Page Drilling machine

Drilling machine for under pressure drilling Page Q 2/1
Q2 Motorised drilling machine Page Q 2/2

Page Changeable carbide drill (WHM) Page Q 3/1

Drilling machine
Q3 Tonisco Page Q 3/2

Tools
Page Pipe cutter, Chamfering tool, Saddle blade, Locking plier Page Q 4/1

Q4 Extractors, Hydrant-Master Universal Key, Operating key

Valve key 1", Assembly key, Caliper
Page Q 4/2
Page Q 4/3

Q 1/1
Tools

Application examples

Q 1/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Drilling machine
For drilling under pressure
Design features
Drilling machine
• Can be used for drilling pipes of steel, ductile iron, No. 5800
AC, PE and PVC
• When drilling under pressure, swarf is washed out
via an outlet
• Rotated by ratchet handle and fed by feed wing nut
• The ratchet is connected to the drill shaft with a simple
locking device
• Pipe saddle adapters and reducers are sealed with
captivated rubber rings

Content case
360
Order No. Description Dimensions
5820 Drilling machine
5810 Case 1
5830 Ratchet
5840 Shaft
1" — Ø 24
Twist drill for steel, ductile iron and AC 1¼" — Ø 29
5850 2
pipes 1½" — Ø 35
2" — Ø 40
1" — Ø 24
1¼" — Ø 29 5
5860 Cup drill for PE and PVC-pipes
1½" — Ø 35
2" — Ø 40 3
2" — 1"
5890 Reducing adapter with rubber seals 2" — 1¼" 4
6
2" — 1½"
5900 Equal adapter with rubber seals 2" — 2"
5910 1 pc. Allen key size 5 SW 5 7

5920 2 pc. C spanner for adapter

" — 1¼"
1 9
8401 Saddle blade for shut-off
1½" — 2"
5800 Complete in case (weight 17,5)
8 10
Suitable accessories
• Cup drill for steel and ductil iron pipes: No. 5870 11
• Reducing adapter with rubber seals (2" - 2½"): No. 5890
• Adapter for ISO-combination 12
tapping valve (2" - 1½"): No. 5940
• Adapter for thread-cutting machine
REMS AMIGO 2: No. 5008555

1 Ratchet 7 O-ring
2 Shaft locking bolt 8 Rubber seal
3 Feed wing nut 9 Ball valve outlet (carrier)
4 Red marking 10 Adapter or reducer
No. 5860 No. 5850
5 Drill shaft 11 Hexagonal socket
Cup drill Twist drill 6 Body 12 Twist drill
For PE- and PVC-pipes For steel, ductile iron and AC-pipes

Q 2/1
Motorised drilling machine
Design features
• Powered drilling machine with continuous feed
Drilling machine with hand ratchet
Standard version (in metal case)
• Drive options No. 5805
Hand ratchet, petrol engine, pneumatic drive; (Cordless
screwdriver; Rems Amigo 2)
• Also for under pressure drilling
• Massively increases the service life of the drilling tools
• For quick and simple drilling of
ductile iron-, steel-, AC-, PE and PVC-pipes
• Motorised power and continuous feed are necessary for
driving the special carbide drills which are needed
for cement lined cast iron pipes No. 5805

Content case Pneumatic (air consumption: 540 l/min)

Order No. Description Dimension including adapter for drilling machine No. 5805
5825 Drilling machine No. 5836
5815 Case
5830 Ratchet
5840 Shaft
5845 Short shaft for motorised drive
1" — Ø 24 No. 5836
Twist drill for steel, ductile iron and AC 1¼" — Ø 29
5850
pipes 1½" — Ø 35
2" — Ø 40 6
1" — Ø 24
1¼" — Ø 29 9
5860 Cup drill for PE and PVC-pipes
1½" — Ø 35 7
2" — Ø 40
2" — 1"
5890 Reducing adapter with rubber seals 2" — 1¼"
2" — 1½"
5900 Equal adapter with rubber seals 2" — 2"
5920 2 pcs. C spanner for adapter
" — 1¼"
1
8401 Saddle blade for shut-off 5
1½" — 2"
5805 Complete in case (weight 22,5) 4
11

Suitable accessories 10

• Cup drill for steel and ductile iron pipes: No. 5870 12
• Reducing adapter with rubber seals (2" — 2½"): No. 5890
• Adapter for
ISO combination tapping valve (2" — 1½"): No. 5940 3 8
• Special version for cement lined
cast iron pipes and AC pipes: No. 5805W
2
• Carbide drill: No. 5855W
• Adapter for thread-cutting machine
REMS AMIGO 2: No. 5008555 1
• Adapter for Hole saw No. 5008615

1 Cup drill or twist drill 7 Shaft locking bolt

2 Hexagonal socket 8 Ball valve (washout)
3 Adapter or reducer 9 Carrier
4 Knurled nut 10 O-ring
5 Gear transmission 11 Red marking
6 Shaft 12 Body
No. 5860 No. 5850 No. 5008555 No. 5008615
Cup drilling Twist drill Adapter for thread- Adapter for
For PE- and For steel, ductile cutting machine Hole saw
PVC-pipes iron and AC-pipes Rems Amigo 2

Q 2/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Drilling machine
Changeable carbide drill (WHM)
Design features
• Dimensiones:
Cup drill for steel and ductile iron pipes
1" — Ø 24
No. 5870
1¼" — Ø 29
1½" — Ø 35
2" — Ø 40

Design features
• Continuous feed and motorised power are necessary!
WHM-drill for cast iron,
cement lined cast iron and AC pipes
• Easy and cost saving replacement of worm cutting tips
without any technical efforts No. 5855W
• One cutting tip holder for each two dimensions of
cutting tips
• Available as set for one dimension each and in single
components for an individual demand

WHM-cutting tip holder

No. 5856
Order No. Description Dimensions
1" — Ø 24
1¼" — Ø 29
5855W WHM-drill complete
1½" — Ø 35
2" — Ø 40
WHM-cutting tip holder " — 1¼"
1
5856
including set bolt 1½" — 2"
" — Ø 24
1
1 ¼" — Ø 29
5857
WHM-cutting tip
1½" — Ø 35 WHM-cutting tip
" — Ø 40
2 No. 5857
Borehole sealing sleeve 2 " — Ø 36
Torx-set bolt for GWS 25 1" — 1¼"
NN52
WHM-cutting tip holder GWS 32 1½" — 2"
5911 Torx-pin key

Set bolt
No. NN52

Torx-pin key
No. 5911

Q 3/1
Drilling machine
Tonisco
Design features
Tonisco-drilling machine
• The Tonisco drilling machine is suitable for drilling up
to Ø 89 pipelines made of steel, ductile iron, AC, PE
No. 5807
and PVC
• Manual feed by means of a feed nut with a handwheel

Content case
Order No. Description Dimensions
Drilling machine
Case
Electrical drive* 220 — 240V / 50 — 60 Hz / 1000 VA
Ratchet
Shaft + extensions
Adapter for hole sawing
1" — Ø 24 Tonisco-drilling machine No. 5807 can also be leased.
1¼" — Ø 30
1½" — Ø 38
Hole saw
5807 2" — Ø 44
DN 80 — Ø 70
DN 100 — Ø 89
Centre drill Ø7
1"
Thread adapter
Drill adapter with external 1¼"
thread 1½"
2"
DN 80
Drill adapter with flange
D
N 100
Flange adapter
* Attention: 230 V - please observe safety regulations.

Hole saw

Centre drill

Q 3/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Tools
Design features
Pipe cutter
• Cut pipes square and straight Cuts PE- and PVC pipes
• The lever design minimises the force required
No. 6050

Order No. For Ø Pipe Weight

Model I: up to 1¼" or Ø 40 0,30

6050
Model up to 2" or Ø 63 1,10
II:
Symbol photo

Design features
Chamfering tool
• For easy assembly of ISO push-fit fittings the pipe For beveling PE pipes
should be beveled.
No. 6000
We recommend our precision-made steel chamfering
tool.
This provides the correct chamfer when turned
clockwise a few times on the pipe end

Order No. Ø Pipe DN Weight

20 ½" 0,07
25 ¾" 0,07
32 1" 0,10
6000
40 1¼" 0,17
50 1½" 0,22
63 2" 0,62

Design features
Saddle blade
• For shut-off saddles and shut-off adapters
No. 8401
• For under pressure drilling

Order No. Size Weight

Model I: For saddle 1" - 1¼" 0,20

8401
Model For saddle 1½" - 2" 0,25
II:

Design features
Locking plier
• To hold and push the open POM clamp for the
assembly of fittings with cone that can be dismantled
No. 6011
(No. 6301)
• Made of stainless steel

Q 4/1
Tools
Design features
Extractors
• First ensure that the grip ring is not under tension. When For dismantling ISO push-fit fittings
pushed in, the extractors separate the grip ring from the
pipe, which can then be pulled out No. 6010
• Application: for all Hawle products with ISO push-fit
fittings

Order No. Ø Pipe DN Qty. Extractors Weight O

20 ½" 2 0,04
IS
25 ¾" 2 0,07
32 1" 2 0,09
40 1¼" 2 0,14
6010 50 1½" 2 0,19
63 2" 2 0,36
75 3 0,18
90 3 0,31
110 3 0,41

Design features
Hydrant-Master Universal Key
• Made of aluminium and ductile iron with reversible ratchet Lightweight - robust - practical
• For opening and closing No. 3461
• For operating coupling caps A + B + C
• For operating hose couplings B + C
• For breaking theft indicator caps

Order No. Weight

3461 2,50

Order No. Operating key for Length Weight Operating key

3410 Service valves 850 1,90 No. 3410
3420 Valves, extension spindles and
below ground hydrants 1130 4,10 No. 3420 No. 3410

3460 Above ground hydrants 420 1,25

No. 3460 No. 3420

No. 3460

Q 4/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Tools
Design features
• Installation tool to change air valve 1" No. 9876 Valve key
For air valve 1"
No. 3454

Design features Assembly key

• For assembling service valves No. 3120 and No. 3130 for service valves
• Made of ductile iron, epoxy powder coated No. 3455
• No damage to the epoxy powder coating of the valve
• No stress on the bonnet screws
• Operated via size 36 hexagonal nut with regular spanner
or using the ratchet of the Hawle drilling machine

Order No. Weight

3455 1,20

Design features Assembly key

• For assembling service valves for service valves with internal thread
No. 2491, No. 2500, No. 2520, No. 2800 No. 3456
• Of stainless steel
• No damage to the epoxy powder coating
• No stress on the bonnet
• Operated via size 36 hexagonal nut with regular spanner
or using the ratchet of the Hawle drilling machine

Order No. For internal thread Weight

1¼" / 2" 0,50

3456
1" / 1½" 0,65

Design features Caliper immediate indicator of the right

• To measure the outside pipe diameter up to DN 400 Synoflex multi-range connection
• With scale to read the right Synoflex multi-range No. 7996
connection
• Resistant to corrosion
• Easy to clean
DA

Q 4/3
Notes

Q 4/4 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Technical information
Spindle turns
Page For Hawle valves Page R 1/2

R1 Max. drill diameter

For drilling through the E2 valve Page R 1/2

Flange table
Page Page R 2/1

Pipe size table Page R 2/2

R2 Required bolts length Page R 2/2

Page Tightening torques

For flange assembly Page R 3/1
R3 System 2000 lock ring
HAKU drill clamp assembly
Page R 3/1
Page R 3/1

Page Flow capacity HAWLE-valve

Pressure loss diagramm Page R 4/1
R4 Pressure loss table HAWLE-hydrants Page R 4/2

Page
Definition of abbreviations Page R 5/1
R5

R 1/1
Technical information
General information Spindle turns for Hawle valves
• Spindle turns and guideline values for closing
torques in delivered state of Hawle valves
• Upper stop – lower stop

Service valve E3 valve E1+ valve E3 valve / E1+ valve E3 valve E2 valve

DN 20 25 32 40 50 65 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600
Stroke 20 25 40 40 50 65 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 400 500 600
Turns/stroke 7,5 7,5 11 11 10 13 13 16 16 20 25 30 34 42 50 59 58 58 63 76
Closing torque
25 25 30 30 40 40 40 40 45 50 60 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 220 250
[Nm] at 16 bar (water)
Spindle square 10,3 10,3 10,3 10,3 14,8 17,3 14,8 17,3 17,3 19,3 19,3 19,3 24,3 27,3 27,3 27,3 32,3 32,3 36,3 36,3

Thread in spindle
square for handwheel M6 M8 M6 M8 M8 M10 M10 M10 M12 M16 M16 M16 M16 M16 M16 M20
attachment

Max. drill Ø d
For drilling through the E3 valve

DN 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300

Ød 24 36 36 46 60 75 95 120 145 195 240 290

R 1/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Technical information
General information Flange table
• Flange according to EN 1092-2
• n = number of holes

Ø d2

C
DN

ØK

ØD

MOP
DN 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450
(PN)
ØD 90 110 120 130 140 160 190 210 240 265 320 375 440 490 540 595
ØK 65 75 90 100 110 130 150 170 200 225 280 335 395 445 495 550
6 n 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 8 8 8 12 12 12 16 16
Ø d2 11 11 14 14 14 14 19 19 19 19 19 19 23 23 23 23
C - - 16 16 16 16 18 18 20 20 22 24 24 26 28 28
ØD 105 115 140 150 165 185 200 220 250 285 340 400 455 505 565 615
ØK 75 85 100 110 125 145 160 180 210 240 295 350 400 460 515 565
10 n 4 4 4 4 4 4 8 8 8 8 8 12 12 16 16 20
Ø d2 14 14 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 23 23 23 23 23 28 28
C 16 16 18 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 22 24,5 24,5 24,5 25,5
ØD 105 115 140 150 165 185 200 220 250 285 340 400 455 520 580 640
ØK 75 85 100 110 125 145 160 180 210 240 295 355 410 470 525 585
16 n 4 4 4 4 4 4 8 8 8 8 12 12 12 16 16 20
Ø d2 14 14 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 23 23 28 28 28 31 31
C 16 16 18 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 22 24,5 26,5 28 30
ØD 105 115 150 150 165 185 200 235 270 300 360 425 485 555 620 670
ØK 75 85 100 110 125 145 160 190 220 250 310 370 430 490 550 600
25 n 4 4 4 4 4 8 8 8 8 8 12 12 16 16 16 20
Ø d2 14 14 19 19 19 19 19 23 28 28 28 31 31 34 37 37
C 16 16 18 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 22 24,5 27,5 30 32 34,5
ØD 105 115 150 150 165 185 200 235 270 300 375 450 515 580 660 685
ØK 75 85 100 110 125 145 160 190 220 250 320 385 450 510 585 610
40 n 4 4 4 4 4 8 8 8 8 8 12 12 16 16 16 20
Ø d2 14 14 19 19 19 19 19 23 28 28 31 34 34 37 41 41
C 16 16 18 19 19 19 19 19 23,5 26 30 34,5 39,5 44 48 49

MOP
DN 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1200 1400 1500 1600 1800 2000
(PN)
ØD 670 780 895 1015 1115 1230 1455 1675 11785 1915 2115 2325
ØK 620 725 840 950 1050 1160 1380 1590 1700 1820 2020 2230
10 n 20 20 24 24 28 28 32 36 36 40 44 48
Ø d2 28 31 31 34 34 37 41 44 44 50 50 50
C 26,5 30 32,5 35 37,5 40 45 46 47,5 49 52 55
ØD 715 840 910 1025 1125 1255 1485 1685 1820 1930 2130 2345
ØK 650 770 840 950 1050 1170 1390 1590 1710 1820 2020 2230
16 n 20 20 24 24 28 28 32 36 36 40 44 48
Ø d2 34 37 37 41 41 44 50 54 57 57 57 62
C 31,5 36 39,5 43 46,5 50 57 60 62,5 65 70 75
ØD 730 845 960 1085 1185 1320 1530 1755 1865 1975 2195 2425
ØK 660 770 875 990 1090 1210 1420 1640 1750 1860 2070 2300
25 n 20 20 24 24 28 28 32 36 36 40 44 48
Ø d2 37 41 44 50 50 57 57 62 62 62 70 70
C 36,5 42 46,5 51 55,5 60 69 74 77,5 81 88 95
ØD 755 890 995 1140 1250 1360 1575 1795 2025 2240
ØK 670 795 900 1030 1140 1250 1460 1680 1900 2110
40 n 20 20 24 24 28 28 32 36 40 48
Ø d2 44 50 50 57 57 57 62 62 70 70
C 52 58 64 72 80 95 95 105 120 165

R 2/1
Technical information
Pipe sizing table
Ductile iron pipe Steel pipe PE-pressure pipe PVC-pressure pipe Asbestos cement pipe
Dimension
EN 545 EN 10217 EN 12201 EN ISO 1452-2 PN 10
DN Zoll Ø external diameter
20 ¾" 26,9 ±0,5 25 +0,3
25 1" 33,7 ±0,5 32 +0,3
32 1¼" 42,4 ±0,5 40 +0,4
40 1½" 56 +1/-1,2 48,3 ±0,5 50 +0,5
50 2" 66 +1/-1,2 60,3 ±0,6 63 +0,4 63 +0,3
60 77 +1/-1,2
65 2½" 82 +1/-1,2 76,1 ±0,8 75 +0,5 75 +0,3
80 3" 98 +1/-2,7 88,9 ±0,9 90 +0,6 90 +0,3 ~ 102
108,0 ±1,1 110 +0,7
100 4" 118 +1/-2,8 110 +0,4 ~ 125
114,3 ±1,1 125 +0,9
133,0 ±1,3
125 5" 144 +1/-2,8 140 +0,9 140 +0,5 ~ 154
139,7 ±1,4
159,0 ±1,6 160 +1,0
150 6" 170 +1/-2,9 160 +0,5 ~ 183
168,3 ±1,7 180 +1,0
200 +1,4
200 8" 222 +1/-3,0 219,1 ±2,2 225 +0,7 ~ 241
225 +1,4
250 +1,7 250 +0,8
250 10" 274 +1/-3,1 273,0 ±2,0 ~ 293
280 +1,7 280 +0,9
300 12" 326 +1/-3,3 323,9 ±2,4 315 +1,9 315 +1,0 ~ 351
355,6 ±2,7
350 14" 378 +1/-3,4 355 +2,2 355 +1,1 ~ 410
368,0 ±2,7
406,4 ±3,0 400 +2,7
400 16" 429 +1/-3,5 400 +1,2 ~ 468
419,0 ±3,1 450 +2,7
450 18" 480 +1/-3,5
500 +3,0
500 20" 532 +1/-3,8 508,0 ±3,8 500 +1,5
560 +3,0
600 24" 635 +1/-4,0 610,0 ±4,6 630 +3,8 630 +1,9

Required bolt lengths: Valve-flange to flange

Bolt length for flange no.
Flanged valve MOP Bolt Bolt 0400
7101
DN (PN) Dimension Quantity 0101 0800 5500 0310 8000
7102 5600 7602 7601
0102 0802 5530 0311 8100
7103
7994
50 M 16 4 70 70 70 70 70 70 100 80 70
65 M 16 4 70 70 70 70 70 70 100 80 70
80 M 16 8 80 70 70 70 70 70 100 80 70
10/16
100 M 16 8 80 70 70 70 70 70 100 80 70
125 M 16 8 80 80 70 70 70 70 100 80 70
150 M 20 8 90 80 70 70 80 70 140 100 70
10 8 70
200 M 20 90 80 70 80 70 140 100
16 12 80
10 M 20 140 80
250 12 100 90 80 90 80
16 M 24 150 90
10 M 20 140
300 12 100 90 90 90 90 90
16 M 24 150
10 M 20 120
350 16 90 90
16 M 24 130
10 M 24 120 90
400 16 100
16 M 27 130 100 100
10 M 24 100
500 20 150
16 M 30 110
10 M 27 150
600 20 120
16 M 33 160

R 2/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Technical information
Sequence Tightening torques
Of bolt assembly For flange assembly

3
Flange - flange PN 10
7
1 3 Tightening torque
DN Bolt dimensions
1 Nm max.
5
4 hole flange 8 hole flange 50 — 125 M 16 80 100
150 — 350 M 20 100 120
6 2 400 — 500 M 24 140 160
4 2 600 M 27 200 220
4 8
Flange - flange PN 16
Tightening torque
DN Bolt dimensions
9 3 13 3 Nm max.
5 11
5 7 50 — 125 M 16 80 100
9 7 150 — 200 M 20 100 120
1 12 hole 11 1 16 hole 15 300 — 350 M 24 140 160
12 flange 16 flange 2 400 — 450 M 27 200 220
2
8 10 500 M 30 260 280
8 6 600 M 33 330 350
12 6
4 10 4 14

Tightening torques
System 2000 - lock ring

Tightening torque
Ø Pipe Bolt dimensions
Nm max.
63 — 110 M 10 50 60
125 — 140 M 12 60 70
160 — 200 M 14 70 80
225 — 280 M 16 90 100
315 — 450 M 20 110 120
500 — 630 M24 190 200

Tightening torques
HAKU shut-off saddle assembly

Tightening torque
Ø Pipe Bolt dimensions
Nm max.
50 — 110 M 10 50 60
125 — 160 M 12 60 70
180 — 225 M 14 70 80
250 — 315 M 16 80 90
355 — 630 M 20 110 120

Tightening torques
Set of replacement screws for Hawle-breakaway
hydrants No. 8841
Tightening torque
Hydrant type Bolt dimensions
Nm max.

H3 ductile iron
M 16x70
/1982-2000
60
H3 stainless
steel, H4 M 16x60
/1985-2017

R 3/1
Notes

R 3/2 All illustrations, technical data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.
Subject to change.
Technical information
Flow capacity Hawle valve
(m3/h)

Velocity of flow v (m/s)

DN
1 1,5 2 2,5 3 3,5 4 4,5 5
50 7,069 10,603 14,137 17,671 21,206 24,740 28,274 31,809 35,343
65 11,946 17,919 23,892 29,865 35,838 41,811 47,784 53,757 59,730
80 18,096 27,143 36,191 45,239 54,287 63,335 72,382 81,430 90,478
100 28,274 42,412 56,549 70,686 84,823 98,960 113,097 127,235 141,372
125 44,179 66,268 88,357 110,447 132,536 154,625 176,715 198,804 220,893
150 63,617 95,426 127,235 159,043 190,852 222,660 254,469 286,278 318,086
200 113,097 169,646 226,195 282,743 339,292 395,841 452,389 508,938 565,487
250 176,715 265,072 353,429 441,786 530,144 618,501 706,858 795,216 883,573
300 254,469 381,704 508,938 636,173 763,407 890,642 1017,876 1145,111 1272,345
350 346,361 519,541 692,721 865,901 1039,082 1212,262 1385,442 1558,623 1731,803
400 452,389 678,584 904,779 1130,973 1357,168 1583,363 1809,557 2035,752 2261,947
500 706,858 1060,288 1413,717 1767,146 2120,575 2474,004 2827,433 3180,863 3534,292
600 1017,876 1526,814 2035,752 2544,690 3053,628 3562,566 4071,504 4580,442 5089,380

Pressure loss diagram

)
,0 5*
ta0 *)
0 (ze 0 ,03
60 ta
0- ze
20 5 0(
DN 50
-1
lve N
va eD
LE lv
W va
HA LE
p (mbar)

W
HA
Pressure loss 

Velocity of flow v (m/s) * . . . Zeta = resistancevalue when valve fully opened.

Established during test, and rounded. (zeta= 2.p / Rho. v2)
p . . . Pressure loss v . . . Velocity of flow Rho . . . Density of water

R 4/1
Technical information
Pressure loss table Hawle hydrants

H4 Hydrants DN 80
2

1
ns
ectio
0,6 C Conn
1B-2
s
ction
0,4 onne tions
1B C nnec
Pressure loss  p (bar)

o
2B C

0,2

0,1

0,04
1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000
Flow capacity Q (l/min)

H4 Hydrants DN 100
2

1
s
ction
onne
0,6 1B C
s
ction
0,4 onne
2B C
Pressure loss  p (bar)

0,2

0,1

0,04
1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000
Flow capacity Q (l/min)

0
11 DN 8
N1 00 /5061
1 AU D 5060
1 H4-
5184
0,6 100
U DN
H4-A
0,4 5184
Pressure loss  p (bar)

0,2

0,1

0,04
1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000
Flow capacity Q (l/min)

Source: TÜV Verkehr und Fahrzeug GmbH Regensburg Testing and Inspection Center TGM Research Insitute Vienna

Tabelle Durchflussgeschwindigkeit bei Nennquerschnitt Hawle Hydranten

Tabelle Durchflussgeschwindigkeit bei Nennquerschnitt Hawle Hydranten
Tabelle Durchflussgeschwindigkeit
Durchflussmenge DN80 bei Nennquerschnitt
DN100 Hawle Hydranten
Q[l/min]
Durchflussmenge v[m/s]
DN80 v[m/s]
DN100
Durchflussmenge DN80 DN100
Q[l/min]
1000 v[m/s]
3,3 v[m/s]
2,1
Q[l/min] v[m/s] v[m/s]
1000
1500 3,3
5,0 All illustrations, technical2,1
3,2
R 4/2 1000
1500
2000
3,3 Subject to change. 2,1
5,0
6,6 3,2
4,2
data, dimensions (in mm) and weights (all weights specified in kg) are non-binding.

1500 5,0 3,2

2000
2500 6,6
8,3 4,2
5,3
2000 6,6 4,2
2500
3000 8,3
9,9 5,3
6,4
2500 8,3 5,3
3000
3500 9,9
11,6 6,4
7,4
Technical information
Definition of abbreviations
Abbreviation Definition
ABS Acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene
AG External thread
Al Aluminum
AC Asbestos cement (fibre cement)
Order No. Order number
BG Operating set
DIN German industry standard
DN Diameter Nominal
DVGW German Association for Gas and Water
EN European standard
EXW Ex-Works, from plant (... named delivery location)
GKS Cast-plastic
HDPE High density polyethylene
IF (Award) Industrie forum design
IG Internal thread

ISO International Organization for Standardization

kN Kilo newton
MFR Melt flow rate

MOP Maximum operating pressure

MOT Maximum operating torque

Materials Testing Institute for Materials and
MPA Hannover
Production Technology Hanover
Ms Brass
mST Minimum strength torque
NIRO stainless steel
Nm Newton meter
No. Number
NW Nominal Ø
Ö-Norm Austrian standard
Austrian Association for Gas and
ÖVGW
Water
P Pressure
PE Polyethylene
PN Pressure nominal (operating pressure)
POM Polyoxymethylene
PVC Polyvinylchloride
German Governmental Committee for Delivery
RAL (color)
Conditions
RC Resistance to crack
RD Pipe cover depth
Standard Dimension Ratio
SDR
(Ø wall thickness relationship)
6KT-Schraube Hexagonal bolt
UV Ultraviolet
VA Voltampere
VRS Von Roll System

R 5/1
E. Hawle Armaturenwerke GmbH
Wagrainer Straße 13 | 4840 Vöcklabruck | Austria | hawle.com You would like to give us
+43 7672 72 576-0 +43 7672 78 464 [email protected] feedback on a specific product?
HAW-400-A5-EN